Standard       Classibal.Vorks.
Cicero de OffBcls. With English Notes, mostly translated from
Zump and Bonnell. By TnIOMAS A. THACHER, of Yale College.
1,2mo. 194 pages.
Horace, The Works of. With English Notes, for the usg of
Schools and Colleges. By J. L. LINCOLN, Prof. of Latin Language
and Literature in Brown University. 12mo. 575 pages.
Livy. Selections from the first five books, together with the twentyfirst and twenty-second books entire. With a plan of Rome, and
a Map of the Passage of Hannibal, and English Notes for the Use
of Schools. By J. L. LINCOLN, Professor of the Latin Language
and Literature in Brown University. 12mo. 329 pages.
Quintus Curtius: Life and. Exploits of Alexander the Great.
Edited and Illustrated with English Notes, by WILLIAM HENsY
CROSBY. 12mo. 385pages.
Sallusts Jugurtha         and Catiline.      With Notes and a
Vocabulary. By BUTLER and STIuRGAs. 12mo. 397 pages.
It is believed that this will be found superior to any edition heretofore published in this country.
The Histoikes of Tacitus.          With Notes for Colleges. By
W. S. TYLER, Professor of Latin and Greek in Amherst College.
12mo. 453 pages.
Tacltus' Germania and Agricola. With Notes-for Col
leges. By W. S. TYLER. 12ino.;93 pages.
Virgil's s iEeid.* With Explanatory Notes. By HENRY FPIEZE,
Professor of Latin in the State University of Michigan. (Recent
ly published.) 12mo. 598 pages.
The type is unusually large and distinct. The work contains
eighty-five engravinzs, which delineate the usages, customs, weapons,
arts, and mythology of the ancients, with a vividness that can be
attained only by pictorial illustrations.
Greek Text-Books.
A First Greek      Book* and Introductory Reader.
By A. HARKNESS, Ph. D., author of " Arnold's First Latin Book,"
"Second Latin Book," &c. (Recently published.)  12m0.   276
pages.
Acts of the Apostles, according to the text of AUGUSTUS HAHN,
with Notes and a Lexicon by JOHN J. OWEN, D. D., LL. D. With
Map. 12mo,
Arnold s First Greek Book,* on the Plan of the First Latin
Book. 12mo. 297 pages.
E     SEE END OF TIHiS VOLUME.
















THE
TENTH AND TWELFTH BOOKS OF THE
INSTITUTIONS
OF
QU I NT          IL I A N.
WITH EXPLANATORY NOTES.
BY
HENRY S. FRIEZE,
PROFESSOR OF LATIN IN TIE STATE UNIVERSITY OF MIHIGAN
NEW YORK:
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY,
90, 92 & 94 GRAND ST.
1869.




IENrERED, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S65, by
D. APPLETON & CO.,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southera District of New York.




PREFACE.
WE learn from Professor Bonnell, in the preface to
his second edition of the tenth book of " the Institutions," that Quintilian has been of late years extensively introduced into the German schools. The occasion
of the increased attention given to this great master
both of Latinity and of the rhetorical art is the admirable fitness of his work to impart instruction at once by
precept and example.   While no writer after Cicero
presents a more perfect model of purity and elegance,
no author, not even Cicero himself, teaches in a
manner so clear, so methodical, and so practical, the
principles of composition and oratory. The study of
Quintilian, therefore, affords a rare opportunity of comnbining what is more immediately, with what is more
remotely, useful; of getting knowledge which has a
direct bearing on professional life, and of attaining a
higher scholarship in the Latin language.
In the gymnasia, at least in many of them, this
study has found a place in the first or highest classes




4                   PREFACE.
(the Primaner); the members of which, so far as
relates to classical studies, are in a position corresponding very nearlyto that of the "Seniors," or " Juniors,"
in our best universities and colleges.
Feeling the need of a Latin text-book for the Junior
class somewhat different from any hitherto introduced
into that part of our course, I was led by the example
of the German schools,-an authority which in this day
no classical teacher can question,-to make trial of
Quintilian.
The experience of two years has shown not only
that this author can be read with the advantages above
suggested, but also that classes are better prepared by
this study to take up the more peculiar and more difficult writers of "the silver age," and especially Tacitus.
The gulf, if I may so express it, between the Latinity
of Livy and Tacitus, or between that of the golden and
silver ages, is in a manner bridged over by what may
be called the intermediate, or transition style of Quintilian. For while in the general principles of taste,
while in simplicity, naturalness, and directness, he
follows the models of the former age, he necessarily
uses the diction, and falls in with the idioms, of his
own time.
In the absence of any edition of Quintilian adapted
to the wants of American students, the editor has
selected for publication the Tenth and Twelfth Books,
and appended such explanatory and critical notes as




PREFACE.                   5
seemed most needed. The interest and importance of
the topics discussed in these two books will sufficiently
explain why these have been selected in preference to
any others. That the student may readily learn their
character, I have prefixed to the notes on each chapter
a summary of the principal ideas embraced therein.
Whatever merit the present edition may possess,
either in the text or the notes, is chiefly due to the
labors of those German scholars who have for so many
years devoted themselves to the clearing up of doubtful
points both in the text and the interpretation of this
author. The most elaborate and most valuable edition of Quintilian which has yet appeared is that published at Leipsic in six volumes, commenced by Spalding and completed by Zumpt. The first volume of this
edition was printed in 1195, and the sixth in 1834; the
latter edited by Bonnell.  Professor Bonnell has also
published a very perfect edition of the text in the
Teubner series of classics, besides a separate edition of
the Tenth Book with German notes. These eminent
scholars, gathering up, and by their own researches
greatly enriching all that had been previously accomplished in this work, have left little further to be
desired in the elucidation of Quintilian.
The text here given departs but slightly from that
of Bonnell above mentioned. The chief difference is
in the punctuation; though even here the variation is
but trifling. One characteristic, the separation of a




6                    PREFACE.
}protasis from its apodosis by a colon instead of a comma, I have uniformly retained; because, though it may
at first strike the eye as strange, it is strictly correct.
The same peculiarity will be found in my edition of the
Aeneid.
Some few    other deviations from  the ordinary
orthography of Latin books printed in our country will
be readily detected, and doubtless have already become
familiar through the constantly increasing use of German editions of the classics.
H. S. FRIEZC
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGANB Ju/ne, 1865.




INTRODUCTION.
MOST of the representative writers of the so-called silver age
were natives of Spain. Cordova gave birth to the two Senecas *
and Lucan. Pomponius Mela was from Cingitera, Martial from
Bilbilis, Columella from Cadiz, and Quintilian from Calagurris.
That so many distinguished authors, each at that period first in
his class, should make their appearance in a country but just
now peopled with warlike barbarians, indicates a change in
national character and pursuits, such as only Roman conquerors
and Roman laws could have produced. Indeed, the Iberians, or
Spaniards, though the most obstinate of all the foreign tribes
ever encountered by the Roman armies, and the most difficult to
subdue, were, after their subjugation, imbued more rapidly and
more thoroughly than any other European nations with the manners and civilization of their new masters. The elder Seneca,
even in the time of Horace, migrated from Cordova to Rome,
and there took a high position as a teacher of rhetoric. And it
was not without reason that the poet spoke of the Spaniard,
even then, as the peritis Iber. t Nor is the tradition without
significance which tells of a Spanish scholar of Cadiz making a
pilgrimage to Rome on purpose to see the historian Livy. I Such
incidents shadow forth the fact that the literary cultivation of
the Romans had already permeated the Spanish provinces; and
there is good reason for the remark of Mr. Merivale, that "the
great Iberian peninsula was more thoroughly Romanized than
any other part of the dominions of the republic." ~
* The elder Seneca, M. Annaeus, is properly assigned to the post-Augustan, or
silver age, as his writings were published in the reign of Tiberius, though he also
flourished as a teacher under Augustus.
+ 0. 2, 20,19 sq.     I Plin. Ep. 2, 3.
~ Merivale's History of the Romans under the Empire.




8                    INTRODUCTION.
In return for the boon of civilization Spain reared a noble
succession of scholars and writers to infuse new vigor into the
thought and the literary life of the mother country. As the
conquered Italians * two centuries earlier had given to Roman
literature its first impulses, and had impressed upon the Latinity
of the golden age its characteristic types, so now the provincials
of Spain became the teachers of the great metropolis, and imparted to the literature of the silver age all the principal features of
thought and style which distinguished it from that of the preceding period.
Two of these Spanish authors, the two most widely known
and most universally read, were Seneca, the younger, and Quintiliah. And it is worthy of remark that with these two illustrious writers originated the two antagonistic schools or styles of
Latinity which were struggling with each other for preeminence
during the latter part of the first century of the empire. Marcus
Fabius Quintilianus was born at Calagurris, now Calahorra, in
the north-eastern or Tarraconese province of Spain, about A.D.
35. f It is said, though on doubtful authority, that the father
of Quintilian was a successful orator and teacher of rhetoric. At
an early age Quintilian accompanied his father to Rome and
was placed under the charge of Domitius Afer, a native of
Gaul. Afer was one of the most eminent of the Roman orators
then living, and was far advanced in life. After his death,
which took place about A.D. 60, Quintilian returned to his native
city, and commenced his professional life as a legal advocate and
teacher of rhetoric. It was then that his reputation and singular merit attracted the notice of Galba, who was at that time
governor of Spain, and who soon afterwards, on his accession to
the imperial throne (A.D. 68), invited the young and brilliant
orator to accompany him to Rome. Quintilian entered the city
in the train of the new emperor, and henceforth made Rome the
permanent seat of his professional labor. He at once gained
applause both as an advocate and lecturer. His success and his
fame were unexampled. Students flocked to Rome from Italy
and from distant provinces to receive his instructions. The first
year of Quintilian's residence in Rome was marked by a rapid
series of political revolutions, terminating in the overthrow of
* Nearly all the fathers of Roman literature, especially the early poets, were
Italians rather than Romans.
t Others give the date 40 or 42.




INTRODUCTION.                     9
Vitellius, and the rise of Vespasian and the Flavian family. We
now hear, for the first time in the history of Roman education, of
government patronage extended on a general and systematic
plan to teachers and men of letters. Vespasian, though himself
illiterate, convinced of the importance of encouraging education
throughout the vast dominions which had fallen under his sway,
established annual salaries for the support of rhetoricians and
grammarians in Italy and the provinces. Quintilian was the
first to whom such a pension was assigned. He was. afterwards
appointed instructor to the members of the Flavian house, and,
as the crowning act of the imperial favor, he was invested by
Domitian with the dignity of the consulship.
Twenty years were thus devoted, under the happiest auspices,
to the instruction of youth and to the duties of the advocate.
At the expiration of this period, following out the precept which
he has expressed in the Institutions, that the orator should withdraw from public life before he begins to be inferior to himself,* he retired from the bar and from the lecture-room, and
gave himself thenceforth to the composition of his rhetorical
works.
Though Quintilian had been so fortunate in his public career,
he was not exempt from the trials and misfortunes of life. At
the beginning of the sixth book of the Institutions he speaks of
the loss of his wife, who had died young, and of the recent death
of his two sons, both of, whom had given high promise. We
learn from this passage that the elder and last surviving of these
sons died when the work was already nearly half completed, and,
indeed, that it had been undertaken partly with reference to his
education. But, like Cicero, he sought in literary labor a solace
for affliction. Alluding to Cicero's example, he says: credendum
doctissimis hominibus qui unicum adversorum solatiumr literas pgutaverunt. t
He lived to an advanced age, and is supposed to have died
about the year 118 of our era, at the beginning of the reign of
Hadrian.
Of the works of Quintilian the Institutio Oratoria, or Educa.
tion of the Orator, is the only one which has been preserved.
Two other works are ascribed to him, though on insufficient
grounds. One of these is a collection of declamations, some of
* Inst. Orat12, 11, 1: decet hoc prospicere, nequcid pejus quam fecerit, faciat.
t Inst. Orat. 6, proem: 14.
I *




10                      INTRODUCTION.
which are elaborate, most of them, however, merely sketches or
studies, and few of them bearing any resemblance to the writings
of Quintilian. The other is the elegant treatise entitled Dialogus
de Oratoribus, usually published with the works of Tacitus, and
now generally conceded by critics to be from     the pen of that
author.*
The only work besides the Institutions known to have been
published by Quintilian, is mentioned by our author himself in
the following sentence at the end of the eighth book: Sed de hoc
satis, quia eundem locum plenius in eo libro, quo caussas corruptae
eloquentiae reddebamus, tractavirmus.  The words sive caussas cor —
ruptae eloquentiae have sometimes been appended to the title of
the above-mentioned Dialogue de Oratoribus, on the supposition
that this is the work referred to by Quintilian. But this theory
is sufficiently disproved by the one argument, that the Dialogue
does not treat of the locum or topic, discussed by Quintilian in the
last part of the eighth book, t
The Institutio Oratoria is an invaluable contribution both to
polite literature and to liberal education. It is not in any sense
a rival of the rhetorical works of Cicero.    These, at least the
best of them, were designed for the entertainment, perhaps for
the more perfect finish, of such as had already attained a position
as public speakers. But the book of Quintilian is a practical
guide for the young man who is passing through the course of
preliminary training for public life. It gathers up within comparatively narrow limits, and adapts to the purposes of instruction, the principles and doctrines widely diffused through the
rhetorical writings of Aristotle, Theophrastus, Dionysius, and
Cicero. A didactic treatise, like this, must be characterized by
simplicity of method, precision of statement, and fulness of
detail.  It must not presuppose in the reader, as do the finest
works of Cicero, a high degree of culture in philosophy and
letters already attained. In the Institutions, therefore, we shall
not look for that originality, that breadth, that freedom      of
digression, and that noble negligence, which distinguish the de
* See the excellent introduction to Nipperdey's edition of Tacitus; where the difference between the style of the "Dialogue " and that of the other works of Tacitus is
satitfactorily accounted for.
t The various arguments are summed up in the note on this passage by Capperonarius.
t Quintilian says of Cicero: Non enim psuvias, ut ait Pindarus, acquas colligit,
seod vivo gurgite exundat.




INTRODUCTION.                      11
Oratore, the Brutus, and the Orator. But in its kind the book
of Quintilian yet seeks an equal.
It aims to present a proper idea of the responsibility and
dignity of the orator's work. The preparation it proposes for
this high office commences almost from the cradle. It takes into
view the moral and intellectual culture of the child as well as
that of the youth, and upon this earlier education of the nursery
and the elementary school, it rears the more immediate and
technical education of the professional school and'the forum.
It unfolds in a distinct and practical manner every principle
pertaining either to the matter or to the form of oratory, and
sets forth every rule of conduct essential to success and reputation.
The Institutions are comprised in twelve books. The whole
work is commonly entitled de Institutione Oratoria Libri xii.
The topics. discussed in the several books are briefly stated by
the author in the introduction.* The first book gives an account
of the home training and the school discipline which should
precede the lessons of the rhetorician; ea quae sunt ante officium
rhetoris. The second book treats of the primary exercises of the
pupil in rhetoric; prima apud rhetorem  elementa, and of the
nature and object, and the utility and dignity of the rhetorical
art; quae de ipsa rhetoricae substantia guaeruntur.  The remaining books, except the last, are devoted to the five topics embraced in every complete system of rhetoric, the partes rhetoricae
of Cicero, invention, disposition or arrangement, composition, memory, and delivery. t The discussion of invention and arrangement
closes with the seventh book. The next four books are occupied
chiefly with' the subject of style; due attention, however, being
given to memory and delivery.
In the twelfth and last book the author presents hisviews of
the character which should be maintained by the orator; what
principles should govern him in assuming, investigating, and
pleading causes, what should be his style of eloquence, at what
period of life he should retire from his work, and how spend the
evening of his days; qui mores ejus, quae in suscipiendis, discendis,
agendis causis ratio, quod eloquentiae genus, quis agendi debeat
esse finis, quae postfinem studia. This he regards as the most important, and at the same time the most adventurous part of his
* Prooemiam, 21.
t Cic. de Inventione, 1, 7, 9: inventio, dispositio, elocutio, memoric, pron'unciatio (vel actio).




12                    INTRODUTCTION.
work.'It opens a wide and almost unexplored region.  Unum
modo in illa immensa vastitate cernere videmur Maircumq Tullium.
And even Marcus Tullius has limited himself to a single one of
these topics; the kind of eloquence to be preferred by a perfect
orator.* But Quintilian ventures to add also, as a no less vital
element of the orator's education, some observations on the personal morals, the responsibilities, duties, and proprieties pertaining to the whole life of the public speaker. At nostra temeritas
etiam mores ei conabitur dare, et -assignabit officia. His orator
must realize the definition of Cato, vir bonus dicendi peritus.
Such is the substance of the only extant work of Quintilian;
a work deservedly eminent as a summary of all that was taught
and practised in the eloquence of the ancient republics, and as
itself a model of classical purity and beauty.
Quintilian as an author has been remarkably fortunate. No
writer ever found a public better prepared to appreciate and
applaud. He had stood before the Roman world for twenty
years, at once the most perfect teacher and pattern of eloquence.
His hearers had copied, and circulated here and there in Italy
and the provinces, occasional specimens of his lectures. When it
was known that he was himself writing a book which was to
embody in an enduring form the rich stores of his learning and
experience, all students as well as teachers of oratory looked
impatiently for its appearance. It was greeted, of course, with
universal applause. The Institutions of Quintilian became at
once in oratory what the codes and pandects afterwards became
in law. The book was admirably fitted to meet the wants of the
day. Public speaking-was still, in the silyer age, even as in the
republican period, one of the most earnest and highest occupations of the Roman citizen; and it was still one of the surest
avenues to honor and wealth. The sphere of eloquence, indeed,
was now confined to the senate and the civil courts. Those great
popular assemblies which had once quickened the orator to his
grandest efforts, had been long ago wholly suppressed. But the
occasions for speaking were no fewer, though less stirring, and
grandeur and pathos were now and then called for even in the
centumviral courts and in the sessions of the pompous, though
servile senate. It is needless, therefore, to say that all liberal
education culminated in oratory, and that educators and students
found in the practical character of the Institutions exactly what
* Cic. Orat. 1, 3: quaeris quod, eloquentiae genus probem maxime.




INTRODUCTION.                     1 3
was needed to perfect their training according to this Roman
theory of culture. Thus it happened, in consequence of the prestige of the author's reputation, and the adaptation of the treatise
to the wants of the public, that he eclipsed in the minds of his
contemporaries all who had written before him on the same
subject. The result was that the rhetorical treatises of Cicero
were but little read, and those of the Greeks almost never.
Nor has the work been less fortunate in subsequent times.
Its reputation was preserved through the middle ages, and
though the manuscripts had gradually disappeared, or become
mutilated, * so that in the time of Petrarch only imperfect copies
were in use; it happened that the Florentine scholar, Poggio,
while attending the council of Constance in 1417, discovered a
perfect exemplar of the Institutions in an old tower of the monastery of St. Gall. The recovered. treasure was eagerly caught up
by the scholars of the Renaissance. It was multiplied in manuscript, and soon afterwards by the newly invented art of printing. It was translated into all the polite languages; and so it
continued to be, as in the silver age, the normal law'of eloquence.
Though the position which Quintilian' has gained in the
literary world by this happy combination of circumstances is
perhaps higher than that which would be awarded by the
verdict of an exact and candid criticism, yet we can scarcely
overestimate the actual worth of his treatise, and the benefits
which modern as well as ancient eloquence has derived from its
study. His true position; as compared with. that of Cicero, is
thus happily stated by Campanus: Proinde de Quintiliano sic
habe: post unam beatissimam et unicam felicitatem M. Tullii, quae
FASTIGII Loco suspicienda est omnibus et tanguam adoranda, HuKc
iNMu esse quen 2praecipuum habere 0possis IN ELOQUENTIA DUCEM.
A notice of Quintilian would be incomplete without some
account of the influence of his criticism upon the writings of his
age. It was the principal aim of his public instructions to
reform the corrupted eloquence of his contemporaries, and: to
bring back a purer style of Latinity.
In the century which had elapsed between Cicero and Quintilian, Rome had been thoroughly transformed from an aristocratic republic to a military autocracy. During the same inter* Is (Quintilianus) vero apged nos antea (Italos dico) ita laceratus erat, ita cireumeisums, uat nzslla foroma, nulzlus habitus homin,5s ino recognosceretur.-Poggieo'
Letter to Guarini.




14                   INTRODUCTION.
val the manners of the higher classes had become effeminate,
artificial, and depraved. This political revolution and social
degeneracy'had been attended by a change equally marked in
the style of Roman eloquence. The language both of orators
and writers was now characterized by showy declamation, rhetorical parade, and by much of that quality which is now styled
sensationism. The reading public relished in books something
kindred to the artificial dishes contrived by the surfeited Roman
nobility to quicken their pampered appetites. Everything must
strike and stimulate. They craved only that kind of reading
which was stuffed with novel ideas and spiced with antithesis
and epigrammatic point. That chaste and elegant style which
had been brought by the writers of the golden age to the highest
pitch of richness and beauty, " the style which leaves the thought
to its direct and natural development, adorning it only with
wealth of expression, and with the lofty movement of the
period, which is everywhere marked by symmetry and harmony," * the style of Cicero and Livy, had become too commonplace for the -ambitious authors, and too tame for the sensual
readers of the imperial times.
The literary Apicius who ministered most acceptably to this
morbid craving for sensation writing was Lucius Annaeus
Seneca. This truly great thinker, and noble and almost inspired
moralist, was led as much, perhaps, by an innate love for boldness of expression, as by the desire of pleasing his contemporaries,
to clothe his ideas in the fashionable dress.  Certainly no writer
cultivated this manner to greater perfection, or used it with a
keener relish or more telling effect. It had only needed the
sanction and example of a master-mind to impress it thoroughly
on the literature of the period, and to make it supplant, for a
time at least, the Latinity of the classical age. Such high
authority it found in Seneca. If philosophy, and that too of the
Stoic school,-for Seneca, though disclaiming to represent any
school, was nevertheless substantially a Stoic,-could clothe its
moral lessons in the most brilliant and studied forms of rhetoric,
it followed that history and memoirs, and all writings of the
epideictic class, should be not less adorned. All prose literature,
therefore, now abounded in showy passages, adapted to quotation, in forms caught from the earlier poets, and in new and
striking phrases. Even poetry was declamation in verse, and
* Nipperdey.




INTRODUCTION.                     15
oratory, of course, was set off with the stilted and foppish rhe
toric of the schools. Susceptibility of quotation was the test of
excellence. The youth pursuing his literary studies at Rome,
eagerly caught up "fine sentences" from popular orators and
lecturers. He wished to carry home something brilliant and
deserving of memory. Such things as pleased his fancy he often
transmitted to his friends in the colonies and provinces.*  This
demand the speakers were ambitious to meet.
Thus at the time of Quintilian's final settlement in RomeAhe
found every department of letters pervaded with all possible
enormities of corrupted taste. Seneca had taught the philosopher to declaim in moral essays. Valerius had declaimed in
historical anecdotes, and Lucan in epic poetry. Even natural
history and geography were composed in the declamatory vein.
Every writer sought to appear ingenious, keen, and oracular.
Abruptness, obscurity, affectation, uniform brilliancy, bombast,
extravagance, every vice of a depraved taste, was rife in the publications of the day.
Fortunately for Quintilian, in his attempt at reform he was
not compelled to encounter the living influence of Seneca. The
tragic death of that eminent philosopher had occurred three
years before. Another circumstance which favored Quintilian
was the marked change in the tone of feeling and in the habits
of the Romans brought about by the accession of the Flavian
family to the empire. The people were sobered, and social life
was less ostentatious and artificial. A corrected judgment in
respect to the fashions of society might be expected to heed the
teachings of sound criticism in letters. Thus Quintilian, superior
as he was in gifts and attainments to most of the literary men
then living, surrounded by a multitude of devoted pupils from
families of influence in Italy and the provinces, respected and befriended by the imperial court, must have entered upon his labor
of love with the strongest assurance of success.
I-e did not intend, and could not hope, to bring back the
Latinity of the Ciceronian age in all its characteristic features.
It is not in the power of criticism to make the language of one
generation precisely like that of generations past. t Quintilian
could have no more reproduced Cicero in his own writings,
* See the Dialogue de Orat. 20.
t Cicero says of the archaic writers: Initari neque possim si eelim, nee velim,, ortasse, si possim. Brut, 83, 28.




16                   INTRODUCTION.
except as a literary curiosity, than Macaulay could have adapted
to our times the prose style of Milton. His aim was simply to
induce the writers of his day to employ the existing materials of
the language according to the immutable laws of taste. His
purpose is thus distinctly expressed in the tenth book: I am
striving to call back the style of eloquence, corrupted and
vitiated by every fault, to severer standards.* ~
In the style of the Institutions, composed in the full maturity
of -his powers, and in the perfect development of his judgment,
he has fully exemplified all that he aimed throughout his professional life to enforce by precept.
We can plainly see the happy influence of Quintilian's earnest
teachings in the Latin works which appeared while he was still
engaged in public lecturing, as well as in some of those which
were published after he had retired from professional life. It is
most apparent in the Dialogue concerning Orators, and in the
letters of the younger Pliny. The latter was a pupil of Quintilian, and ever remained his warm admirer and fast friend. His
letters, indeed, indicate the man of refinement rather than of
power, but as specimens of epistolary composition, apart from
their historical value, they are deservedly ranked among the best
of ancient times. The Dialogue on Orators, ascribed to Tacitus,
is the most finished work in Latin written subsequent to the
golden age, and willbear comparison even with the most perfect
productions of that period. " There is no Latin book," says M.
Pierron, "I do not except even the finest books of Cicero, to
which the reader is held with a livelier interest. We learn much
from it, and we meet, not here and there, but on every page, and
in almost every line, those marks of genius, thoughts, images,
expressions, which prove that the author had some reason for,affirming that, after the heroes of ancient literature, new heroes
could still arise." t
Tacitus and the younger Pliny were associated together in
the minds of their contemporaries as the two most accomplished
and most eloquent of the Roman senators, and there can be no
doubt that the bosom friend of Pliny was an admirer, if not a
pupil, of Quintilian. At any rate the influence of Quintilian
must have been felt by Tacitus, and cannot have failed to give
* Corruptum et omnibs mitiis fracture dicendi genis revocare ad severiora
yud izia contendo. X. 125.
t Pierron, Histoire de la lit. rom. p. 564.




INTRODUCTION.                      1 7
direction to his earlier literary productions. The two most perfect orators, therefore, and the two best prosaists of the century,
excepting Quintilian himself, may be fairly regarded as the
exponents of his teaching and criticism. And besides this we
may justly ascribe to his efforts much of the more chastened
character, and of the greater subordination of the language to
the thought, which in general mark the prose style of Latin in
the period of Trajan and Hadrian. In fine, the results of the
critical labors of Quintilian are clearly traceable in the body of
Roman literature, both secular and sacred, which appeared during
and after his life, and in the laws of taste which have impressed
themselves upon the writings and upon the eloquence of modern
times.








M. FABn    QUINTILIANI
DE
INSTITIUTIONE                 ORATORIA.
LIBER DECIMUS.
Libro decimo haec continentur: De copia verborum. Quae legenda.
Qui Graecorum maxime legendi. Qui Romanorum. De imitatione.
Quomodo scribendum. Quomodo emendandum. Quae maxime scribenda. De cogitatione. Quomodo extemporalis facilitas paretur et
contineatur.
DE COPIA VERBORUM.
I. SED haec eloquendi praecepta, sicut cognitioni
sunt necessaria, ita non satis ad vim dicendi valent,
nisi illis firma quaedam facilitas, quae apud Graecos
EgS nominatur, accesserit; ad quam scribendo plus an
legendo an dicendo conferatur, solere quaeri scio.
Qupd esset diligenti nobis examinandum cura, si qualibet earum rerum possemus una esse contenti.  Verum 2
ita sunt inter se connexa et indiscreta omnia, ut, si quid
ex his defuerit, frustra sit in ceteris laboratum. Nam
neque solida atque robusta fuerit unquam eloquentia,
nisi multo stilo vires acceperit; et citra lectionis exemplum labor ille carens rectore fluit. Qui autem sciet,
quae, quoque sint modo dicenda, nisi tamen in procinctu paratamque ad omnes casus habuerit eloquentiam,
velut clausis thesauris incubabit. Non autem ut quid- 3
que praecipue necessarium est, sic ad efficiendum oratorem maximi protinus erit momenti. Nam certe cum
sit in eloquendo positum oratoris officium, dicere ante




20              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
omrlia est, atque hinc initium eius artis fuisse manifestumr est; proximam deinde imitationem, novissimam
4 scribendi quoque diligentiam.  Sed ut perveniri ad
summa nisi ex principiis non potest: ita procedente iam
opere minima incipiunt esse quae prima sunt. Verum
nos non, quomodo instituendus orator, hoc loco dicimus;
nam id quidem aut satis aut certe uti potuimus dictum
est; sed athleta, qui omnes iam perdidicerit a praeceptore numeros, quo genere exercitationis ad certamina
praeparandus sit. Igitur eum, qui res invenire et disponere sciet, verba quoque et eligendi et collocandi
rationem  perceperit, instruamus, qua ratione, quod
didicerit, facere quam optime, quam facillime possit.
5    Num ergo dubium est, quin ei velut opes sint quaedam parandae, quibus uti, ubicunque desideratum erit,
possit? Eae constant copia rerum ac verborum.
6 Sed res propriae sunt cuiusque causae, aut paucis communes, verba in universas paranda; quae si in rebus singulis essent singula, minorem curam postularent, nam
cuncta sese cum ipsis protinus rebus offerrent. Sed cum
sint aliis alia aut magis propria aut magis ornata aut plus
eficientia aut melius sonantia: debent esse non solum
nota omnia sed in promptu atque, ut ita dicam, in conspectu, ut, cum se iudicio dicentis ostenderint, facilis ex
his optimorum sit electio. Et quae idem significarent
solitos scio ediscere, quo facilius et occurreret unuml ex
pluribus, et, cum essent usi aliquo, si breve intra spatium  rursus desideraretur, efugiendae repetitionis
gratia sumerent aliud, quo idem intelligi posset. Quod
cum est puerile et cuiusdam infelicis operae tum etialn
utile parum; turbam enim tantum congregat, ex qua
sine discrimine occupet proximum quodque.
8    Nobis autem copia cum iudicio paranda est vim
orandi non circulatoriam volubilitatem spectantibus.
Id autem  consequemur optima leg endo atque
audiendo.    Non enim   solum nomina ipsa. rerum
cognoscemus hac cura, sed quid quoque loco sit aptis —




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 1.          21
simum. Omnibus enim fere verbis praeter pauca, quae 9
sunt parum verecunda, in oratione locus est. Nam
scriptores quidema iamborum  veterisque comoediae
etiam in illis saepe laudantur; sed nobis nostrum opus
intueri sat est. Omnia verba, exceptis de quibus dixi,
sunt alicubi optima; nam et humilibus interim et vulgaribus opus, et quae nitidiore in parte videntur sordida, ubi res poscit, proprie dicuntur. Haec ut sciamus 1C
atque eorum non significationem  modo sed formas
etiam mensurasque norimus, ut, ubicunque erunt posita,
conveniant, nisi multa lectione atque auditione assequi
nullo modo possumus, cum omnem sermonem auribus
primuin accipiamus. Propter quod infantes a mutis
nutricibus iussu regum in solitudine educati, etiamsi
verba quaedam emisisse traduntur, tamen loquendi
facultate caruerint. Sunt autem alia huius naturae, ut 11
-idem pluribus vocibus deelarent, ita ut nihil significationis, quo potius utaris, intersit, ut ensis et gladius 
alia vero, quae etiamsi propria rerum aliquarum sint
nomina, TpOOWTTLc [quasi] tamen ad eundem intellectum
feruntur, ut ferrum et mucro. Nam per abusionem 12
sicarios-etiam omnes vocamus, qui caedem telo quocunque commiserint. Alia circuitu verborum plurium
ostendimus, quale est Et pressi copia lactis. Plurima
vero mutatione figuramus: Scio, Non ignoro et Non
mefugit et Non me praeterit et Quis n'escit? et Nemini dubium est. Sed etiam ex proximo mutuari libet. 13
Nam et intelligo et sentio et video saepe idem valent
quod scio. Quorum nobis ubertatem ac divitias dabit
lectio, ut non solum quomodo occurrent sed etiam quomodo oportet utamur. Non semper enim haec inter 14
se idem faciunt; nec sicut de intellectu animi recte
dixerim video ita de visu oculorum intelligo, nec ut
mucro gladium sic mucronem gladius ostendit. Sed ut 15
copia verborum sic paratur, ita non verborum tantur
gratia legendum vel audiendum est. Nam omnium,
quaecunque docemus, hoc sunt exempla potentiora




22              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
etiam ipsis quae traduntur artibus, cum eo qui discit
perductus est, ut intelligere ea sine demonstrante et
sequi iam suis viribus possit, quia, quae doctor praecepit, orator ostendit.
16    Alia vero audientes, alia legentes magis adiuvant.
Excitat qui dicit spiritu ipso, nee imagine et ambitu
rerum sed rebus incendit. Vivunt omnia enim et
moventur, excipimusque nova illa velut nascentia cum
favore ac sollicitudine. Nec fortuna modo iudicii sed
17 etiam ipsorum qui orant periculo afficimur. Praeter
haec vox, actio decora, commoda, ut quisque locus
postulabit, pronuntiandi, vel potentissima in dicendo,
ratio et, ut semel dicam, pariter omnia docent. In
lectione certius iudicium, quod audienti frequenter aut
suus cuique favor aut ille laudantium clamor extorquet.
18 Pudet enim dissentire, et velut tacita quadam verecundia inhibemur plus nobis credere, cum interim  et
vitiosa pluribus placent, et a corrogatis laudantur
19 etiam quae non placent. Sed e contrario quoque accidit, ut optime dictis gratiam prava iudicia non referant. Lectio libera est nec actionis impetu transcurrit;
sed repetere saepius licet, sive dubites sive memoriae
affigere velis. Repetamus autem et tractemus, et ut
cibos mansos ac prope liquefactos demittimus, quo
facilius digerantur: ita lectio non cruda sed multa
iteratione mollita et velut confecta memoriae imitationique tradatur.
20    Ac diu nonnisi optimus quisque et qui credentem
sibi minime fallat legendus est, sed diligenter ac paene
ad scribendi sollicitudinem; nec per partes modo
scrutanda omnia, sed perlectus liber utique ex integro
resumendus, praecipue oratio, cuius virtutes frequenter
21 ex industria quoque occultantur. Saepe enim praeparat, dissimulat, insidiatur orator, eaque in prima parte
actionis dicit, quae sunt in summa profutura. Itaque
suo loco minus placent, adhuc nobis quare dicta sint
ignorantibus; ideoque erunt cognitis omnibus repe



INST. OBATOR. LIB. X, 1.           23
tenda. Illud vero utilissimum, nosse eas causas, qua- 22
rum orationes in manus sumpserimus, et quotiens continget, utrinque habitas legere actiones: ut Demosthenis atque Aeschinis inter se contrarias; et Servii
Sulpicii atque Messalae, quorum alter pro Aufidia, contra dixit alter; et Pollionis et Cassii reo Asprtnate
aliasque plurimas. Quin etiam si minus pares vide- 23
buntur: aliquae tamen ad cognoscendam litium quaestionem recte requirentur, ut contra Ciceronis orationes
Tuberonis in Ligarium et Hortensii pro Verre. Quin
etiam, easdem causas ut quisque egerit, utile erit scire.
Nam de domo Ciceronis dixit Calidius, et pro Milone
orationem Brutus exercitationis gratia scripsit, etiamsi
cgisse eum Cornelius Celsus falso existimat; et Pollio 24
et Messala defenderunt eosdem, et nobis pueris insignes
pro Voluseno Catulo Domitii Afri, Crispi Passieni,
Decimi Laelii orationes ferebantur. Neque id statim
legenti persuasum  sit, omnia, quae optimi auctores
dixerint, utique esse perfecta. Nam et labuntur aliquando et oneri cedunt et indulgent ingeniorum suorum voluptati, nec semper intendunt animum, nonnunquam fatigantur; cum Ciceroni dormitare interim
Demosthenes, Horatio vero etia'm Homerus ipse videatur. Summi enim sunt, homines tamen, acciditque his, 25
qui, quidquid apud illos repererunt, dicendi legem putant, ut deteriora imitentur, (id enim est facilius) ac se
abunde similes putent, si vitia magnorum consequantur. Modesto tamen et circumspecto iudicio de tantis 26
viris pronuntiandum est, ne, quod plerisque accidit,
damnent quae non intelligunt. Ac si necesse est in
alteram errare partem: omnia eorum legentibus placere quam multa displicere, maluerim.
Plurimum dicit oratori conferre Theophrastus lec- 2'
tionem p o e t a r u m, multique eius iudicium sequuntur;
neque immerito. Namque ab his in rebus spiritus et
in verbis sublimitas et in affectibus motus omnis et in
personis decor petitur, praecipueque velut attrita coti



24              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
diano acta forensi ingenia optime rerum taliurn blanditia reparantur. Ideoque in hac lectione Cicero re28 quiescendum putat.  Meminerimus tamen, non per
omnia poetas esse oratori sequendos nec libertate
verborum nec licentia figurarum; genus ostentationi
comparatum, et praeter id, quod solam petit v.puIptatem. eamque etiam fingendo non falsa modo se:&.tiam
quaedam incredibilia sectatur, patrocinio quoque aliquo
29 iuvari: quod alligata ad certain pedum necessitatem non
semper uti propriis possit, sed depulsa recta via necessario ad eloquendi quaedam deverticula confugiat, nec
mutare quaedam modo verba sed extendere, corripere,
convertere, dividere cogatur nos vero armatos stare
in acie et summis de rebus decernere et ad victoriam
30 niti. Neque ergo arma squalere situ ac rubigine velim,
sed fulgorem inesse qui terreat, qualis est ferri, quo
mens simul visusque praestringitur; non qualis auri
argentique, imbellis et potius habenti periculosus.
31    Historia quoque alere oratorem   quodam uberi
iucundoque suco potest; verum et ipsa sic est legenda,
ut sciamus, plerasque eius virtutcs oratori esse vitandas.
Est enim proxima poetis et quodammodo carmen solutun, et scribitur ad nirrandum non ad probandum;
totumque opus non ad actum rei pugnamque praesenter sed ad memoriam posteritatis et ingenii:famam
componitur; ideoque et verbis remotioribus et liberiori32 bus figuris narrandi taedium evitat. Itaque, ut dixi,
neque illa Sallustiana brevitas, qua nihil apud aures
vacuas atque eruditas potest esse perfectius, apud occupatum variis cogitationibus iudicem et saepius ineruditum  captanda nobis est; neque illa Livii lactea
ubertas satis docebit eum, qui non speciem expositionis
33 sed fidem quaerit. Adde quod M. Tullius ne Thucydidem  quidem  aut Xenophontem utiles oratori putat,
quanquam illum bellicum canere, huius ore lMusas esse
locutas existimet., Licet tamen nobis in digressionibus
uti vel historico nonnunquam nitore, dum in his, de




SIST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 1l          25
quibus erit quaestio, meminerimus, non athletarum
toros sed militum lacertos esse; nec versicolorem illam,
qua Demetrius Phalereus dicebatur uti, vestem bene
ad forensem pulverem facere. Est et alius ex historiis 34
usus et is quidem maximus sed non ad praesentem pertinens locum, ex cognitione rerum exemplorumque,
quibus inprimis instructus esse debet orator, ne omnia
testimonia expectet a litigatore; sed pleraque ex vetustate diligenter sibi cognita sumat, hoc potentiora, quod
ea sola criminibus odii et gratiae vacant.
A philosophorum vero lectione ut essent multa 35
nobis petenda, vitio factum est oratorum, qui quidem
illis optima sui operis parte cesserunt. Nam et de
iustis, honestis, utilibus, iisque quae sint istis contraria,
et de rebus divinis maxime dicunt et argumentantar
acriter; et altercationibus atque interrogationibus oratorem futurum optime Socratici praeparant. Sed his 36
quoque adhibendum est simile iudicium, ut etiam cumr
in rebus versemur iisdem, non tamen eandem esse condicionem sciamus litium ac disputationum, fori et auditorii, praeceptorum et periculorum.
Credo exacturos plerosque, cum tantum esse utilita- 37
tis in legendo iudicemus, ut id quoque adiungamus
operi, qui sint, quae in auctore quoque praecipua virtus.
Sed persequi singulos infiniti >fuerit operis. Quippe 38
cumI' in Bruto M. Tullius tot milibus versuum de Romanis tantum oratoribus loquatur et tamen de omnibus
aetatis suae, quibuscum  vivebat, exceptis Caesare
atqiue Marcello, silentium egerit: quis erit modus, si et
illos et qui postea fuerunt et Graecos omnes et philosophos? Fuit igitur brevitas illa tutissima, quae apud 89
Livium in epistola ad filium scripta, legendos Dlemosthenem atque Ciceroneme, tunm ita, ut quisque esset.Demostheni et Ciceroni simillimus. Non est tamen 40
dissimulanda nostri quoque iudicii summa. Paucos
enim vel potius vix ullum ex his qui vetustatem pertulerunt existimo posse reperiri, quin iudicium adhibenti2




26              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
bus allaturus sit utilitatis aliquid, cum se Cicero ab
illis quoque vetustissimis auctoribus, ingeniosis quidem
sed arte carentibus, plurimum fateatur adiutum. Nec
41 multo aliud de novis sentio. Quotus enim quisque
inveniri tam demens potest, qui ne minima quidem
alicuius certe fiducia partis memoriam  posteritatis
speraverit? Qui si quis est: intra primos statim versus
deprehendetur et citius nos dimittet, quam ut eius nobis
magno temporis detrimento constet experimentum.
42 Sed non quidquid ad aliquam partem scientiae pertinet,
protinus ad faciendam etiam phrasin, de qua loquimur,
accommodatum.
Verum antequam de singulis loquar, pauca in uni43 versum de varietate opinionum dicenda sunt. Nam
quidam solos veteres legendos putant neque in ullis
aliis esse naturalem eloquentiam et robur viris dignum
arbitrantur; alios recens haec lascivia deliciaeque et
omnia ad voluptatem multitudinis imperitae composita
44 delectant. Ipsorum etiam qui rectum dicendi genus
sequi volunt alii pressa demum et tenuia et quae minimum ab usu cotidiano recedant, sana et vere Attica
putant; quosdam elatior ingenii vis et magis concitata
et plena spiritus capit; sunt etiam lenis et nitidi et
compositi generis non pauci amatores. -De qua differentia disseram  diligentius, cum de genere dicendi
quaerendum erit. Interim summatim, quid et a qua
lectione petere possint, qui confirmare facultatem
45 dicendi volent, attingam. Paucos enim (sunt eminqntissimi) excerpere in animo est. Facile est autem
studiosis, qui sint his simillimi, iudicare'; ne quisquam
queratur, omissos forte, quos ipse valde probet. Fateor
enim plures legendos esse quam qui a me nominabuntur.
Sed nunc genera ipsa lectionum, quae praecipue
convenire intendentibus, ut oratores fiant, existimem,
persequor.
46   Igitur, ut Aratus ab love incipiendum putat, ita nos
rite coepturi ab Homero videmur. Hic enimqueim.




INST, ORATOR. LIB. X, 1.         21
admoduml ex Oceano dicit ipse amnium fontiumque
cursus initium capere, omnibus eloquentiae partibus
exemplum et ortum dedit. Hunc nemo in magnis
rebus sublimitate, in parvis proprietate superaverit.
Idem laetus ac pressus, iucundus et gravis, turn copia
tum brevitate mirabilis, nec poetica modo sed oratoria
virtute eminentissimus. Nam ut de laudibus, exhorta- 47
tionibus, consolationibus taceam: nonne vel nonus
liber, quo missa ad Achillem legatio continetur, vel in
primo inter duces illa contentio vel dictae in secundo
sententiae omnes litium ac consiliorum explicant artes?
Affectus quidem vel illos mites vel hos concitatos, nemo 48
erit tam indoctus, qui non in sua potestate hunc auctorem habuisse fateatur. Age vero, non utriusque operis
ingressus in paucissimis versibus legem prooemiorum
non dico servavit sed constituit? Nam benevolum auditorem invocatione dearum, quas praesidere vatibus
creditum est, et intentum proposita rerum magnitudine
et docilem summa celeriter comprehensa facit. Nar- 49
rare vero quis brevius quam qui mortem nuntiat Patrocli, quis significantius potest quam qui Curetum Aetolorumque proelium exponit? Iam similitudines, amplificationes, exempla, digressus, signa rerum et argumenta
ceteraque probandi ac refutandi sunt ita multa, ut etiam
qui de artibus scripserunt plurimi harum rerum testimonium ab hoc poeta petant. Nam epilogus quidem quis 50
unquam poterit illis Priami rogantis Achillem precibus
aequari? Quid? in verbis, sententiis, figuris, dispositione totius operis nonne humani ingenii modum excedit? ut magni sit virtutes eius non aemulatione,
quod fieri non potest, sed intellectu sequi. Verum hic 51
omnes sine dubio et in omni genere eloquentiae procul
a se reliquit, epicos tamen praecipue, videlicet quia
clarissima in materia simili comparatio est. Raro 52
assurgit H e s i o du s, magnaque pars eius in nominibus
est occupata; tamen utiles circa praecepta sententiae
levitasque verborum et compositionis probabilis, datur



28              M. FAB..QUINTILIANI
53 que ei palma in illo medio genere dicendi. Contra in
Antim a cho vis et gravitas et minime vulgare eloquendi genus habet laudem. Sed quamvis ei secundas
fere grammaticorum consensus deferat: et affectibus et
iucunditate et dispositione et omnino arte deficitur, ut
plane manifesto appareat, quanto sit aliud proximum
54 esse aliud secundum. Pan y asin ex utroque mixtum
putant in eloquendo neutriusque aequare virtutes,
alterum  tamen ab eo materia alterum   disponendi
ratione superari. Ap ollonius in ordinem a grammaticis datum non venit, quia Aristarchus atque Aristophanes, poetarum  iudices, neminem sui temporis in
numerum redegerunt; non tamen contemnefdum edidit
55 opus aequali quadam mediocritate.  Arati materia
motu caret, ut in qua nulla varietas, nullus affectus, nulla
persona, nulla cuiusquam sit oratio; sufficit tamen operi,
cui se parem credidit. Admirabilis in suogenere Theocritus, sed musa illa rustica et pastoralis non forum
56 modo verum ipsam etiamurbem reformidat. Audire videor undique congerentes nomina plurimorumpoetarum.
Quid?. iHerculis acta non bene Pisandros? Nicandrum frustra secuti Macer atque Vergilius? Quid?
Eupho r io nem  transibimus? quemr nisi probasset
Vergilius, idem nunquam certe conditorum Chalcidico
versu carminum   fecisset in Bucolicis mentionem.
Quid? Horatius frustra Ty r t a e um Homero subiun57 git? Nec sane quisquam est tam procul a cognitione
eorum remotus, ut non indicem certe ex bibliotheca
sumptum transferre in-libros suos possit. Nec ignoro
igitur quos transeo nec utique damno, ut qui dixerim
esse in omnibus utilitatis aliquid. Sed ad illos iam per58 fectis constitutisque viribus revertemur; quod in coenis
grandibus saepe facimus, ut, cum optimis satiati sumus,
varietas tamen nobis ex vilioribus grata sit. Tunc et
elegiam vacabit in manus sumere, cuius princeps
habetur C a 11 ima chu s, secundas confessione plirimo59 rum P h i let as occupavit. Sed dum assequimur illam




INST. OBRATOR. LIB. X, 1.         29
firmam, ut dixi, facilitatem, optimis assuescendurz est
et multa magis quam multorum lectione formai(da
mens et ducendus color. Itaque ex tribus receptis
Aristarchi iudicio scriptoribus iamborum ad 8'Lt
maxime pertinebit unus Archilochus.    Summa in 60
hoc vis elocutionis, cum validae turn breves vibrantesque sententiae, plurimum sanguinis atque nervorum,
adeo ut videatur quibuscdam, quod quoquam minor est, *
materiae esse non ingenii vitium. Novem vero -Lyri- 61
co-rum longe Pindarus princeps spiritus magnificentia, sententiis, figuris, beatissima rerum verborumque
copia et velut quodam eloquentiae flumine; propter
quaeIHoratius eum merito credidit nemini imitabilem.
St e sicho ru s quam sit ingenio validus, materiae quo- 62
que ostendunt, maxima bella et clarissimos canentem
duces et epici carminis onera lyra sustinentem.  Reddit
enim personis in agendo simul loquendoque debitam
dignitatem, ac si tenuisset modum, videtur aemulari
proximus Homerum    potuisse; sed redundat atque
effunditur, quod ut est reprehendendum, ita copiae
vitium est. Alcaeus in parte operis aureo plectro 63
merito donatur, qua tyrannos insectatus multum etiam
moribus confert; in, eloquendo quoque brevis et magnificus et diligens et plerumque oratori similis; sed et
lusit et in amores descendit, maioribus tamen aptior.
Simonides, tenuis alioqui, sermone proprio et iucun- 64
ditate quadam commendari potest; praecipua tamen
eius in commovenda miseratione virtus, ut quidam
in hac eum parte omnibus eius operis auctoribus praeferant.
Antiqua comoedia cum sinceram illan sermonis 65
Attici gratiam prope sola retinet, turn facundissimae
libertatis, etsi est insectandis vitiis praecipua, plurimum tamen virium etiam in ceteris partibus habet.
Nam et grandis et elegans et venustaj et nescio an ulla,
post Homerum tamen, quem, ut Achillem, semper excipi
par est, aut similior sit oratoribus ant ad oratores facien



30              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
66 dos aptior. Plures eius auctores; Aristophanes ta.
menet Eupolis Cratinusque praecipui. Tragoedias primus in lucem Aeschylus protulit, sublimis
et gravis et grandiloquus saepe usque ad vitium, sed
rudis in plerisque et incompositus; propter quod correctas eius fabulas in certamen deferre posterioribus
poetis Athenienses permiserunt, suntque eo modo multi
67 coronati. Sed longe clarius illustraverunt hoc opus
Sophocles atque Euripides, quorum      in dispari
dicendi via uter sit poeta melior, inter plurimos quaeritur. Idque ego sane, quoniam ad praesentem materiam
nihil pertinet, iniudicatum  relinquo.  Illud quidem
nemo non fateatur necesse est, iis, qui se ad agendum
68 comparant, utiliorem longe fore Euripiden. Namque is
et sermone (quod ipsum reprehendunt, quibus gravitas
et cothurnus et sonus Sophoclis videtur esse sublimior)
magis accedit oratorio generi et sententiis densus et in
iis, quae a sapientibus tradita sunt, paene ipsis par, et
dicendo ac respondendo cuilibet eorum, qui fuerunt in
foro diserti, comparandus; in affectibus vero cum omnibus mirus turn in iis, qui miseratione constant, facile
69 praecipuus. Hune et admiratus maxime est, ut saepe
testatur, et eum secutus, quanquam in opere diverso,
Menander, qui vel unus, meo quidem iudicio, diligenter lectus, ad cuncta, quae praecipimus, efficienda
sufficiat; ita omnem vitae imaginem expressit, tanta in
eo inveniendi copia et eloquendi facultas, ita est omni70 bus rebus, personis, affectibus accommodatus.  Nec
nihil profecto viderunt, qui orationes, quae Charisii
nomine eduntur, a Menandro scriptas putant. Sed
mihi longe magis orator probari in opere suo videtur,
nisi forte aut illa mala iudicia, quae Epitrepontes,
Epicleros, Locroe habent, aut meditationes in Psophodee, Nomothete, Hypobolimaeo non omnibus oratoriis
71 numeris sunt absolutae. Ego tamen plus adhuc quiddam collaturum eum declamatoribus puto, quoniam his
necesse est secundum condicionem controversiarum




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 1.          31
plures subire personas, patrum, filiorum, militum, rusticorum, divitum, pauperum, irascentium, deprecantium,
mitium, asperorum. In quibus omnibus mire custoditur ab hoc poeta decor. Atque ille quidem omnibus 72
eiusdem operis auctoribus abstulit nomen, et fulgore
quodam   suae claritatis tenebras obduxit.  Tamen
habent alii quoque Comici, si cum venia leguntur,
quaedam quae possis decerpere; et praecipue Philemon, qui ut pravis sui temporis iudiciis Menandro
saepe praelatus est: ita consensu tamen omnium meruit
credi secundus.
Historiam multi scripsere praeclare, sed nemo 73
dubitat longe duos ceteris praeferendos, quorum diversa virtus laudem paene est parem consecuta. Densus
et brevis et semper instans sibi Thucydides, dulcis
et candidus et fusus H ero dotus; ille concitatis hic
remissis affectibus melior, ille concionibus hic sermonibus, ille vi hic voluptate. Theopompus his proxi- 74
mus ut in historia praedictis minor, ita oratori magis
similis, ut qui, antequam est ad hoc opus sollicitatus, diu
fuerit orator. Philistus quoque meretur, qui turbae
quamvis bonorum post eos auctorum eximatur, imitator Thucydidis'et ut multo infirmior ita aliquatenus
lucidior.  Ephorus, ut Isocrati visum, calcaribus
eget. Clitarchi probatur ingenium, fides infamatur. 75
Longo post intervallo temporis natus Timagenes hoc
est vel ipso probabilis,' quod intermissam historias scribendi industriam nova laude reparavit. X e no phon
non excidit mihi sed inter philosophos reddendus est.
Sequitur oratorum  ingens manus, ut cum decem'76
simul Athenis aetas una tulerit. Quorum longe princeps Demosthen es ac paene lex orandi fuit; tanta
vis in eo, tam densa omnia, ita quibusdam nervis intenta sunt, tam nihil otiosum, is dicendi modus, ut nec
quod desit in eo nec quod redundet invenias.  Plenipr 77
Aeschines et magis fusus et grandiori similis, quo
minus strictus esti carnis tamen plus habet, minus




32              M. FAB. QUINTILIANTI
lacertorum. Dulcis in primis et acutus Hy p eri d e s,
sed minoribus causis, ut non dixerim utilior, magis par.
78 His aetate Lysias maior, subtilis atque elegans et
quo nihil, si oratori satis est docere, quaeras perfectius.
Nihil enim est inane, nihil arcessitum; puro tamen'79 fonti quam magno flumini propior.  Isocrates in
diverso genere dicendi nitidus et comptus et palaestrae
quam  pugnae magis accommodatus, omnes dicendi
veneres sectatus est, nec immerito; auditoriis enim se
non iudiciis compararat; in inventione facilis, honesti
studiosus, in compositione adeo diligens, ut cura eius
80 reprehendatur. Neque ego in his, de quibus locutus
sum, has solas virtutes sed has praecipuas puto, nec
ceteros parum fuisse magnos. Quin etiam Phalerea
ilium Demetrium, quanquam is primus inclinasse
eloquentiam dicitur, multum ingeniihabuisse et facundiae fateor, vel ob hoc memoria dignum, quod ultimus
est fere ex Atticis, qui dici possit orator; quem tamen
in illo medio genere dicendi praefert omnibus Cicero.
81    Philosophorum, ex quibus plurimum se traxisse
eloquentiae M. Tullius confitetur, quis dubitet Platonem   esse praecipuum sive acumine disserendi sive
eloquendi facultate divina quadam  et Homerica?
Multum enim supra prosam orationem et quam pedestrem Graeci vocant surgit, ut mihi non hominis ingenio
sed quodam   Delphico videatur oraculo instinctus.
82 Quid ego commemorem Xenophontis illam iucunditatem inaffectatam sed quam nulla consequi affectatio
possit? ut ipsae sermonem finxisse Gratiae videantur
et, quod de Pericle veteris comoediae testimonium est,
in hunc transferri iustissime possit, in labris eius sedisse
B3 quandam persuadendi deam. Quid reliquorum S o c r aticorum elegantiam?    Quid Aristotelem? quem
dubito scientia rerum an scriptorum copia an eloquendi
suavitate an inventionum acumine an varietate operium
clariorem putem.  Nam in Theophrasto tam est
loquendi nitor ille divinus, ut ex eo nomen quoque




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 1,          33
traxisse dicatur. Minus indulsere eloquentiae Stoici 84
veteres; sed cum honesta suaserunt:tum in colligendo
probandoque, quae instituerant, plurimum valuerunt,
rebus tamen acuti magis quara, id quod sane non affectaverunt, oratione magnifici.
Idem nobis per Roman o s quoque auctores ordo 85
ducendus est. Itaque- ut apud illos Homerus sic apud
nos Vergilius auspicatissimum dederit exordium,
omnium eius generis poetarum Graecorum. nostrorumque haud dubie proximus. Utor enim verbis iisdem, 86
quae ex Afro Domitio iuvenis excepi; qui mihi interroganti, quem Homero crederet maxime accedere, Secundus, inquit, est Vergilius, propior tamenprimo quam
tertio. Et hercule ut illi naturae coelesti atque immortali cesserimus: ita curae et diligentiae vel ideo in hoc
plus est, quod ei fuit magis laborandum, et quantum
eminentibus vincimur, fortasse aequalitate pensamus.
Ceteri omnes longe sequentur. Nam Macer et Lu- 87
cretius legendi quidem, sed non ut phrasin, id est,
corpus eloquentiae faciant; elegantes in sua quisque
materia sed alter humilis alter difficilis. A tacinus
Varro in iis, per quae nomen est assecutus, interpres
operis alieni, non spernendus quidem verum ad augendam facultatem dicendi parum locuples.  Ennium 88
sicut sacros vetustate lucos adoremus, in quibus grandia et antiqua robora iam non tantam habent speciem
quantam religionem. Propiores alii atque ad hoc, de
quo loquimur, magis utiles. Lascivus quidem in herois
quoque O vi dius et nimium amator ingenii sui, laudandus tamen in partibus. Co r n e lius autem S e v e- 89
rus, etiamsi versificator- quam poeta melior, si tamen,
ut est dictum, ad exemplar'primi libri bellum Siculum
perscripsisset, vindicaret sibi iure secundum locum.
Serranum    consummari mors immatura non passa
est; puerilia tamen eius opera et maximam indolem
ostendunt et admirabilem praecipue in aetate illa recti
generis voluntatem. Multum   in Valerio Flacco 90




34              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
nuper amisimus.  Vehemens et poeticum ingenium
Saleii B a ssi fuit, nee ipsum  senectus maturavit.
Rabirius ac Pedo non indigni cognitione, si vacet.
Lu can s ardens et concitatus et sententiis clarissimus
et, ut dicam quod sentio, magis oratoribus quam poetis
91 imitandus. Hos nominavimus, quia Germanicum Augustum ab institutis studiis deflexit cura terrarum,
parumque diis visum est esse eum maximum poetarum.
Quid tamen his ipsis eius operibus, in quae, donato imperio, iuvenis secesserat, sublimius, doctius, omnibus
denique numeris praestantius? Quis enim caneret bella
melius, quam qui sic gerit? Quem praesidentes studiis
deae propius audirent? Cui magis suas artes aperiret
92 familiare numen Minerva? Dicent haec plenius futura
saecula, nunc enim ceterarum fulgore virtutum'laus
ista praestringitur. Nos tamen sacra litterarum colentes feras, Caesar, si non taciturn hoc praeterimus et
Vergiliano certe versu-testamur:
Inter victrices hederam tibi serpere laurus.
93 Elegia quoque Graecos provocamus, cuius mihi tersus
atque elegans maxime videtur auctor Tib u lus. Sunt
qui Propertium malint. Ovidius utroque lascivior, sicut durior Gallus. Satir a quidem tota nostra est, in qua primus insignem   laudem  adeptus
Lucilius quosdam    ita deditos sibi adhuc habet
amatores, ut eum non eiusdem modo. operis auctoribus
94 sed omnibus poetis praeferre non dubitent.  Ego
quantum ab illis tantum ab Horatio dissentio, qui Lucilium fluere lutulentum et esse aliquid, quod tollere
possis, putat. Nam eruditio in eo mira et libertas
atque inde acerbitas et abundantia salis. Multum est
tersior ac purus magis Horatius et, non labor eius
amore, praecipuus. Multum et verae gloriae quamvis
uno libro Pe rius meruit. Sunt clari hodieque et qui
95 olim nominabuntur. Alterum illud etiam prius satirae
genus sed non sola carminum varietate mixtum condi



INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 1.          35
dit Terentius Varro, vir Romanorum eruditissimus. Plurimos hic libros et doctissimos composuit,
peritissimus linguae Latinae et omiris antiquitatis et
rerum Graecarum nostrarumque, plus tamen scientiae
collaturus quam eloquentiae.. Iambus non sane a S6
Romanis celebratus est ut proprium opus, quibusdam
interpositus; cuius acerbitas in Catullo, Biba culo,
Ho r a t i o, quanquam illi epodos interveniat, reperietur. At Lyricorum     idem Horatius fere solus
legi dignus.  Nam et insurgit aliquando et plenus est
iucunditatis et gratiae et variis figuris et verbis felicissime audax. Si quem adiicere velis, is erit C a e s iu s
Bas s us, quem nuper vidimus; sed eum longe praecedunt ifigenia viventium. Tragoediae scriptores 97
veterum Attius atque Pacuvius clarissimi gravitate sententiarum, verborum pondere, auctoritate personarum.  Ceterum  nitor et summa in excolendis
operibus manus magis videri potest temporibus
quam ipsis defuisse. Virium tamen Attio plus tribuitur; Pacuvium videri doctiorem, qui esse docti affectant, volunt. lam Varii Thyestes cuilibet Graecarum  98
comparari potest. Ovidii Medea videtur mihi ostendere, quantum ille vir praestare potuerit, si ingenio
suo imperare quam indulgere maluisset. Eorum quos
viderim longe princeps Pomponius Secundus,
quem senes quidem parum tragicum putabant, eruditione ac nitore praestare confitebantur. In co moe dia 99
maxime claudicamus, licet Varro Musas, Aelii Stilonis sententia, Placutino dicat sermone locuturas fuisse,
si Latine loqui vellent, licet C ae ciliu m  veteres laudibus ferant, licet Terentii scripta ad Scipionem
Africanumr referantur; quae tamen sunt in hoc genere
elegantissima et plus adhuc habitura gratiae, si intra
versus trimetros stetissent. Vix levem consequimur 100
umbram, adeo ut mihi sermo ipse Romanus non recipere videatur illam solis concessam Atticis venerem,
cum eam ne Graeci quidem in alio genere linguae




36             fM. FAB. QUITILIANI
obtinuerint. Togatis excellit Af r a n iu s; utinam nonl
inquinasset argumenta puerorum  foedis amoribus,
mores suos fassus.
101   At non historia cesserit Graecis, nee opponere
Thucydidi Sallustium verear. Neque indignetur
sibi Herodotus aequari T. Livium, cum in narrando
mirae iucunditatis clarissimique candoris turn in concionibus supra quam enarrari potest eloquentem; ita
quae dicuntur omnia cum rebus tur personis accommodata sunt; affectus quidem; praecipueque eos qui
sunt dulciores, ut parcissime dicam, nemo historicorum
102 commendavit magis. Ideoque immortalem illam Sallustii velocitatem diversis virtutibus consecutus est.
Namz mihi egregie dixisse videtur Servilius N onianus, pares eos magis quam-similes; qui et ipse a
nobis auditus est, clari.vir ingenii et sententiis creber
sed minus pressus quam historiae auctoritas postulat.
103 Quam paulum aetate praecedens eum Bassus Auf idius egregie, utique in libris belli Germanici, praestitit, genere ipso probabilis in omnibus, sed in quibus104 dam suis ipse viribus minor. Superest adhuc et exornat aetatis nostrae gloriam vir saeculorum memoria dignus, qui olim nominabitur, nunc intelligitur.
* Habet amatores nec imitatorem, ut cui libertas, quanquam circumcisis quae dixisset, nocuerit. Sed elatum
abunde spiritum et audaces sententias deprehendas
etiam  in iis, quae manent. Sunt et alii scriptores
boni, sed nos genera degustamus non bibliothecas
exeutimus.
105    Oratores vero vel praecipue Latinam eloquentiam parem facere Graecae possint. Nam Cicerone m  cuicunque eorum  fortiter opposuerim.  Nec
ignoro, quantam mihi concitem pugnam, cum praesertim non sit id.propositi, ut eum Demostheni comparem hoc tempore; neque enim attinet, cum Demosthenem in-primis legendum vel ediscendum potius
106 putem. Quorum ego viitutes plerasque arbitror simi



INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 1.           3t
les, consilium, ordinem, dividendi, praeparandi, probandi rationem, omnia denique quae sunt inventionis.
In eloquendo est aliqua diversitas; densior ille hic
copiosior, ille concludit astrictius hic latius, pugnat ille
acumine semper hic frequenter et pondere, illi nihil
detrahi; potest huic nihil adiici, curae plus in illo in hoc
naturae. Salibus certe et commiseratione, qui duo plu- 107
rimum affectus valent; vincimus. Et fortasse epilogos
illi mos civitatis abstulerit; sed et nobis illa, quae Attici
mirantur, diversa Latini sermonis ratio minus permiserit. In epistolis quidem, quanquam sunt utriusque, dialogisve, quibus nihil ille, nulla contentio est. Ceden- 108
dum vero in hoc, quod et prior fuit et ex magna parte
Ciceronem, quantus est, fecit. Nam mihi videtur M.
Tullius, cum se totum ad imitationem Graecorum contulisset, effinxisse vim Demosthenis, copiam Platonis,
iucunditatem Isocratis.  Nee vero quod in quoque 109
optimum fuit, studio consecutus est tantum; sed plurimas vel potius omnes ex se ipso virtutes extulit immortalis ingenii beatissima ubertas. Non enim pluvias, ut ait Pindarus, aquas colligit sed vivo gurgite
exundac, dono quodam providentiae genitus, in quo
totas vires suas eloquentia experiretur. Nam quis 110
docere diligentius, movere vehementius potest? Cui
tanta unquam iucunditas affuit? ut ipsa illa, quae extorquet, impetrare eum credas, et cum transversum vi
sua iudicem ferat: tamen ille non rapi videatur sed
sequi. Iam in omnibus, quae dicit, tanta auctoritas 111
inest, ut dissentire pudeat, nec advocati studium sed
testis aut iudicis afferat fidem; cum interim  hace
omnia, quae vix singula quisquam intentissima qura
consequi posset, fluunt illaborata, et illa, qua nihil pulchrius auditum est, oratio prae se fert tamen felicissimam facilitatem. Quare non immerito ab hominibus 112
aetatis suae regnare in iudiciis dictus est, apud posteros vero id consecutus, ut Cicero iam non hominis
nomen sed eloquentiae habeatur. IHunc igitur specte



38              M. FAB. QUINTIL1ANI
mus, hoc propositum nobis sit exemplum, ille se pro.
113 fecisse sciat, cui Cicero valde placebit. Multa in
As inio Pollione inventio, summa diligentia, adeo
ut quibusdam etiam nimia videatur, et consilii et
animi satis; a nitore et iucunditate Ciceronis ita longe
abest, ut videri possit saeculo prior. At M e s s ala
niticlus et candidus et quodammodo praeferens in
114 dicendo nobilitatem suam, viribus minor. C. vero
C a es ar si foro tantum vacasset, non alius ex nostris
contra Ciceronem nominaretur. Tanta in eo vis est,
id acumen, ea concitatio, ut illum eodem animo dixisse, quo bellavit, appareat; exornat tamen haec
omnia mira sermonis, _cuius proprie studiosus fuit, ele115 gantia. Multum ingenii in Ca eli o et praecipue in
accusando multa urbanitas, dignusque vir cui et mens
melior et vita longior contigisset. Inveni qui Calvum praeferrent' omnibus, inveni qui Ciceroni crederent, eum nimia contra se calumnia verum sanguinem
perdidisse; sed est et sancta et gravis oratio et custodita et frequenter vehemens quoque. Imitator autem
est Atticorum, fecitque illi properata mars iniuriam, si
quid adiecturus sibi, non si quid detracturus fuit.
116 Et Servius Sulpicius insignem     non immerito
famam tribus orationibus meruit.  Multa, si cum
iudicio legatur, dabit imitatione digna Cassius
Severus, qui si ceteris virtutibus colorem et gravitatem orationis adiecisset, ponendus inter praecipuos
117 foret. Nam et ingenii plurimum est in eo et acerbitas mira, et urbanitas eius summa; sed plus stomacho
quam consilio dedit. Praeterea ut amari sales: ita
118 frequenter amaritudo ipsa ridicula est. Sunt alii
multi diserti, quos persequi longum est. Eorum quos
viderim  Domitius Afer et Iulius Africanus
-longe praestantissimi. Arte ille et toto genere dicendi praeferendus et quem in numero veterum habere non timeas; hic concitatior sed in cura verborum
nimius et compositiQne nonnunquam longior, et trans



INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 1.          39
lationibus parum  modicus.  Erant clara et nuper
ingenia. Et Trachalus plerumque sublimis et satis 119
apertus fuit et quem velle optima crederes, auditus
tamen maior; nam et vocis, quantam in nullo cognovi, felicitas et pronuntiatio vel scenis suffectura et
decor omnia denique ei, quae sunt extra, superfuerunt;
et Vibius Crispus compositus et iucundus et delectationi natus, privatis tamen causis quam publicis
melior. Iulio Secundo, silongiorcontigisset aetas, 120
clarissimum profecto nomen oratoris apud posteros
foret. Adiecisset enim, atque adiiciebat ceteris virtutibus suis' quod desiderari potest. Id est autem, ut
esset multo magis pugnans et saepius ad curam rerum
ab elocutione respiceret. Ceteruminterceptus quoque 121
magnum sibi vindicat locum; ea est facundia, tanta
in explicando quod velit gratia, tam  candidum  et
lene et speciosum dicendi genus, tanta verborum
etiam quae assumpta sunt proprietas, tanta in quibusdam ex periculo petitis significantia. Habebunt, qui 122
post nos de oratoribus scribent, magnam eos, qui
nunc vigent, materiam vere laudandi.  Sunt enim
summa hodie, quibus illustratur forum, ingenia.
Namque et consummati iam patroni veteribus aemulantur, et eos iuvenum ad optima tendentium imitatur
ac sequitur industria.
Supersunt, qui de philosophia scripserint, quo 123
in genere paucissimos adhuc eloquentes litterae Romanae tulerunt. Idem igitur M. Tullius, qui ubique, etiam in hoc opere Platonis aemulus extitit.
Egregius vero multoque quam in orationibus praestantior Brutus suffecit ponderi rerum; scias eum
sentire quae dicit. Scripsit non parum multa Cor- 124
nelius C elsus, Sextios secutus, non sine cultu ac
nitore. Plautus in Stoicis rerum cognitioni utilis.
In Epicureis levis quidem sed non iniucundus tamen
auctor est Catiu s. Ex industria Senecam in omni 125
genere eloquentiae distuli propter vulgatam falso de




40              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
me opinionem, qua damnare eum et invisum quoque
habere sum creditus. Quocd accidit mihi, dum corruptum et omnibus vitiis fractum dicendi genus revocare
126 ad severiora iudicia contendo. Turn autem solus hic
fere in manibus adolescentium fuit. Quem non equidem omnino conabar excutere sed potioribus praeferri
non sinebam, quos ille non destiterat incessere, cum,
diversi sibi conscius generis, placere se in dicendo
posse, quibus illi placent, diffideret. Amabant autem
eum magis quam imitabantur tantumque ab eo deflue127 bant, quantum ille ab antiquis descenderat. Foret
enim optandum, pares ac saltem proximos illi viro
fieri. Sed placebat propter sola vitia et ad ea se quisque dirigebat effingenda, quae poterat; deinde cum
se iactaret eodem modo dicere, Senecam infamabat.
128 Cuius et multae alioqui et magnae virtutes fuerunt,
ingenium facile et copiosum, plurimum studii, multa
rerum cognitio; in qua tamen aliquando ab his, quibus inquirenda quaedam   mandabat, deceptus est.
Tractavit etiam  omnem fere studiorum  materiam.
129 Nam et orationes eius et poemata et epistolae et dialogi feruntur.  In philosophia parum diligens, egregius tamen vitiorum insectator fuit. Multae in eo
claraeque sententiae, multa etiam morum gratia legenda; sed in eloquendo corrupta pleraque atque
eo perniciosissima, quod abundant dulcibus vitiis.
130 Velles eum suo ingenio dixisse, alieno iudicio.  Nam
si aliqua contempsisset, si partem non concupisset, si
non omnia sua amasset, si rerum pondera minutissimis sententiis non fregisset: consensu potius erudito131 rum quam puerorum amore comprobaretur. Verum
sic quoque iam robustis et severiore genere satis firmatis legendus vel ideo, quod exercere potest utrinque
iudicium. Multa enim, ut dixi, probanda in eo, multa
etiam admiranda sunt, eligere modo curae sit; quod
utinam ipse fecisset.  Digna enim fuit illa natura,
quae meliora vellet, quae quod voluit effecit.




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 2.           41
DE IMITATIONE.
II. Ex his ceterisque lectione dignis auctoribus et
verborum sumenda copia est et varietas figurarum et
componendi ratio, tur ad exemplum virtutum omnium
mens dirigenda. Neque enim   dubitari potest, quin
artis pars magna contineatur imitatione. Nam ut
invenire primum fuit estque praecipuum: sic ea, quae
bene inventa sunt, utile sequi. Atque omnis vitae 2
ratio sic constat, ut quae probamus in allis facere ipsi
velimus. Sic litterarum ductus, ut scribendi fiat usus,
pueri sequuntur;.sic musici vocem docentium, pictores
opera priorum, rustici probatam experimento culturam
in exemplum intuentur; omnis denique disciplinae
initia ad propositum sibi praescriptum formari videmus. Et hercule necesse est aut similes aut dissimiles 3
bonis simus. Similem raro natura praestat, frequenter
imitatio. Sed hoc ipsum, quod tanto faciliorem nobis
rationem omnium facit quam fuit iis, qui nihil quod
sequerentur habuerunt, nisi caute et cum iudicio apprehenditur, nocet.
Ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit, 4
vel quia pigri est ingenii contentum-esse iis, quae sint
ab allis inventa. Quid enim futurum erat temporibus
illis, quae sine exemplo fuerunt, si homines nihil, nisi
quod iam cognovissent, faciendum sibi aut cogitandum
putassent? Nempe nihil fuisset inventum. Cur igi- 5
tur nefas est reperiri aliquid a nobis, quod ante non
fuerit? An illi rudes sola mentis natura ducti sunt in
hoc, ut tam multa generarent: nos ad quaerendum non
eo ipso concitemur, quod certe scimus invenisse eos,
qui quaesierunt? Et cum illi, qui nullum cuiusquam rei 6
habuerunt magistrum, plurima in posteros tradiderint:
nobis usus aliarum rerum ad eruendas alias non proderit, sed nihil habebimus nisi beneficii alieni? Quemadmodum quidam pictores in id solum student, ut




42-             M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
7 describere tabulas mensuris ac lineis sciant. Turpe
etiam illud est, contentuin esse id consequi quod imiteris. Nam rursus quid erat futurum, si nemo plus effecisset eo quem sequebatur? Nihil in poetis supra
Livium Andronicum, nihil in historiis supra Pontifi
cum annales haberemus; ratibus adhuc navigaretur;
non esset pictura, nisi quae lineas modo extreimas
umbrae, quam corpora in sole fecissent, circumscribe8 ret. Ac si omnia percenseas: nulla sit ars, qualis
inventa est, nec intra initium stetit; nisi forte nostra
potissimum tempora damnamus huius infelicitatis, ut
nunc demum nihil crescat. Nihil autem crescit sola
9 imitatione.  Quodsi prioribus adiicere fas non est:
quomodo sperare possumus illum oratorem perfectum?
cum in his, quos maximos adhuc novimus, nemo sit
inventus, in quo nihil aut desideretur aut reprehendatur. Sed etiam qui summa non appetent, contendere
10 potius quam sequi debent. Namr qui agit ut prior sit,
forsitan, etiamsi non transiert, aequabit. Eum vero
nemo potest aequare, cuius vestigiis sibi utique insistendum putat. Necesse est enim, semper sit posterior qui
sequitur.  Adde quod plerumque facilius est plus
facere quam idem. Tantam enim difficultatem habet
similitudo, ut ne ipsa quidem natura in hoc ita evaluerit, ut non res simplicissimae, quaeque pares maxime
1 videantur, utique discrimine aliquo discernantur. Adde
quod, quidquid alteri simile est, necesse est minus* sit
eo, quod imitatur, ut umbra corpore et imago facie et
actus histrionum veris affectibus. Quod in orationibus
quoque evenit. Namque eis, quae in exemplum assumimus, subest natura et vera vis; contra omnis imitatio ficta est et ad alienum propositum accommodatur.
12 Quod facit, ut minus sanguinis ac virium declamationes
habeant quam orationes; quod in illis vera in his assimulata materia est. Adde quod ea, quae in oratore
maxima sunt, imitabilia non sunt, ingenium, inventio,
13 vis, facilitas et quidquid arte non traditur.  Ideo




IN ST. ORATOR. LIB. X,-2.         43
plerique, cur verba quaedam ex orationibus excerpserunt aut aliquos compositionis certos pedes, mire a se,
quae legerunt, effingi arbitrantur; cum et verba intercidant invalescantque temporibus, ut quorum certissima sit regula in consuetudine, eaque non sua natura
sint bona aut mala (nam per se soni tantum sunt) sed
prout opportune proprieque aut secus collocata sunt;
et compositio cum rebus accommodata sit tum ipsa
varietate gratissima.
Quapropter exactissimo iudicio circa hanc partem 14
studiorum examinanda sunt omnia.   Primum, quos
imitemur; nam sunt plurimi, qui similitudinem pessimi cuiusque et corruptissimi concupierunt; tum in
ipsis, quos elegerimus, quid sit, ad quod nos efficiendum
comparemus. Nam in magnis quoque auctoribus inci- 15
dunt aliqua vitiosa, et a doctis inter ipsos etiam mutuo
reprehensa; atque utinam tam bona imitantes dicerent
melius quam mala peius dicunt. Nec vero saltem iis,
quibus ad evitanda vitia iudicii satis fuit, sufficiat imaginem virtutis effingere et solam, ut sic dixerim, cutem,
vel potius illas Epicuri figuras, quas e summis corporibus dicit effluere. Hoc autem his accidit, qui non in- 16
trospectis penitus virtutibus ad primum se velut aspectum orationis aptarunt; et cum iis felicissime cessit
imitatio: verbis atque numeris sunt non multum differentes, vim dicendi atque inventionis non assequuntur,
sed plerumque declinant in peius et proxima virtutibus vitia comprehendunt fiuntque pro grandibus tumidi,
pressis exiles, fortibus temerarii, laetis corrupti, compositis exultantes, simplicibus negligentes.  Ideoque 17
qui horride atque incomposite quamlibet illud frigidum
et inane extulerunt, antiquis se pares credunt; qui
carent cultu atque sententiis, Atticis scilicet; qui praecisis conclusionibus obscuri, Sallustium atque Thucydidenr superant; tristes ac ieiuni Pollionem aemulantur; otiosi et supini, si quid modo longius circumduxerunt, iurant ita Ciceronem locuturum fuisse. Noveram 18




44              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
quosdam, qui se pulchre expressisse genus illud coelestis huius in dicendo viri sibi viderentur, si in clausula
posuissent Fsse videatur. Ergo primum est, ut quod
imitaturus est quisque intelligat- et, quare bonum sit,
sciat.
19   Tum   in suscipiendo onere consulat suas vires.
Nam quaedam sunt imitabilia, quibus aut infirmitas
naturae non sufficiat aut diversitas repugnet. Ne, cui
tenue ingenium erit, sola velit fortia et abrupta; cui
forte quidem sed indomitum, amore subtilitatis et vim
suam perdat et elegantiam quam cupit non assequatur.
Nihil est enim tam indecens, quam cum mollia dure
20 fiunt. Atque ego illi praeceptori, quem instituebam
in libro secundo, credidi non ea sola docenda esse, ad
quae quemque discipulorum natura compositumvideret; nam is et adiuvare debet, quae in quoque eorum
invenit bona, et, quantum fieri potest, adiicere quae
desunt et emendare quaedam et mutare; rector enim
est alienorum. ingeniorum atque formator. Difficilius
21 est naturam suam fingere. Sed ne ille quidem doctor,
quanquam  omnia quae recta sunt velit esse in suis
auditoribus quam plenissima, in eo tamen, cui naturam
obstare viderit, laborabit.
Id quoque vitandum, in quo magna pars errat, ne
in oratione poetas nobis et historicos, in illis operibus
22 oratores aut declamatores imitandos putemus. Sua
cuique proposita lex, suus cuique decor est. Nam nec
comoedia cothurnis assurgit, nec contra tragoedia
socculo ingreditur. Habet tamen omnis eloquentia ali23 quid commune; imitemur quod commune est. Etiam
hoc solet incommodi accidere iis, qui se uni alicui
generi dediderunt, ut, si asperitas iis placuit alicuius,
hanc etiam in leni ac remisso causarum genere non
exuant; si tenuitas ac iucunditas, in asperis gravibusque causis ponderi rerum parum respondeant: cum sit
diversa non causarum modo inter ipsas condicio, sed in
singulis etiam causis partium, sintque alia leniter alia




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 2.          45
aspere alia concitate alia remisse, alia docendi alia movendi gratia dicenda; quorum omnium dissimilis atque
diversa inter se ratio est. Itaque ne hoc quidem 24
suaserim, uni se alicui proprie, quem per omnia sequatur, addicere.  Omnium  perfectissimus Graecorum
Demosthenes, aliquid tamen aliquo in loco melius alii,
plurima ille. Sed non qui maxime imitandus et solus
imitandus est. Quid ergo? non est satis omnia sic 25
dicere, quomodo M. Tullius dixit? Mihi quidem satis
esset, si omnia consequi possem. Quid tamen noceret
vim Caesaris, asperitatem Caelii, diligentiam Pollionis,
iudicium Calvi quibusdam in locis assumere? Nam 26
praeter id quod prudentis est, quod in quoque optimum
est, si possit, suum facere: tum in tanta rei difficultate
unum intuentes vix aliqua pars sequitur.  Ideoque.cum totum exprimere quem elegeris paene sit homini
inconcessum: plurium bona ponamus ante oculos, ut
aliud ex alio haereat, et quod cuique loco conveniat
aptemus.
Imitatio autem (nam saepius idem dicam) non sit 27
tantum in verbis. Illuc intendenda mens, quantum fuerit illis viris decoris in rebus atque personis, quod consilium, quae dispositio, quam omnia, etiam quae delectationi videantur data, ad victoriam spectent; quid agatur prooemio, quae ratio et quam varia narrandi, quae
vis probandi ac refellendi, quanta in affectibus omnis
generis movendis scientia, quamque laus ipsa popularis
utilitatis gratia assumpta, quae tum est pulcherrima,
-cum sequitur non cum arcessitur. Haec si perviderimus, tum vere imitabimur. Qui vero etiam propria 28
his bona adiecerit, ut suppleat quae deerant, circumcidat, si quid redundabit: is erit, quem quaerimus, perfectus orator; quem nunc consummari potissimum
oporteat, cum tanto plura exempla bene dicendi supersint, quam illis, qui adhuc summi sunt, contigerunt.
Nam erit haec quoque laus eorum, ut priores superasse,
posteros docuisse dicantur.




46              M. FAB. QTUINTILIANI
QUOMODO SCRIBENDUM.
III. Et haec quidem auxilia extrinsecus adhibentur; in iis quae nobis ipsis paranda sunt, ut laboris sic
utilitatis etiam longe plurimuln affert stilus. Nec
immerito M. Tullius hunc optimum efectorem ac mca
gistrum dicendi vocavit; cui sententiae personam L.
Crassi in disputationibus, quae sunt de oratore, assignando, iudicium suum cum illius auctoritate coniunxit.
2 Scribendum ergo quam diligentissime et quam plurimum. Nam ut terra altius effossa generandis alendisque seminibus fecundior fit: sic profectus non a summo
petitus, studiorum fructus et fundit uberius et fidelius
continet. Nam sine hac quidem conscientia ipsa illa
ex tempore dicendi facultas inanem modo loquacitatem
3 dabit et verba in labris nascentia. Illic radices, illic
fundamenta sunt, illic opes velut sanctiore quodam
aerario reconditae, unde ad subitos quoque casus, cum
res exigeti proferantur. Vires faciamus ante omnia,
quae sufficiant labori certaminum et usu non exhau4 riantur. Nihil enim rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum
efici cito, praeposuitque pulcherrimo cuique operi difficultatem, quae nascendi quoque hanc fecerit legem,
ut maiora animalia diutius visceribus parentis'continerentur.
Sed cum sit duplex quaestio, quomodo d et quae
5 maxime scribi oporteat, iam hinc ordinem sequar. Sit
primo vel tardus dum diligens stilus; quaeramus optima nec protinus offerentibus se gaudeamus; adhibeatur iudicium inventis, dispositio probatis. Delectus
enim rerum verborumque agendus est et pondera singulorum examinanda. Post subeat ratio collocandi
versenturque omni modo numeri, non ut quodque se
6 proferet verbum, occupet locum. Quae quidem ut
diligentius exequamur, repetenda saepius erunt scriptorum  Droxima.  Nam praeter id quod sic melius




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 3.           47
iunguntur prioribus sequentia, calor quoque ille cogitationis, qui scribendi mora refrixit, recipit ex integro
vires et velut repetito spatio sumit impetum; quod in
certamine saliendi fieri videmus, ut conatum longius
petant et ad illud, quo contenditur, spatiun  cursu
ferantur; utque in iaculando brachia reducimus et expulsuri tela nervos retro tendimus. Interim tamen, si 7
feret flatus, danda sunt vela, dum nos indulgentia illa
non fallat. Omnia enim nostra, duminascuntur, placent; alioqui nec scriberentur.  Sed redeamus ad
iudicium  et retractemus suspectam  facilitatem. Sic 8
scripsisse Sallustium accepimus, et sane manifestus est
etiam ex opere ipso labor. Vergilium quoque paucissimos die composuisse versus auctor est Varius. Oratoris quidem alia condicio est.- Itaque hanc moram et 9
sollicitudinem initiis impero. Nam primum hoc constituendum, hoc obtinendum est, ut quam optime scribamus; celeritatem dabit consuetudo.  Paulatim res
facilius se ostendent, verba respondebunt, compositio
prosequetur, cuncta denique ut in familia bene instituta in officio erunt. Summa haec est rei: cito scri- 10
bendo non fit, ut bene scribatar; bene scribendo fit,
ut cito. Sed turn paxime, cum facultas illa contigerit,
resistamus et provideamus et ferentes equos frenis quibusdam   coerceamus; quod non tam    moram  faciet
quam novos impetus dabit. Neque enim rursus eos,
qui robur aliquod in stilo fecerint, ad infelicem calumniandi se poenam  alligandos puto. Nam quomodo 11
sufficere officiis civilibus possit, qui singulis actionum
partibus insenescat? Sunt autem quibus nihil sit satis;
omnia mutare, omnia aliter dicere, quam occurrit, velint; increduli quidam et de ingenio suo pessime meriti, qui diligentiam putant facere sibi scribendi diffiqultater. Nec promptum est dicere, utros peccare vali- 12
dius putem, quibus omnia sua placent an quibus nihil.
Accidit enim etiam ingeniosis adolescentibus frequenter, ut labore consumantur et in silentium usque des



48              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
cendant nimia bene dicendi cupiditate.  Qua de rT
memini narrasse mihi lulium Secundum illum, aequalem meum atque a me, ut notum     est, familiariter
amatum, mirae facundiae virum, infinitae tamen curae
13 quid esset sibi a patruo suo dictum. Is fuit Iulius
Florus, in eloquentia Galliarum, quoniam ibi demum
exercuit ear, princeps, alioqui inter paucos disertus et
dignus illa propinquitate. Is cum Secundum, scholae
adhuc operatfu'm  tristem forte ridisset: interrogavit,
14 quae causa frontis tam adductae? Nec dissima'lavit
adolescens, tertium iam diem esse, quod omni labore
materiae ad scribendum destinatae non inveniret exor
dium; quo sibi non praesens tantum dolor, sed etiam
desperatio in posteruui fieret. Tum Florus arridens,
Numquid tu, inquit, melius dicere vis quam potes?
15 Ita se res habet. Curandum   est, ut quam optime
dicamus; dicendum tamen pro facultate. Ad profectum enim opus est studio non indignatione. Ut possimus autem scribere etiam plura celerius, non exercitatio modo praestabit, in qua sine dubio multum est, sed
etiam ratio; si non resupini spectantesque tectum et
cogitationem murmurs agitantes expectaverimus, quid
obveniat; sed quid res poscat, quid personam deceat,
quod sit tempus, qui iudicis animus, intuiti, humano
quodam modo ad scribendum accesserimus. Sic nobis et
If initia et quae sequuntur natura ipsa praescribit. Certa.
sunt enim pleraque et, nisi conniveamus, in oculos incurrunt; ideoque nec indocti nec rustici diu quaerunt,
unde incipiant; quo pudendum est magis, si diffcultatem facit doctrina. Non ergo semper putemus optimum esse quod latet; immutescamus alioqui,-si nihil
17 dicendum videatur, nisi quod non invenimus. Diver
sum est huic eorum vitium, qui primo decurrere per
materiam stilo quam velocissimo volunt et sequentes
calorem atque impetum  ex tempore scribunt; hanc
silvam vocant. Repetunt deinde et componunt quae
effuderant; sed verba emendantur et numeri, manet



INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 3.          49
in rebus temere congestis, quae fuit, levitas. Protinus 18
ergo adhibere curam rectius erit atque ab initio sic opus
ducere, ut caelandum non ex integro fabricandum sit.
Aliquando tamen affectus sequemur, in quibus fere
plus calor quam diligentia valet.
Satis apparet ex eo, quod hanc scribentium negligentiam damno, quidde illis dict an di deliciis sentiam.
Nam in stilo quidem quamlibet properato dat aliquam  9
cogitationi moram  non consequens celeritatem  eius
manus; ille cui dictamus urget, atque interim pudet
etiam dubitare aut resistere aut mutare, quasi conscium
infirmitatis nostrae timentes. Quo fit, ut non rudia 20
tantum et fortuita sed impropria interim, dum sola est
connectendi sermonis cupiditas, effluant, quae nec
scribentium curam nec dicentium impetum consequantur. At idem ille, qui excipit, si tardior in scribendo
aut incertior in legendo velut offensator fuit: inhibetur
cursus, atque omnis, quae erat, conceptae mentis intentio mora et interdum iracundia excutitur. Turn illa, 21
quae altiorem animi motum sequuntur quaeque ipsa
animum quodammodo concitant, quorum est iactare
manum, torquere vultum, sinum et latus interim obiurgare, quaeque Persius notat, cum leviter dicendi genus
significat,
Nee pluteum, inquit, caedit nec demorsos sapit ungues,
etiam ridicula sunt, nisi cum soli sumus. Denique ut 22
semel quod est potentissimum dicam, secretum in dictando perit. Atque liberum arbitris locum et quai
altissimum silentium  scribentibus maxime convenire
nemo dubitaverit, Non tamen protinus audiendi, qui
credunt aptissima in hoc nemora silvasque, quod illa
coeli libertas, locorum amoenitas sublimem animum et
beatiorem spiritum parent, Mihi certe iucundus hic 23
magis quam studiorum hortator videtur esse secessus,
Namque- illa, quae ipsa delectant, necesse est avocent
ab intentione operis destinati. Neque enim se bona
3




50              M. FAB. QtINTILIAt I
fide in multa simul intendere animus totum potest, et
quocunque respexit, desinit intueri quod propositum
24 erat. Quare silvarum  amoenitas et praeterlabentia
flumina et inspirantes ramis arborum aurae volucrumque cantus et ipsa late circumspiciendi libertas ad se
trahunt; ut mihi remittere potius voluptas ista videa25 tur cogitationem quam intendere. Demosthenes melius, qui se in locum, ex quo nulla exaudiri vox et ex
quo nihil prospici posset, recondebat, ne aliud agere
mentem cogerent oculi. Ideoque lucubrantes silentium
noctis et clausum  cubiculum  et lumen unum velut
26 tectos maxime teneat. Sed cum in omni studiorum
genere tum in hoc praecipue bona valetudo, quaeque
earn maxime praestat, frugalitas, necessaria est; cum
tempora ab ipsa rerum natura ad quietem refectionemque nobis data in acerrimum laborem convertimus.
Cui tamen non plus irrogandum est quam quod somno
27 supererit, haud deerit. Obstat enim diligentiae scribendi etiam fatigatio, et abunde, si vacet, lucis spatia
sufficiunt; occupatos in noctem necessitas agit. Est
tamen lucubratio, quotiens ad eam integri ac refecti
venimus, optimum secreti genus.
28    Sed silentium et secessus et undique liber animus ut
sunt maxime optanda, ita non semper possunt contingere, ideoque non statim, si quid obstrepet, abiiciendi
codices erunt et deplorandus dies; verum incommodis
repugnandum et hic faciendus usus, ut omnia quae
impedient vincat intentio; quam si tota mente in opus
ipsum direxeris: nihil eorum, quae 6culis vel auribus
29 incursant, ad animum perveniet. An vero frequenter
etiam fortuita hoc cogitatio praestat, ut obvios non
videamus et itinere deerremus: non consequemur
idem, si et voluerimus? Non est indulgendum causis
desidiae. Nam si nonnisi refecti, nonnisi hilares, nonnisi omnibus aliis curis vacantes studendum existimarimus: semper erit propter quod nobist ignoscamus;
30 Quare in turba, itinere conviviis etiam faciat sibi cogib




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 3. 4.        51
tatio ipsa secretum. Quid alioqui fiet, cum in medio
foro, tot circumstantibus iudiciis, iurgiis, fortuitis
etiam clamoribus, erit subito continua oratione dicendum, si particulas, quas ceris mandamus, nisi in solitudine reperire non possumus? Propter quae idem ille
tantus amator secreti Demosthenes in litore, in quo se
maximo cum sono fluctus illideret, meditans consuescebat contionum fremitus non expavescere.
Ilia quoque minora (sed nihil in studiis parvum est) -31
non sunt transeunda: s cribi optime ceris, in quibus
facillima est ratio delendi; nisi forte visus infirmior
membranarum potius usum exiget, quae ut iuvant
aciem, ita crebra relatione, quoad intinguitur, calami
morantur manum et cogitationis impetum frangunt.
Relinquendae autem in utrolibet genere contra erunt 32
vacuae tabellae, in quibus libera adiiciendi sit excursio.
Nam interim pigritiam emendandi angustiae faciunt
aut certe novorum interpositione priora confundant.
Ne latas quidem ultra modum esse ceras velim, expertus iuvenem, studiosum alioqui, praelongos habuisse
sermones, quia illos numero versuum metiebatur, idque
vitium, quod frequenti admonitione corrigi non potuerat, mutatis codicibus esse sublatum. Debet vacare 33
etiam locus, in quo notentur quae scribentibus solent
extra ordinem id est ex aliis, quam qui sunt in manibus
loci, occurrere. Irrumpunt enim optimi nonnunquam
sensus, quos neque inserere oportet neque differre tutum est, quia interim elabuntur, interim memoriae suae
intentos ab alia inventione declinant ideoque optime
sunt in deposito.
QUOMODO EMENDANDUM.
W. Sequitur emendatio, -pars studiorum longe
utilissima. Neque enim sine causa creditum est stilum
nonminus agere, cum delet. Huius autem operis est
adiicere, detrahere, mutare. Sed facilius in iis




52              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
simpliciusque iudicium, quae replenda vel deiicienda
sunt; premere vero tumentia, humilia extollere, luxuriantia astringere, inordinata digerere, soluta com2 ponere, exultantia coercere, duplicis operae. Nam et
damnanda sunt quae placuerunt, et invenienda quae
fugerant. Nee dubium est optimum esse emendandi
genus, si scripta in aliquod tempus reponantur, ut ad
ea post intervallum velut nova atque aliena redeamus,
ne nobis scripta nostra tanquam recentes fetus blandian3 tur. Sed neque hoc contingere semper potest praesertim  oratori, cui saepius scribere ad praesentes usus
necesse est; et emendatio ipsa finem habeat. Sunt
enim qui ad omnia scripta tanquam vitiosa redeant et,
quasi nihil fas sit rectum esse quod primum estj melius
existiment quidquid est aliud, idque faciant, quotiens
librum in manus resumpserunt, similes medicis etiam
integra secantibus. Accidit itaque, ut cicatricosa sint
4 et exsanguia et cura peiora. Sit ergo aliquando quod
placeat ant certe quod sufficiat, ut opus poliat lima non
exterat.- Temporis quoque esse debet modus. Nam
quod Cinnae Zmyrnam novem annis accepimus scriptam, et Panegyricum Isocratis, qui parcissime, decem
annis dicunt elaboratum: ad oratorem nihil pertinet,
cuius nullum erit, si tam tardum fuerit, auxilium.
QUAE SCRIB3ENNDA MAXIME.
V. Proximum est, ut dicamus, quae praecipue
scribenda sint. Hoc exuberantis sit quidem operis,
ut explicemus, quae sint materiae; quae prima aut
secunda aut deinceps tractanda Mint; nam id factum
est etiam primo libro, quo puerorum, et secundo, quo
robustorum studiis ordinem dedimu-s; sed, de quo nunc
agitur, unde copia ac facilitas maxime veniat.
2    Vertere Graeca in Latinum       veteres nostri
oratores optimum iudicabant. Id se L. Crassus in illis




INST. ORATOR. LI. X, 5.            53
Ciceronis de Oratore libris dicit faetitasse. Id Cicero
sua ipse persona frequentissime praecipit, quin etiam
libros Platonis atque Xenophontis edidit hoc genere
translatos. Id Messalae placuit, multaeque sunt ab eo
scriptae ad hunc modum orationes, adeo ut etiam cum
illa Hyperidis pro Phryne difficillima Romanis subtilitate contenderet.  Et manifesta est exercitationis 3
huiusce ratio. Nam et rerum copia Graeci auctores
abundant et plurimum artis in eloquentiam intulerunt,
et hos transferentibus verbis uti optimis licet, omnibus
enim utimur nostris.  Figuras vero, quibus maxime
ornatur oratio, multas ac varias excogitandi etiam
neceFitas qu'aedam est, quia plerumque a Graecis Ronana dissentient.
Sed et illa ex Latinis conversio multum et 4
ipsa.contulerit. Ac de carminibius quidem neminem
credo dubitare, quo solo genere exercitationis dicitur
asus esse Sulpicius. Nam et sublimis spirit-us attollere
orationer potest, et verba poetica libertate aldaciora
non praesumunt eadem' proprie' dicendi facultatem.
Sed et ipsis sententiis adiicere licet oratorium robur et
omissa supplere, effusa substringere. Neque ego para- 5
phrasim esse interpretationem tantum volo sed circa
eosdem sensus certamen atque aemulationem. Ideoque
ab illis dissentio, qui vertere orationes Latinas vetant,
quia optimis occupatis, quidquid aliter dixerimus, necesse sit esse deterius. Nam neque semper est desperandum, aliquid illis, quae dicta sunt, melius posse
reperiri; neque adeo ieiunam ac pauperem natura eloquentiam fecit, ut una de re bene dici nisi semel non
possit. Nisi forte histrionum multa circa voces eas- 6
dem variare gestus potest, orandi minor vis, ut dicatur
aliquid, post quod in eadem materia nihil dicendum
sit. Sed esto, neque melius quod invenimus esse neque par:.est certe proximis locus. An vero ipsi non 7
bis ac:saepius de eadem re dicimus et quidem continuas nionnunquam sententias? Nisi forte contendere




54               M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
nobiscum possumus, cum aliis non possumus. Nam si
uno genere bene diceretur: fas erat existimari praeclusam nobis a prioribus viam; nunc vero innumerabiles
8 sunt modi plurinuaeque eodem viae ducunt. Sua bre —
vitati gratia sua copiae, alia translatis virtus alia propriis, hoc oratio recta illud figura declinata commendat.
Ipsa denique utilissima est exercitationi difficultas.
Quid, quod auctores maximi sic diligentius cognoscuntur?  Non enim scripta lectione secura transcurrimus
sed tractamus singula et necessario introspicimus et,
quantum virtutis habeant, vel hoc ipso cognoscimus,
quod imitari non possumus.
9    Nec aliena tantum transferre sed etiam nostra pluribus modis tractare proderit: ut ex industria sumamus sententias quasdam easque versemus quam numerosissime, velut eadem cera in alias aliasque formas
10 duci solet. Plurimum autem parari facultatis existimo
ex simplicissima quaque materia. Nam illa multiplici
personarum, causarum, temporum, locorum, dictorum,
factorum diversitate'facile delitescet infirmitas, tot se
undique rebus, ex quibus aliquam apprehendas, offeren11 tibus. Illud virtutis indicium est, fundere quae natura
contracta sunt, augere parva, varietatem  similibus,
voluptatem expositis dare et bene dicere multa de
paucis.
In hoc optime facient infinitae quaestiones,
quas vocari egEast diximus, quibus Cicero iam princeps
12 in re publica. exerceri solebat. His confinis est destructio et confirmatio sententiarum. Nam
cum sit sententia decretum quoddam atque praeceptum:
quod de re, idem de iudicio rei quaeri potest. Turn
loci c o mmu n e s, quos etiam scriptos ab oratoribus
scimus. Nam qui haec recta tantum et in nullos flexus
recedentia copiose tractaverit, utique in illis plures excursus recipientibus magis abundabit eritque in omines
13 causas paratus. Omnes enim generalibus quaestioniibus constant. Nam quid interest, Cornelius tribmnus



INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 5.          55
plebis quod codicem legerit, reus sit; an quaeramus:
Violeturne maiestas, si magistratus rogationem suam
populo ipse recitaverit?  Milo Clodium rectene occiderit, veniat in iudicium; an, Oporteatne insidiatorem
interfici vel perniciosum rei publicae civem, etiamsi
non insidietur?  Cato lfiarciam  honestene tradiderit fortensio; an, Conveniatne res talis bono viro 
De personis iudicatur sed de rebus contenditur. De- 14
cla matione s vero, quales in scholis rhetorum dicuntur, si modo sunt ad veritatem accommodatae et orationibus similes, non tantum dum adolescit iuvenis sunt
ntilissimae, quae inventionem et dispositionem pariter
exercent, sed etiam cum -est consummatus ac iam in
foro clarus. Alitur enim atque enitescit,. velut pabulo
laetiore facundia et assidua contentionum asperitate
fatigata renovatnr. Quapropter hi storia e nonnun- 15
quam ubertas in aliqua exercendi stili parte ponenda
et dialogorum     libertate gestiendum.  Ne carmine quidem ludere contrarium fuerit; sicut athletae,
remissa quibusdam temporibus ciborum atque exercitationum certa necessitate, otio et iucuiadioribus eduliis
reficiuntur. Ideoque mihi videtur M. Tullius tantum 16
intulisse eloquentiae lumen, qluod in hos quoque studiorum secessus excurrit.  Nam  si nobis sola materia
fuerit ex litibus: necesse est deteratur fulgor et durescat articulus et ipse ille mucro ingenii cotidiana
pugna retundatur.
Sed quemadmodum forensibus certaminibus excita- 17
tos et quasi militantes reficit ac reparat haec velut
sagina dicendi: sic adolescentes non debent nimium in
falsa rerum. imagine detineri et inanibus se simulacris
usque adeo, ut difficilis ab his digressus sit, assiuefacere,
ne ab illa, in qua prope consenuerint, umbra vera discrimina velut quenidam solemr reformident. Quod ac- 18
cidisse etiam Porcio Latroni, qui primus clari nominis
professor fuit, traditur, ut, cum ei summam in scholis
opinionem obtinenti causa in foro esset oranda, impense




56              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
petierit, uti subsellia in basilicam transferrentur. Ita
illi coelum novum fuit, ut omnis eius eloquentia con19 tineri tecto ac parietibus videretur. Quare iuvenis,
qui rationem inveniendi eloquendique a praeceptoribus
diligenter acceperit; quod non est infiniti operis, si
docere sciant et velint; exercitationem quoque modicam fuerit consecutus, oratorem  sibi aliquem, quod
apud maiores fieri solebat, deligat, quem  sequatur,
quem imitetur; iudiciis intersit quam plurimis et sit
20 certaminis, cui destinatur, frequens spectator. Turn
causas vel easdem, quas agi audierit, stilo et ipse componat, vel etiam alias, veras modo, et utrinque tractet,
et, quod in gladiatoribus fieri videmus, decretoriis exerceatur, ut fecisse Brutum diximus pro Milone. Melius hoc quam reseribere veteribus orationibus, ut fecit
Cestius contra Ciceronis actionem habitam pro eodem,
cum  alteram partem satis nosse non posset ex sola
defensione.
21    Citius autem idoneus erit iuvenis, quem praeceptor
coegerit in declamando quam simillimur  esse veritati
et per totas ire materias, quarum nune facillira aut
maxime favorabilia decerpunt. Obstant huic, quod
secundo loco posui, fere turba discipulorum  et consuetudo classium certis diebus audiendarum, nonnihil
etiam persuasio patrum numerantium potius declama22 tiones quam aestimantium. Sed, quod dixi primo, ut
arbitror, libro, nec ille se bonus praeceptor maiore
nurero quam sustinere possit onerabit, et inanem loquacitatem recidet, ut omnia quae sunt in controversia,
non, ut quidem volunt, quae in rerum natura, dicantur; et vel longiore potius dierum spatio laxabit dicendi necessitatem vel materias dividere permittet.
23 Una enim diligenter effecta plus proderit quam plures
inchoatae et quasi degustatae. Propter quod accidit,
ut nec suo loco quidque ponatur, nec illa quae prima
sunt servent suam legem, iuvenibus flosculos omniurn
partium in ea quae sunt dicturi congerentibus; quo




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 6.          57
fit, ut timentes, ne sequentia perdant, priora coilfundant.
DE COGITATIONE.
VI. Proxima stilo cogitatio est, quae et ipsa
vires ab hoc accipit, estque inter scribendi laborem extemporalemque fortunam media quaedam et nescio an
usus frequentissimi.  Nam scribere nec ubique nec
semper possumus; cogitationi temporis ac loci plurimum est. Haec paucis admodum horis magnas etiam
causas complectitur, haec, quotiens intermissus est
somnus, ipsis noctis tenebris adiuvatur; haec inter
medios rerum actus aliquid invenit vacui nec otium patitur. Neque vero rerum ordinem. modo, quod ipsum 2
satis erat, intra se ipsa disponit, sed verba etiam copulat totamque ita contexit orationem, ut ei nihil praeter manum desit. Nam memoriae quoque plerumque
inhaerent fidelius, quae nulla scribendi securitate
laxantur.
Sed ne ad hanc quidem vim cogitandi perveniri potest aut subito aut cito. Nam primum facienda multo 3
stilo forma est, quae nos etiam cogitantes sequatur;
tum assumendls usus paulatim, ut pauca primum complectamur animo, quae reddi fideliter possint; mox per
incrementa tam modica, ut onerari se labor ille non
sentiat, augenda vis et exercitatione multa continenda
est, quae quidem maxima ex parte memoria constat.
Ideoque aliqua mihi in ilium locum differenda sunt.
Eo tamen pervenit, ut is, cui non refragetur ingenium, 4
acri studio adiutus tantum consequatur, ut ei tam quae
cogitarit quam quae scripserit atque edidicerit in dicendo fidem servent. Cicero certe Graecorum Metrodorum Scepsium et Empylum Rhodium     nostrorumque
HEortensium tradidit, quae cogitaverant, ad verbum in
agendo retulisse.
Sed si forte aliquis inter dicendum effulserit ex-5
3*




58              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
temporalis color, non superstitiose cogitatis demum est
inhaerendum. Neque enim tantum habent curae, uV
non sit dandus et fortunae locus, cum saepe etiam
scriptis ea quae subito nata sunt inserantur. Ideoquo
totum hoc exercitationis genus ita instituendum est, ut
6 et digredi ex eo et regredi in id facile possimus. Nam
ut primum est domo afferre paratam dicendi copiam et
certam: ita refutare temporis munera longe stultissimum est. Quare cogitatio in hoc praeparetur, ut nos
fortuna decipere non possit, adiuvare possit. Id autem
fiet memoriae viribus, ut illa, quae complexi animo
sumus, fluant secura; non sollicitos et respicientes et
una spe suspensos recordationis non sinant providere.
Alioqui vel extemporalem  temeritatem  malo quam
7 male cohaerentem cogitationem. Peius enim quaeritur retrorsus, quia, dum illa desideramus, ab allis
avertimur, et ex memoria potius res petimus quam ex
materia.  Plura sunt autem, si utrumque quaerendum
est, quae inveniri possunt quam quae inventa sunt.
QUEMADMODUM EXTEMPORALIS FACILITAS PARETUR ET
CONTINEATUR.
VII. Maximus vero studiorum fructus est et velut
praemium  quoddam  amplissimum  longi laboris extempore dicendi facultas, quam quiinoneritcon
secutus, mea quidem  sententia civilibus offciis renuntiabit et solam scribendi facultatem potius ad alia
opera convertet. Vix-enim bonae fidei viro convenit
auxilium in publicum polliceri, quod praesentissimis
quibusque periculis desit; intrare portum ad quem navis
2 accedere nonnisi lenibus ventis vecta possit. Siquidem innumerabiles accidunt subitae necessitates vel
apud magistratus vel repraesentatis iudiciis continuo
agendi. Quarum si qua, non dico cuicunque innocentium civium sed amicorum  ac propinquorum, alicui
evenerit: stabitne mutus et salutarem petentibus vocem




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 7.          59
statimque, si non succurratur, perituris moras et secessum et silentium quaeret, dum illa verba fabricentur et
memoriae insidant et vox ac latus praeparetur? Quae 3
vero patitur hoc oratio, ut quisquam sit orator imparatus ad casus? Quid, cum adversario respondendum
erit, iet? Nam saepe ea, quae opinati sumus, et contra quae scripsimus, fallunt, ac tota subito causa mutatur; atque ut gubernatori ad incursus tempestatum, sic
agenti ad varietatem  causarum ratio mutanda est.
Quid' porro multus stilus et assidua lectio et longa stu- 4
diorum aetas facit, si manet eadem quae fuit incipientibus difficultas?  Periisse profecto confitendum  est
praeteritum laborem, cui semper idem laborandum est.
Neque ego hoc ago, ut ex tempore dicere malit sed ut
possit. Id autem maxime hoc modo consequemur.
Nota sit primum dicendi via. Neque enim prius 5
contingere cursus potest quam scierimus, quo sit et qua
perveniendum. Nec satis est non ignorare quae sunt
causarum iudicialium partes, aut quaestionum ordinem
recte disponere, quanquam ista sint praecipua; sed
quid quoque loco primum sit ac secundum et deinceps;
quae ita sunt natura copulata, ut mutari aut intervelli
sine confusione non possint. Quisquis autem via dicet, 6
ducetur ante omnia rerum ipsa serie velut duce; propter quod homines etiam  modice exercitati facillime
tenorem in narrationibus servant, Deinde, quid quoque loco quaerant, scient, nec circumspectabunt nec
offerentibus se aliunde sensibus turbabuntur nec confundent ex diversis orationem velut salientes huc illuc
nec usquam insistentes. Postremo habebunt modum 7
et finem, qui esse citra divisionem nullus potest. Expletis pro facultate omnibus, quae proposuerint, pervenisse se ad ultimum sentient.
Et haec quidem ex arte, illa vero ex studio; ut
eopiam.sermonis optimi, quemadmodum   praeceptum




G60             M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
est, comparemus; multo ac fideli stilo sic formetur oratio, ut scriptorum  colorem  etiam  quae subito effusa sint reddant; ut, cum multa scripserimus,
8 etiamr  multa dicamus. Nam  consuetudo et exercitatio facilitatem maxime- parit; quae si paululum intermissa fuerit: non velocitas illa modo tardatur,
sed ipsum  os quoque concurrit.  Quanquam   enim
opus est naturali quadam mobilitate animi, ut, dum
proxima dicimus, struere ulteriora possimus, semperque nostram vocem provisa et formata- cogitatio exci9 piat: vix tamen aut natura aut ratio in tam multiplex
officium diducere animum queat, ut inventioni, dispositioni, elocutioni, ordini rerum verborumque, tum iis,
quae dicit, quae subiuncturus est, quae ultra spectanda
sunt, adhibita vocis, pronuntiationis,- gestus observa10-tione, una sufficiat. Longe enim praecedat oportet
intentio ac:prae se res agat, quantumque dicendo consumitur, tantum ex ultimo prorogetur; ut, donec perveniamus ad finem, non minus prospectu procedamus
quam gradu, si non intersistentes offensantesque brevia
illa atque concisa singultantium modo eiecturi sumus.
11    Est igitur usus quidamr irrationalis, quem Graeci
daoyov Trtpi?'l voeant, qua manus in scribendo decurrit,
qua oculi totos simul in lectione versus flexusque
eorum et transitus intuentur, et ante sequentia vident
quam priora dixerunt. Quo constant miracula illa in
scenis pilariorum ac ventilatorum, ut ea quae emiserint
ultro venire in manus credas et qua iubentur decurrere.
12 Sed hic usus ita proderit, si ea de qua locuti sumus ars
antecesserit, ut ipsum illud, quod in se rationem non
habet, in ratione versetur. Namn mihi ne dicere quicem videtur nisi qui disposite, ornate, copiose dicit, sed
13 tumultuari. Nee fortuiti ser~nonis contextum mirabor
unquam, quem iurgantibus etiam mulierculis superfluere video; cum eo quod, si calor ac spiritus tulit,
frequenter abcidit, ut successum extemporalem con14 sequi cura non possit. Deum tune affuisse, cum i.d




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 7.          61
evenisset, veteres oratores, ut Cicero dicit, aiebant.
Sed ratio manifesta est, Nam bene concepti affectus
et recentes rerum imagines continuo impetu feruntur,
quae nonnunquam mora stili refrigescunt et dilatae
non revertuntur. Utique vero, cum infelix illa verborum cavillatio accessit et cursus ad singula vestigia
restitit, non potest ferri contorta vis, sed, ut optime
vocum  singularulm  cedat electio, non continua sec
composita est.
Quare capiendae sunt illae, de quibus dixi, re- t5
rum imagines, quas vocari -av-ra6ia indicavimus,
omniaque, de quibus dicturi erimus, personae, quaestiones, spes, metus habenda in oculis, in affectus recipienda. Pectus est enim, quod disertos facit, et vis
mentis. Ideoque imperitis quoque, si modo sint aliquo
affectti concitati, verba'non desunt. Tum intendendus 16
animus, non in aliquam rem unam sed in plures simul
continuas; ut, si per aliquam rectam viam  mittamus
oculos, simul omnia quae sunt in ea circaque intuemur,
non ultimum tantum videmus sed usque ad ultimum.
Ad dicendum etiam pudor stimulos habet et dicendorum expectata laus; mirumque videri potest, quod,
cum stilus secreto gaudeat atque omnes arbitros reformidet, extemporalis actio auditorum frequentia, ut
miles concentw signorum, excitatur. Namque et diffi- 17
ciliorem cogitationem exprimit et expellit dicendi necessitas, et secundos impetus auget placendi cupido.
Adeo pretium omnia spectant, ut eloquentia quoque,
quanquam plurimum habeat in se voluptatis, maxime
tamen praesenti fructu laudis opinionisque ducatur.
Nec quisquam tantum fidat ingenio, ut id sibi speret 18
incipienti statim posse contingere; sed, sicut in cogitatione praecipimus, ita facilitatem quoque extemporalem a parvis initiis paulatim perducemus ad summam,
quae: neque perfici neque continieri nisl usu potest.
CGt.erum pervenire eo debet, ut cogitatio non utique 19
melior sit ea sed tutior; cum hanc facilitatem non




62              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
prosa modo multi sint consecuti, sed etiam carmine, ut
Antipater Sidonius et Licinius Archias; credendum
enim Ciceroni est; non quia nostris quoque temporibus
non et fecerint quidam hoc et faciant. Quod tamen
non ipsum tam probabile puto, (neque enim habet aut
usum res aut necessitatem) quam exhortandis in hanc
20 spem, qui foro praeparantur, utile exemplum. Neque
vero tanta esse unquam debet fiducia facilitatis, ut non
breve saltem tempus, quod nusquam fere deerit, ad ea
quae dicturi simus dispicienda sumamus; in iudiciis ac
foro datur semper.  Neque enim quisquam est qui
21 causam quam non didicerit agat. Declamatores quosdam perversa ducit ambitio, ut, exposita controversia,
protinus dicere velint; qvuin etiam, quod est in primis
frivolum ac scenicum, verbum petant, quo incipiant.
Sed tam contumeliosos in se ridet invicem eloquentia,
et qui stultis videri eruditi volunt, stulti eruditis iudi22 cantur. Si qua tamen fortuna tam subitam fecerit
agendi necessitatem: mobiliore quodam opus erit ingenio, et vis omnis intendenda rebus, et in praesentia remittendum  aliquid ex cura verborum, si consequi
utrumque non dabitur. Tum et tardior pronuntiatio
moras habet et suspensa ac velut dubitans oratio, ut
23 tamen deliberare non haesitare videamur. Hoc, dum
egredimur e portu, si nos, nondum.aptatis satis armamentis, aget ventus; deinde paulatim simul euntes
aptabimus vela et disponemus rudentes et impleri sinus
optabimus. Id potius, quam se inani verborum torrenti dare quasi tempestatibus, quo volent, auferendum.
24    Sed non minore studio continetur haec facultas
quam paratur. Ars enim semel percepta non labitur,
stilus quoque intermissione paululum  admodum  de
celeritate deperdit; promptum hoc et in expedito positum exercitatione sola continetur. Hac uti sic optimum
est, ut cotidie dicamus audientibus pluribus, maxime
de quorum simus iudicio atque opinione solliciti;. rarum est enim, ut satis se quisque vereatur. Vel soli




INST. ORATOR. LIB. X, 7.         63
tamen dicamus potius quam omnino non dicamus. Est 25
et illa exercitatio cogitandi totasque materias vel silentio (dum tamen quasi dicat intra se ipsum) persequendi, quae nullo non et tempore et loco, quando non
aliud agimus, explicari potest, et est in parte utilior
quam haec proxima.   Diligentius enim componitur 26
quam illa, in qua contextum dicendi intermittere veremur. Rursus in alia plus prior confert, vocis firmitatem, oris facilitatem, motum corporis, qui et ipse, ut
dixi, excitat oratorem et iactatione manus, pedis supplosione, sicut cauda leones facere dicuntur, hortatur.
Studendum vero semper et ubique.    Neque enim 27
fere tam est ullus dies occupatus, ut nihil lucratiVae,
ut Cicero Brutum facere tradit, operae ad scribendum
aut legendum aut dicendum rapi aliquo momento temporis possit. Siquidem C. Carbo etiam in tabernaculo
solebat hac uti exercitatione dicendi. Ne id quidem 23
tacendum, quod eldem Ciceroni placet, nullum nostrum
usquam negligentem esse sermonem; quidquid loquemur ubicunque, sit pro sua scilicet portione perfectum.
Scribendum certe nunquam est magis, quam cum multa dicemus ex tempore. Ita enim servabitur pondus,
et innatans illa verborum facilitas in altum reducetur;
sicut rustici proximas vitis radices amputant, quae
illam in summum solum ducunt, ut inferiores penitus
descendendo firmentur.  Ac nescio an, si utrumque 29
cum cura et studio fecerimus, invicem prosit, ut scribendo dicamus diligentius, dicendo scribamus facilius.
Scribendum ergo, quotiens licebit; si id non dabitur,
cogitandum; ab utroque exclusi debent tamen anniti,
ut neque deprehensus orator neque litigator destitutus
esse videatur.
Plerumque autem multa agentibus accidit, ut maxi- 30
me necessaria et utique initia scribant, cetera quae
domo afferunt cogitatlone complectantur, subitis ex
tempore occurrant. Quod fecisse M. Tullium commentariis ipsius apparet. Sed feruntur aliorum quoque et




64              M. FAB. QiJITILIAXI
inventi forte, ut eos dicturus quisque composuerat, et
in libros digesti, ut causarum, quae sunt actae a Ser.
Sulpicio, cuius tres orationes extant; sed hi de quibus
loquor commentarii ita sunt exacti, ut ab ipso mihi in
31 memoriam posteritatis videantur esse compositi. Nam
Ciceronis ad praesens modo tempus aptatos libertus
Tiro contraxit; quos non ideo excuse, quia non probem, sed ut sint magis admirabiles. In hoc genere
prorsus recipio hanc brevem annotationem libellosque,
qui vel manu teneantur, et ad quos interim respicere
32 fas sit. Illud quod Laenas praecipit displicet mihi, vel
in his quae scripserimus summas in commentarium et
capita conferre.  Facit enim. ediscendi negligentiam
haec ipsa fiducia et.lacerat ac deformat orationem;
Ego auten ne scribendumn quidem puto, quod non
simus memoria persecuturi., Nam id quoque accidit,
ut revocet nos cogitatio. ad illa elaborata nec sinat
33 praesentem fortunam experiri. Sic anceps inter utrumque animus aestuat, cum et scripta perdidit et non
quaerit nova. Sed de memoria destinatus est libro
proximo locus nec huic parti subiungendus, quia sunt
alia prius nobis dicenda.




M. FABIII QUINTILIANI
DE
TLNSTITUTIONE                 ORATORIA.
LIBER DUODtEOIMtS.
Libro duodecimo haec continentur: Prooemium. Non posse oratorem
esse nisi virum bonum. Cognoscenda oratori, quibus mores formantur. Necessariam iuris civilis oratori scientiam. Item historiarum.
Quae sint artis oratoriae instrumenta. Quod sit incipiendi causas
agere tempus. Quae in suscipiendis causis oratori observanda sint.
Quae in discendis. Quae in agendis. De genere dicendi. Quae
post finem studia.
PROOEMIUM.
VENTUM est ad partem opers degtinatd longe gravissiham. Cuius equidem onus si tantum opinione prima
concipere potuissem, quanto me premi ferens sentio:
maturius consuluissem vires meas. Sed initio pudor
omittendi, quae promiseram, tenuit; mox, quanquam
per singulas prope partes labor cresceret, ne perderem,
quae iam effecta erant, per omnes difficultates animo
me sustentavi. Quare nunO quoque, licet maior quam 2
unquam moles premat, tamen prospicienti finem mihi
constitutum est vel deficere potius quam  desperare.
Fefellit autem, quod initium a parvis ceperamus. Mox
velut aura sollicitante provecti longius, dum  tamen
nota illa et plerisque artium scriptoribus tractata praecipimus, nec adhuc a litore procul videbamur et multos
circa velut iisdem se ventis ciedere ausos habebamus.
Iam cum eloquendi rationem novissime repertam. pau- 3
cissimisque temptatam  ingressi sumus: rarus qui tam




66              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
procul a portu recessisset, reperiebatur. Postquam
vero nobis ille, quem instituebamus, orator a dicendi
magistris dimissus aut suo iam impetu fertur, aut
maiora sibi auxilia ex ipsis sapientiae penetralibus
petit: quam in altum simus ablati, sentire coepimus.
4 Nunc coelum undigqze et undique pontus.   Unum
modo in illa immensa vastitate cernere videmur 3I.
Tullium, qui tamen ipse, quamvis tanta atque ita instructa nave hoc mare ingressus, contrahit vela inhibetque remos et de ipso demum genere dicendi, quo sit
usurus perfectus orator, satis habet dicere. At nostra
temeritas etiam mores ei conabitur dare et assignabit
officia. Ita nec antecedentem consequi possumus, et
longius eundum est, ut res feret. Et probabilis tamen
cupiditas honestorum et velut tutioris audentiae est
temptare, quibus paratior venia est.
NON POSSE ORATOREM ESSE NISI VIRU3M BONUM.
I. Sit ergo nobis orator, quem constituimus, is, qui
a M. Catone finitur, vir bonus dicendi peritus;
verum, id quod et ille posuit prius, et ipsa natura
potius ac maius est, utique vir bonus. Id non eo
tantum, quod, si vis illa dicendi malitiam instruxerit,
nihil sit publicis privatisque rebus perniciosius eloquentia, nosque ipsi, qui pro virili parte conferre aliquid ad facultatem dicendi conati sumus, pessime mereamur de rebus humanis, si latroni comparamus haec
2 arma, non militi. Quiddenobis loquor?. Rerum ipsa
natura in eo, quod praecipue indulsisse homini videtur,
quoque nos a ceteris animalibus separasse, non parens
sed noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi, sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, hostem veritatis invenit.
Mutos enim nasci et egere omni ratione satius fuisset,
quam providentiae munera in mutuam perniciem con3 vertere. Longius tendit hoc iudicium meum. Neque




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 1.        67
enim tantum id dico, eum, qui sit orator, virum bonum
esse oportere, sed ne futurum quidem oratorem nisi
virum bonum. Nam certe neque intelligentiam concesseris iis, qui, proposita honestorum ac turpium via,
peiorem sequi malent, neque prudentiam, cum in gravissimas frequenter legum, semper vero malae conscientiae, poenas a semet ipsis improviso rerum exitu
induantur. Quodsi neminem malum esse nisi stultum L
eundem, non modo sapientibus dicitur, sed vulgo quoque semper est creditum: certe non fiet unquam stultus orator. Adde quod ne studio quidem operis pulcherrimi vacare mens, nisi omnibus vitiis libera, potest:
primum quod in eodem pectore nullum est konestorum
turpiumque consortium, et cogitare optima simul ac
deterrima non magis est unius animi, quam eiusdem
hominis bonum esse ac malum; tum illa quoque ex 5
causa, quod mentem tantae rei intentam vacare omnibus aliis etiam culpa carentibus curis oportet. Ita
demum enim libera ac tota, nulla distringente atque
alio ducente causa, spectabit id solum, ad quod accingitur. Quodsi agrorum nimia cura et sollicitior rei fami- 6
liaris diligentia et venandi voluptas et dati spectaculis
dies multum studiis auferunt (huic enim rei perit tempus, quodcunque alteri datur): quid putamus facturas
cupiditatem, avaritiam, invidiam, quarum impotentissimae cogitationes somnos etiam et illa per quietem visa
perturbant? Nihil est enim tam occupatum, tammul- 7
tiforme, tot ac tam variis affectibus concisum atque
laceratum quam mala mens. Nam et cum insidiatur:
spe, curis, labore distringitur; et iam cum sceieris
compos fuit: sollicitudine, poenitentia, poenarum omnium expectatione torquetur. Quis inter haec litteris
aut ulli bonae arti locus? Non hercule magis quam
frugibus in terra sentibus ac rubis occupata. Age, 8
non ad perferendos studiorum labores necessaria frugalitas?  Quid igitur ex libidine ac luxuria spei?
Non praecipue acuit ad cupiditatem litterarum amor




68              A. FAB, QUINTILIANI
laudis? Num  igitur malis esse laudem curae putamus? Iam hoc quis non videt, maximam partem orationis in tractatu aequi bonique consistere? Dicetne
de his secundum debitam rerum   dignitatem malus
9 atque iniquus? Denique, ut maximam partem quaestionis eximam, demus, id quod nullo modo fieri potest,
ider ingenii, studii, doctrinae, pessimo atque optimo
viro: titer melior dicetur orator? Nimirum qui homo
quoque melior. Non igitur unquam malus idem homo
10 et perfectus orator. Non enim perfectum est quidquam, quo melius est aliud. Sed, ne more Socraticorum nobismet ipsi responsum finxisse videamur, sit
aliquis adeo contra veritatem obstinatus, ut audeat
dicere, eodem ingenio, studio, doctrina praeditum nihilo
deteriorem  futurum  oratorem  malum  virum  quam
11 bonum: convincamus huius quoque amentiam. Nam
hoc certe nemo dubitabit, omnem orationem id agere,
ut iudici, quae proposita fuerint, vera et honesta videantur. Utrum igitur hoc facilius bonus vir persuadebit
an malus?  Bonus quidem dicet saepius vera atque
12 honesta. Sed etiam si quando aliquo ductus officio
(quod accidere, ut mox docebimus, potest) falso haec
affirmare conabitur: maiore cum fide necesse est audiatur. At malis hominibus ex contemptu opinionis et
ignorantia recti nonnunquam excidit ipsa simulatio.
Inde immodeste proponunt, sine pudore affirmant.
13 Sequitur in iis, quae certum est effici non posse, deformis pertinacia et irritus labor. Nam sicut in vita, in
causis quoque, spes improbas habent.  Frequenter
autem accidit, ut his etiam vera dicentibus fides desit,
videaturque talis advocatus malae causae argumentum.
14    Nunc de iis dicendum est, quae mihi quasi conspiratione quadam vulgi reclamari videntur. Orator
ergo Demosthenes non fuit? atqui malum virum accepimus. Non Cicero? atqui huius quoque mores multi
reprehenderunt. Quid agam? magna responsi invidia
15 subeunda est, mitigandae sunt prius aures. Mihi enim




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 1.         69
nec Demosthenes tam   gravi morum dignus videtur
invidia, ut omnia, quae in eum ab inimicis congesta
sunt, credam, cum pulcherrima eius in re publica consilia et finem vitae- clarum legam; nec Marco Tullio 16
defuisse video in ulla parte civis optimi voluntatem.
Testimonio est actus nobilissime consulatus, integerrime provincia administrata et repudiatus vigintiviratus,
et civilibus bellis, quae in aetatem eius gravissima inciderunt, neque spe neque metu declinatus animus, quo
minus optimis se partibus, id est rei publicae, iungeret,
Parum fortis videtur quibusdam, quibus optime respon- 1 7
dit ipse, non se timidurn in suscipiendis sed in providendis perioulis; quod probavit morte quoque ipsa,
quam praestantissimo suscepit animo, Quodsi defuit 18
his viris summa virtus: sic quaerentibus, an oratores
fuerint, respondebo, quomodo Stoici, si interrogentur,
an sapiens Zeno, an Cleanthes, an Chrysippus, respondeant, IMagnos guidem illos ac venerabiles, non tamen
id, quod natura hominis summum habet, consecutos.
Nam et Pythagoras non sapientem se, ut qui ante eum 19
fuerunt, sed studiosum sapientiae vocari voluit, Ego
tamen secundum communem loquendi consuetudinem
saepe dixi dicamque, perfectum oratorem esse Ciceronem; ut amicos et bonos viros et prudentissimos dicimus vulgo, quorum nihil nisi perfecte sapienti datur,
Sed cum proprie et ad legem ipsam veritatis loquendum erit: eum quaeram oratorem, quem et ille quaerebat. Quanquaxn enim stetisse ipsum in fastigio fateor, 20
ac vix, quid adiici potuerit, invenio, fortasse inventurus, quod adhuc abscisurum putem fuisse-nam et fere
sic docti iudicaverunt, plurimum'in eo virtutum, nonnihil fuisse vitiorum, et ipse se multa ex iuvenili abundantia coercuisse testatur —tamen, quando nee sapientis
sibi-nomen, minime sui contemptor, asseruit et melius
dicere, certe data longiore vita et tempore ad componendum securiore, potuisset: non maligne crediderim,
defuisse ei summam illam, ad quam nemo propius ac



tO              M. FAB. QUINTILIAN1
21 cessit. Et licebat, si aliter sentirem, fortius id liberiusque defendere. An vero M. Antonius neminem a se
visum eloquentem, quod tanto minus erat, professus
est; ipse etiam M. Tullius quaerit adhuc eum, et tantum imaginatur ac fingit: ego non audeam dicere,
aliquid in hac, quae superest, aeternitate inveniri posse
22 eo, quod fuerit, perfectius? Transe9 illos, qui Ciceroni ac Demostheni ne in eloquentia quidem satis tribuunt; quanquam neque ipsi Ciceroni Demosthenes
videatur satis esse perfectus, quem dormitare interim
dicit, nec Cicero Bruto Calvoque, qui certe compositionem  illius etiam  apud ipsum  reprehendunt, nec
Asinio utrique, qui vitia orationis eius etiam inimice
pluribus locis insequuntur.
23    Concedamus sane, quod minime natura patitur, repertum esse aliquem malum virum summe disertum:
nihilo tamen minus oratorem eum negabo. Nec omnibus, qui fuerint manu prompti, viri fortis nomen concesserim, quia sine virtute intelligi non potest fortitudo.
24 An ei, qui ad defendendas causas advocatur, non est
opus fide, quam nec cupiditas corrumpat nec gratia
avertat nec metus frangat; sed proditorem, transfugam,
praevaricatorem donabimus oratoris illo sacro nomine?
Quodsi mediocribus etiam patronis convenit haec, quae
vulgo dicitur, bonitas: cur non orator ille, qui nondum
fuit sed potest esse, tam sit moribus quam dicendi
25 virtute perfectus? Non enim forenstm quandam instituimus operam nec mercenariam vocem nec, ut asperioribus verbis parcamus, non inutilem sane litium
advocatum, quem denique causidicum vulgo vocant;
sed virum cum ingenii natura praestantem tum vero tot
pulcherrimas artes penitus mente complexum, datum
tandem rebus humanis, qualem nulla antea vetustas
cognoverit, singularem perfectumque undique, optima
26 sentientem optimeque dicentem. In-hoc quota pars
erit, quod aut innocentes tuebitur aut improborum
scelera compescet, aut in pecuniariis quaestionibus




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 1.          1
veritati contra calumniam aderit?  Summus ille quidem in his quoque operibus fuerit, sed maioribus clarius
elucebit, cum regenda sehatus consilia et popularis
error ad meliora ducendus. An non talem quendam 27
videtur finxisse Vergilius, quem in seditione vulgi iam
faces et saxa ia'culantis moderatorem dedit:
Tum pietate gravem ac meritis si forte virum quem
Conspexere, silent arrectisque auribus astant?
Habemus igitur ante omnia virum bonum, post haec
adiiciet dicendi peritum:
Ille regit dictis animos et pectora mulcet.
Quid? noh in bellis quoque idem ille vir, quem in- 28
stituimus, si sit ad proelium miles cohortandus, ex
mediis sapientiae praeceptis orationem trahet? Nam
quomodo pugnam ineuntibus tot simul metus laboris,
dolorum, postremo mortis ipsius exciderint, nisi in
eorum locum pietas et fortitudo et honesti praesens
imago successerit?  Quae certe melius persuadebit 29
aliis, qui prius persuaserit sibi. Prodit enim se, quamlibet custodiatur, simulatio; nec unquam tanta fuerit
loquendi facultas, ut non titubet atque haereat, quotiens ab animo verba dissentiunt. Vir autem malus
aliud dicat necesse est quam sentit. Bonos nunquam 30
honestus sermo deficiet, nunquam rerum optimarum
(nam iidem etiam prudentes erunt) inventio; quae
etiamsi lenociniis destituta sit, satis tamen natura sua
ornatur nec quidquam non diserte, quod honeste, dicitur. Quare, iuventus, immo omnes aetates, (neque 31
enim rectae voluntati serum est tempus ullum) totis
mentibus huc tendamus, in hoc elaboremus; forsan et
consummare contingat. Yam si natura non prohibet
et esse virum bonum et esse dicendi peritum: cur non
aliquis etiam  unus utrumque consequi possit? cur
autem non se quisque speret fore illum aliquem? Ad 32




72               M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
quod si vires ingenii non sufficerent: tamen ad quelm
usque modum processerimus, meliores erimus ex utroque. Hoc certe procul eximatur animo, rerum pulcherrimam eloquentiam cum vitiis mentis posse misceri. Facultas dicendi, si in malos incidit, et ipsa
iudicanda est malum; peiores enim illos facit, quibus
contigit.
33    Videor mihi audire quosdam (neque enim deerunt
unquam, qui diserti esse quam boni malint) illa dicentes: Quid ergo tantum est artis in eloquentia? cur tu
de coloribus et difficilium causarum defensione, nonnihil etiam de confessione locutus es, nisi aliquando vis
ac facultas dicendi expugnat ipsam veritatem? Bonus
enim vir non agit nisi bonas causas, eas porro etiam
34 sine doctrina satis per se tuetur veritas ipsa. Quibus
ego, cum de meo~primum opere respondero, etiam pro
boni viri oficio, si quando eum ad defensionem nocentium ratio duxerit, satisfaciam. Tractare enim, quomodo aut pro falsis aut etiam pro iniustis aliquando
dicatur, non est inutile, vel propter hoc solum, ut ea
facilius et deprehendamus et refellamus; quemadmodum remedia melius adhibebit, cui nota, quae nocent,
35 fuerint.  Neque enim Academici, cum  in utramque
disseruerunt partem, non secundum alteram vivent;
nec Carneades ille, qui Romae audiente Censorio
Catone non minoribus viribus contra iustitiam dicitur
disseruisse quam pridie pro iustitia dixerat, iniustus
ipse vir fuit, Verum  et virtus quid sit, adversa ei
malitia detegit, et aequitas fit ex iniqui contemplatione
manifestior, et plurima contrariis probantur,  Debent
ergo oratori sic esse adversariorum  nota consilia ut
36 hostium imperatori,  Verum et illud, quod prima propositione durum videtur, potest afferre ratio, ut vir
bonus in defensione causae velit auferre aliquando
iudici veritatem. Quod si quis a me proponi mirabitur,
(quanquam non est haec mea proprie seentia sed
eorum, quos gravissimos sapientiae magistros aetas




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 1.         78
vetus credidit) sic iudicet, pleraque esse, quae non tam
factis quam causis eorum vel honesta fiant vel turpia.
Nam si hominem occidere saepe virtus, liberos necare 37
nonnunquam pulcherrimum   est: asperiora quaedam
adhuc dictu, si communis utilitas exegerit, facere conceditur; ne hoc quidem nudum est intuendum, qualem
causam vir bonus, sed etiam quare, et qua mente defendat. Ac primum concedant mihi omnes oportet, 38
quod Stoicorum quoque asperrimi confitentur, facturum aliquando virum  bonum, jut mendacium dicat,.et quidem nonnunquam levioribus causis: ut in pueris
aegrotantibus utilitatis eorum gratia multa fingimus,
multa non facturi promittimus; nedum si ab homine 39
occidendo grassator avertendus sit, aut hostis pro salute patriae fallendus; ut hoc, quod alias in servis quoque reprehendendum est, sit alias in ipso sapiente laudandum. Id si constiterit, multa iam video posse
evenire, propter quae orator bene suscipiat tale causae
genus, quale, remota ratione honesta, non recepisset.
Nee hoc dice, quia severiores sequi placet leges, pro 40
patre, fratre, amico periclitantibus; tametsi non mediocris haesitatio est, hinc iustitiae proposita imagine,
inde pietatis. Nihil dubii relinquamus. Sit aliquis
insidiatus tyranno atque ob id reus: utrumne salvum
eum nolet is, qui a nobis finitur, orator? an, si tuendum
susceperit, non tam falsis defendet, quam qui apud
iudices malam causam tuetur? Quid si quaedam bene 41
facta damnaturus est iudex, nisi ea non esse facta convicerimus: non vel hoc modo servabit orator non innocentem modo sed etiam laudabilem civem?  Quid si
quaedam iusta natura sed condicione temporum inutilia civitati sciemus: nonne utemur arte dicendi, bona
quidem, sed malis artibus simili? Ad hoc nemo dubi- 42
tabit, quin, si nocentes mutari in bonam mentem aliquo modo possint, sicut posse interdum conceditur,
salvos esse magis e re publica sit quam puniri. Si
liqueat igitur oratori, futurum bonum virumn, cui vera
4




74               M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
43 obiicientur: non id aget, ut salvus sit? Da nunc, ut
crimine manifesto prematur dux bonus, et sine quo
vincere hostem civitas non possit: nonne ei communis
utilitas oratorem advocabit? Certe Fabricius Cornelium Rufinum, et alioqui malum civem et sibi inimicum, tamen, quia utilem  sciebat ducem, imminente
bello, palam consulem suffragio suo fecit atque admirantibus quibusdam respondit, A cive se spoliari malle
quam ab hoste venire.  Ita, si fuisset orator, non defendisset eundem  Rufinum  vel manifesti peculatus
44 reum?  Multa dici possunt similia, sed vel unum ex
iis quodlibet sufficit. Non enim hoc agimus, ut istud
illi, quem formamus, viro saepe sit faciendum; sed ut,
si talis coegerit ratio, sit tamen vera finitio, oratoremr
45 esse virum bonum dicendi peritum.  Praecipere vero
ac discere, quomodo etiam probatione difficilia tractentur, necessarium est. Nam frequenter etiam optimae causae similes sunt malis, et innocens reus multis
verisimilibus premitur; quo fit, ut eadem actionis ratione defendendus sit, qua, si nocens esset. Iam innumerabilia sunt bonis causis malisque communia, testes, litterae, suspiciones, opiniones. Non aliter autem
verisimilia quam vera et confirmantur et refelluntur.
Quapropter, ut res feret, flectetur oratio, manente
honesta voluntate.
COGNOSCENDA ORATORI QUIBUS MORES FORMANTUR.
II. Quando igitur orator est vir bonus, is autem
citra virtutem  intelligi non potest; virtus, etiamsi
quosdam impetus ex natura sumit, tamen perficienda
doc t r ina est: mores ante omnia oratori studiis erunt
excolendi, atque omnis honesti iustique disciplina pertractanda, sine qua nemo nec vir bonus esse nec dicen2 di peritus potest. Nisi forte accedimus iis, qui natura
constare mores et nihil adiuvari disciplina putailt; scili



INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 2.         75
cet ut ea, quae manu fiunt, atque eorum etiam contemptissima confiteantur egere doctoribus, virtutem vero,
qua nihil homini, quo ad deos immortales propius accederet, datum est, obviam et illaboratam, tantum quia
nati simus, habeamus. Abstinens erit, qui id ipsum,
quid sit abstinentia, ignoret?  Et fortis, qui metus 3
doloris, mortis, superstitionis nulla ratione purgaverit?
Et iustus, qui aequi bonique tractatum, qui leges, quaeque natura sunt omnibus datae, quaeque propriae populis et gentibus constitutae, nunquam eruditiore aliquo sermone tractarit? O quam istud parum putant,
quibus tam facile videtur! Sed hoc transeo, de quo 4
neminem, qui litteras vel primis, ut aiunt, labris degustarit, dubitaturum puto. Ad illud sequens praevertar, ne dicendi quidem satis peritum fore, qui non et
naturae vim omnem penitus perspexerit, et mores
praeceptis ac ratione formarit. Neque enim frustra ini 5
tertio de Oratore libro L. Crassus cuncta, quae de
aequo, iusto, vero, bono deque iis, quae sunt contra
posita, di~antur, propria esse oratoris affirmat, ac philosophos, cum ea dicendi viribus tuentur, uti rhetorum
armis, non suis. Idem tamen confitetur, ea iam esse a
philosophia petenda, videlicet quia magis haec illi
videtur in possessione earum  rerum  fuisse.  Hinc 6
etiam illud est, quod Cicero pluribus et libris et epistolis testatur, dicendi facultatem ex intimis sapientiae
fontibus fluere, ideoque aliquamdiu praeceptores eosdem fuisse morum atque dicendi. Quapropter haec
exhortatio mea non eo pertinet, ut esse oratorem philosophum velim, quando non alia vitae secta longius a
Civilibus officiis atque ab omni munere oratoris recessit. Nam quis philosophorum aut in iudiciis frequens 7
aut clarus in contionibus fuit? Quis denique in ipsa,
quam maxime plerique praecipiunt, rei publicae administratione versatus est?  Atqui ego illum, quem instltuo, Romanum   quendam  velim esse sapientem, qui
non secretis disputationibus sel rerum experimentis




76              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
8 atque operibus vere civilem virum exhibeat. Seel quia
deserta ab his, qui se ac eloquentiam contulerunt,
studia sapientiae non iam in actu suo atque in hac fori
luce versantur sed in porticus et in gymnasia primum,
mox in conventus scholarum recesserunt: id, quod est
oratori necessarium nec a dicendi praeceptoribus traditur, ab iis petere nimirum necesse est, apud quos remansit, evolvendis penitus auctoribus, qui de virtute
praecipiunt; ut oratoris vita cum scientia divinarum
9 rerum sit humanarumque coniuncta. Quae ipsae quan-'to maiores ac pulchriores viderentur, si illas ii docerent, qui etiam eloqui praestantissime possent? Utinamque sit tempus unquam, quo perfectus aliquis,
qualem optamus, orator hanc artem, superbo nomine
et vitiis quorundam bona eius corrumpentium invisam,
vindicet sibi ac, velut rebus repetitis, in corpus elo10 quentiae adducat. Quae quidem cum sit in tris divisa
partes, naturalem, moralem, rationalem: qua
tandem non est cum oratoris opere coniuncta?
Nam ut ordinem retro agamus, de ultima illa, quae
tota versatur in verbis, nemo dubitaverit, si et proprietates vocis cuiusque nosse et ambigua aperire et
perplexa discernere et de falsis iudicare et colligere ac
11 resolvere, quae velis, oratorum est. Quanquam ea non
tam est minute atque concise in actionibus utendum
quam in disputationibus, quia non docere modo sed
movere etiam ac delectare audientes debet orator, ad
quod impetu quoque ac viribts et decore est opus; ut
vis amnium  maior est altis ripis multoque gurgitis
tractu fluentium quam tenuis aquae et obiectu lapillo12 rum resultantis. Et ut palaestrici doctores illos, quos
numeros vocant, non idcirco discentibus tradunt, ut his
omnibus, qui didicerunt, in ipso luctandi certamine
utantur, (plus enim  pondere et firmitate et spiritu
agitur) sed ut sit copia illa, ex qua unum aut alterum,
13 cuius se occasio dederit, efficiant: ita haec pars dialectica, sive illam dicere malumus disputatricem,




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 2.          77
ut est utilis saepe et finitionibus et comprehensionibus
et separandis, quae sunt differentia, et resolvenda ambiguitate et distinguendo, dividendo, illiciendo, implicando: ita, si totum sibi vindicaverit in foro certamen,
obstabit melioribus et sectas ad tenuitatem suam vires
ipsa subtilitate consumet. Itaque reperias quosdam in 14
disputando mire callidos, cum ab illa cavillatione discesserint, non magis sufficere in aliquo graviore actu
quam parva quaedam animalia, quae, in angustiis mobilia, campo deprehenduntur.
lam  quidem   pars illa moralis, quae dicitur 15
Ethice, certe tota oratori est accommodata. Nam
in tanta causarum, sicut superioribus libris diximus,
varietate, cum alia coniectura quaerantur, alia finitionibus concludantur, alia iure summoveantur vel transferantur, alia colligantur vel ipsa inter se concurrant
vel in diversum ambiguitate ducantur: nulla fere dici
potest, cuius non aliqua in parte tractatus aequi ac
boni reperiatur; plerasque vero esse quis nescit, quae
totae in sola qualitate consistant? In consiliis vero 16
quae ratio suadendi est ab honesti quaestione seposita?
Quid illa etiam pars tertia, quae laudandi ac vituperandi officiis coAtinetur?  Nempe in tractatu recti 17
pravique versatur. An de iustitia, fortitudine, abstinentia, temperantia, pietate non plurima dicet orator?
Sed ille vir bonus, qui haec non vocibus tantum sibi
nota atque nominibus aurium tenus in usum linguae
perceperit, sed qui v;xtutes ipsas mente complexus ita
sentiat, nec in cogitando laborabit et, quod sciet, vere
dicet. Cum sit omnis generalis quaestio speciali po- 18
tentior, quia universo pars continetur, non utique accedit parti, quod universum est: profecto nemo dubitabit, generales quaestiones in illo maxime studiorum
more versatas. Iam vero cum sint multa propriis bre- 19
vibusque comprehensionibus finienda, unde etiam status causarum dicitur finitivus: nonne ad id quoque
instrui ab iis, qui plus in hoc studii dederunt, oportet?




78             MI. FAB. QUINTILIANI
Quid? non quaestio iuris omnis aut verborum proprie.
tate aut aequi disputatione aut voluntatis coniectura
continetur? quorum pars ad rationalem, pars ad mora20 lem, tractatum redundat. Ergo natura permixta est
omnibus istis oratio, quae quidem oratio est vere. Nam
ignara quidem huiusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel nullos vel falsos duces habeat.
Pars vero naturalis, cum est ad exercitationem
dicendi tanto ceteris uberior, quanto maiore spiritu de
divinis rebus quam humanis loquendum est, tum illam
etiam moralem, sine qua nulla esse, ut docuimus, oratio
21 potest, totam complectitur. Nam si regitur providentia mundus: administranda certe bonis viris erit res
publica; si divina nostris animis origo: tendendum ad
virtutem nec voluptatibus terreni corporis serviejdum.
An haec non frequenter tractabit orator?  An de
auguriis, responsis, religione denique omni, de quibus
maxima saepe in senatu consilia versata sunt, non erit
ei disserendum, si quidem, ut nobis placet, futurus est
vir civilis idem? Quae denique intelligi saltem potest
22 eloquentia hominis optima nescientis? Haec si ratione
manifesta non essent: exemplis tamen crederemus.
Siquidem et Periclem, cuius eloquentiae, etiamsi nulla
ad nos monumenta venerunt, vim tamen quandam incredibilem oum historici turn etiam, liberrimum hominum genus, comici veteres tradunt, Anaxagorae physici constat auditorem fuisse, et Demosthenem, principem omnium Graeciae oratorum, dedisse operam Pla23 toni. Nam M. Tullius, non tantum se debere scholis
rhetorum, quantum Academiae spatiis, frequenter ipse
testatur; neque se tanta in eo unquam fudisset ubertas,
si ingenium suum consepto fori non ipsius rerum naturae finibus terminasset.
Verum ex hoc alia mihi quaestio exoritur, quae
s e c t a conferre plurimum eloquentiae possit; quanquam
24 ea non inter multas potest esse contentio. Nam in
primis nos Epicurus a se ipse dimittit, qui fugero




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 2.         7 9
omnem   disciplinam  navigatione quam  velocissima
iubet. Neque vero Aristippus, summum in voluptate corporis bonum ponens, ad hune nos laborem hortatur. Pyrrhon quidem quas in hoc opere habere
partes potest? cui iudices esse, apud quos verba faciat,
et reum, pro quo loquatur, et senatum, in quo sit dicenda sententia, non liquebit. Academiam quidam 25
utilissimam  credunt, quod mos in utramque partem
disserendi ad exercitationem forensium causarum proxime accedat. Adiiciunt loco probationis, quod ea
praestantissimos in eloquentia viros ediderit. Peripatetici studio quoque se quodam oratorio iactant.
Nam theses dicere exercitationis gratia fere est ab iis
institutum.  Stoici, sicut copiam nitoremque eloquentiae fere praeceptoribus suis defuisse concedant
necesse est, ita nullos aut probare acrius aut concludere subtilius contendunt.  Sed haec inter ipsos, 26
qui velut sacramento rogati vel etiam superstitione
constricti nefas ducant a suscepta semel persuasione
discedere. Oratori vero nihil est necesse in cuiusquam
iurare leges. MIaius enim est opus atque praestantius, 27
ad quod ipse tendit, et cuius est velut candidatus, si
quidem est futurus cum vitae tum etiam eloquentiae
laude perfectus. Quare in exemplum dicendi facundissimum quemque proponet sibi ad imitandum, moribus vero formandis quam honestissima praecepta rectissimamque ad virtutem  viam deliget. Exercitatione
quidem utetur omni, sed tamen erit plurimus in maximis quibusque ac natura pulcherrimis. Nam   quae 28
potest materia reperiri ad graviter copioseque dicendum magis abundans quam de virtute, de re publica, de
providentia, de origine animorum, de amicitia? Haec
sunt, quibus mens pariter atque oratio insurgant: quae
vere bona, quid mitiget metus, coerceat cupiditates,,
eximat nos opinionibus vulgi animumque coelestem.
Neque ea solum, quae talibus disciplinis continen- 29
tur, sed magis etiam, quae sunt antiquitus dicta




80              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
ac f a ct a pra e clare, et nosse et animo semper agitare conveniet.  Quae profecto nusquam plura maioraque quam in nostrae civitatis monumentis reperientur
30 An fortitudinem, iustitiam, fidem, continentiam, fiugalitatem, contemptum doloris ac mortis melius alii
docebunt quam Fabricii, Curii, Reguli, Decii, Mucii
aliique innumerabiles?  Quantum enim Graeci praeceptis valent, tantum Romani, quod est mains, exem31 plis. Tantumque non cognitis ille rebus adquierit, qui
non modo proximum    tempus lucemque praesentem
intueri satis credat sed omnem posteritatis memoriam
spatium vitae honestae et curriculum laudis existimet.
Hine mnihi ille iustitiae haustus bibat, hine sumptam
libertatem in causis atque consiliis praestet. Neque
erit perfectus orator, nisi qui honeste dicere et sciet et
audebit.
NECESSARIAM IURIS CIVILIS ORATORI SCIENTIAM.
III. Iuris quoque civilis necessaria huic viro
scientia est et morum ac religionum eius rei publicae,
quam capesset. Nam qualis esse suasor in consiliis
publicis privatisve poterit tot rerum, quibus praecipue
civitas continetur, ignarus? Quo autem modo patronum se causarum non falso dixerit, qui, quod est in
causis potentissimum, sit ab altero petiturus, paene
non dissimilis iis, qui poetarum scripta pronuntiant?
2 Nam quodammodo mandata perferet, et ea, quae sibi
a iudice credi postulaturus est, aliena fide dicet, et
ipse litigantium  auxiliator egebit auxilio. Quod ut
fieri nonnunquam minore incommodo possit, cum domi
praecepta et composita et sicut cetera, quae in causa
sunt, in discendo cognita ad iudicem perferet: quid
fiet in iis quaestionibus, quae subito inter ipsas actiones
nasci solent? non deformiter respectet et inter subsel3 lia minores advocatos interroget? Potest autem satis




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 3.         81
diligenter accipere, quae turn audiet, cum ei dicenda
sunt, aut fortiter afirmare aut ingenue pro suis dicere?
Possit in actionibus: quid fiet in altercatione, ubi occurrendum continuo, nec libera ad discendum mora
est?  Quid, si forte peritus iuris ille non aderit?
Quid, si quis non satis in ea re doctus falsum aliquid
subiecerit? Hoc enim est maximum ignorantiae malum, quod credit eum scire, qui moneat. Neque ego 4
sum nostri moris ignarus oblitusve eorum, qui velut
ad arculas sedent et tela agentibus sumministrant,
neque idem Graecos quoque nescio factitasse, unde
nomen his pragmaticorunz datum est. Sed loquor de
oratore, qui non clamorem modo suum causis sed dmnia,
quae profutura sunt, debet. Itaque eum nec inutilem, 5
si ad horam forte constiterit, neque in testationibus
faciendis esse imperitum  velim. Quis enim potius
praeparabit ea, quae, cum aget, esse in causa velit?
Nisi forte imperatorem quis idoneum credit in proeliis
quidem strenuum et fortem et omnium, quae pugna
poscit, artificem, sed neque delectus agere nee copias
contrahere atque instruere nec prospicere commeatus
nec locum capere castris scientem; prius est enim
certe parare bella quam gerere. Atqui simillimus huic 6
sit advocatus, si plura, quae ad vincendum valent, aliis
reliquerit; cum praesertim hoc, quod est maxime necessarium, nec tam sit arduum, quam procul intuentibus fortasse videatur. Namque omne ius, quod est
certum, aut scripto aut moribus constat; dubiumr
aequitatis regula examinandum est. Quae scripta sunt 7
aut posita in more civitatis, nullam habent difficultatem, cognitionis sunt enim non inventionis; at quae
consultorum responsis explicantur, aut in verborum
interpretatione sunt posita aut in recti pravique discrimine. Vim cuiusque vocis intelligere, aut commune prudentiurm est aut proprium oratoris; aequitas
optimo cuique notissima. Nos porro et bonum virum 8
et prudentem in primis oratorem putamus, qui cum se
-4*




82              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
ad id, quod est optimum natura, direxerit, non magno
pere commovebitur, si quis ab eo consultus dissentiet;
cum ipsis illis diversas inter se opiniones tueri conces
sum sit. Sed etiam, si nosse, quid quisque senserit,
volet: lectionis opus est, qua nihil est.in studiis minus
9 laboriosum.  Quodsi plerique, desperata facultate
agendi, ad discendum ius declinaverunt: quam id scire
facile est oratori, quod discunt, qui sua quoque confessione oratores esse non possunt? Verum et MI.
Cato cum in dicendo praestantissimus tum iuris idcem
fuit peritissimus, et Scaevolae Servioque Sulpicio con10 cessa est etiam facundiae virtus. Et MI. Tullius non
modo inter agendum nunquam est destitutus scientia
iuris sed etiam componere aliqua de eo coeperat, ut
appareat, posse oratorem non discendo tantum  iuri
11 vacare sed etiam docendo. Verum ea, quae de moribus excolendis studioque iuris praecipimus, ne quis eo
credat reprehendenda, quod multos cognovimus, qui
taedio laboris, guem ferre tendentibus ad eloquentiam
necesse est, confugerint ad haec deverticula desidiae.
Quorum alii se ad album ac rubricas transtulerunt et
formularii vel, ut Cicero ait, leguleii quidam esse maluerunt, tanquam utiliora eligentes ea, quorum solam
12 facilitatem sequebantur; alii pigritiae arrogantioris,
qui subito fronte conficta immissaque barba, veluti
despexissent oratoria praecepta, paulum aliquid sederunt in scholis philosophantium, ut deinde in publico
tristes, domi dissoluti captarent auctoritatem  contemptu ceterorum. Philosophia enim simulari potest,
eloquentia non potest.
ITEM HISTORIARUM.
IV. In primis vero abundare debet orator exemplorum copia cum veterum     turn etiam  novorum,
adeo ut non ea modo, quae conscripta sunt historiis aut
sermonibus velut per manus tradita, quaeque cotidie




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 5.         83
aguntur, debeat nosse, verum ne ea quidem, quae sunt
a clarioribus poetis ficta, negligere. Nam illa quidem 2
priora aut testimoniorum  aut iudicatorum obtinent
locum; sed haec quoque aut vetustatis fide tuta sunt
aut ab hominibus magnis praeceptorum loco ficta creduntur. Sciat ergo quam plurima; unde etiam senibus auctoritas maior est, quod plura nosse et vidisse
creduntur, quod Homerus frequentissime testatur. Sed
non est expectanda ultima aetas, cum studia praestent,
ut, quantum  ad cognitionem  pertinet rerum, etiam
praeteritis saeculis vixisse videamur.
QUAE SINT ALIA ORATORIS INSTRUMENTA.
V. HIaec sunt, quae me redditurum promiseram,
instrumenta iaon artis, ut quidam putaverunt, sed ipsius
oratoris. Haec arma habere ad manum, horum scientia debet esse succinctus, accedente veitborum figurarumque facili copia et inventionis ratione et disponendi usu et memoriae firmitate et actionis gratia. Sed
plurimum ex his valet animi praestantia, quam
nec metus frangat nec acclamatio terreat nec audientium  auctoritas ultra debitam  reverentiam  tardet.
Nam ut abominanda sunt contraria his vitia confiden- 2
tiae, temeritatis, improbitatis, arrogantiae: ita citra
constantiam, fiduciam, fortitudinem nihil ars, nihil studium, nihil profectus ipse profuerit; ut si des arma
timidis et imbellibus. Invitus mehercule dico, quoniam
et aliter accipi potest, ipsam verecundiam, vitium quidem sed amabile, et quae virtutes faeillime generet,
esse inter adversa, multisque in causa fuisse, ut bona
ingenii studiique in lucem non prolata situ quodam
secreti consumerentur. - Sciat autem, si quis haec forte 3
minus adhuc peritus distinguendi vim cuiusque verbi
leget, non probitatem a me reprehendi sed verecuniiam, quae est timor quidam reducens animum ab iis,




84              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
quae facienda sunt, unde confusio et coepti poenitentia
et subitum silentium. Quis porro dubitet vltiis ascribere affectum, propter quem facere honesta pudet?
4 Neque ego rursus nolo eum, qui sit dicturus, et sollicitum surgere et colorem mutare et periculum intelligere; quae si non accident, etiam simulanda erunt.
Sed intellectus hic sit operis non metus, moveamurque,
non concidamus. Optima est autem emendatio verecundiae fiducia, et quamlibet imbecilla frons magna
conscientia sustinetur.
5    Sunt et naturalia, ut supra dixi, quae tamen et cura
iuvantur, instrumenta, v o x, 1 at s, d e c o r; quae quidem tantum valent, ut frequenter famam ingenii faciant.
Habuit oratores aetas nostra copiosiores, sed, cum diceret, eminere inter aequales Trachalus videbatur.
Ea corporis sublimitas erat, is ardor oculorum, frontis
auctoritas, gestus praestantia, vox quidem non, ut
Cicero desiderat, paene tragoedorum sed super omnes,
6 quos ego quidem audierim, tragoedos. Certe cum in
basilica Iulia diceret primo tribunali, quattuor autem
iudicia, ut moris est, cogerentur, atque omnia clamoribus fremerent: et auditum eum et intellectum et, quod
agentibus ceteris contumeliosissimum fuit, laudatum
quoque ex quattuor tribunalibus memini. Sed hoc
votum est et rara felicitas; quae si non assit: sane sufficiat ab iis, quibus quis dicit, audiri. Talis esse debet
orator et haec scire.
QUOD SIT INCIPIENDI CAUSAS AGERE TEMPUS.
VI. Agendi autem initium     sine dubio secundum vires cuiusque sumendum est. Neque ego annos
definiam, cum Demosthenen puerum admodum actiones
pupillares habuisse manifestumn sit, Calvus, Caesar,
Pollio multam ante quaestoriam omnes fnetatem gravissima iudicia susceperint, praetextatos egisse quosdam




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XlI, 6.         85
sit traditum, Caesar Augustus duodecim natus annos
aviaml pro rostris laudaverit. Modus mihi videtur qui- 2
dam tenendus, ut neque praepropere destringatur immatura frons et, quidquid est illud adhuc acerbum,
proferatur; nam inde et contemptus operis innascitur,
et.fundamenta iaciuntur impudentiae, et, quod est ubicunque perniciosissimum, praevenit vires fiducia. Nec 3
rursus differendum est tirocinium in senectutem; nam
cotidie metus crescit, maiusque fit semper, quod ausuri
sumus, et, dum deliberamus, quando incipiendum sit,
incipere iam  serum est.  Quare fructum  studiorum
viridem et adhuc dulcem promi decet, dum et venia et
spes est et paratus favor et audere non dedecet; et, si
quid desit operi, supplet aetas, et, si qua sunt dicta
iuveniliter, pro indole accipiuntur: ut totus ille Cicero- 4
nis pro Sexto Roscio locus: Quid enim tam commune
quam spiritus vivis, terra mortuis, mare fluctuantibus,
litus eiectis? Quae cum sex et viginti natus annos
summis audientiuml clamoribus dixerit: defervisse tempore et annis liquata, iam  senior idem fatetur. Et
hercule quantumlibet secreta studia contulerint: est
tamen proprius quidam fori profectus, alia lux, alia veri
discriminis facies; plusque, si separes, usus sine doctrina quam citra usum doctrina valet. Ideoque non- 5
nulli, senes in schola facti, stupent novitate, cum in
iudicia venerunt, et omnia suis exercitationibus similia
desiderant. At illic et iudex tacet et adversarius obstrepit et nihil temere dictum perit, et, si quid tibi
sumas, probandum   est, et laboratam  congestamque
dierum ac noctium studio actionem aqua deficit, et
omisso magna semper flandi tumore in quibusdam
causis loquendum est; quod illi diserti minime sciunt.
Itaque nonnullos reperias, qui sibi eloquentiores vide- 6
antur, quam ut causas agant. Ceterum illum, quem
iuvenem tenerisque adhuc viribus nitentem in forum
deduximus, et incipere quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim, ferarum ut catuli molliore praeda sagi



86              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
nantur, et non utique ab hoc initio continuare operam et
ingenio adhuc alendo callum inducere; sed iam scien
tem, quid sit pugna, et in quam rem studendum sit,
7 refici atque renovari. Sic et tirocinii metum, dum
facilius est audere, transiert, nec audendi facilitatem
usque ad contemptum. operis adduxerit. Usus est hac
ratione M. Tullius, et cum iam clarumn meruisset inter
patronos, qui turn erant, nomen: in Asiam navigavit
seque et aliis sine dubio eloquentiae ac sapientiae magistris sed praecipue tamen Apollonio Moloni, quem
Romae quoque audierat, Rhodi rursus formandum ac
velut recoquendum dedit. Tum dignum operae pretium venit, cum inter se congruunt praecepta et experimenta.
QUAE IN SUSCIPIENDIS CAUSIS ORATORI OBSERVANDA
SINT.
VII. Cumr satis in omni certamine virium fecerit,
prima ei cura in suscipiendis causis erit; in quibus defendere quidem reos profecto quam facere vir
bonus malet, non tamen ita nomen ipsum accusatoris
horrebit, ut nullo neque publico neque privato duci
possit officio, ut aliquem ad reddendam rationem vitae
vocet. Nam et leges ipsae nihil valeant, nisi actoris
idonea voce munitae; et si poenas scelerum expetere
fas non est: prope est, ut scelera ipsa permissa sint;
2 et licentiam malis dari, certe contra bonos est. Quare
neque sociorum querelas nec amici vel propinqui necem nec erupturas in rem publicam   conspirationes
inultas patietur orator, non poenae nocentium cupidus
sed emendandi vitia corrigendique mores. Nam qui
ratione traduci ad meliora non possunt, solo metu con3 tinentur. Itaque ut accusatoriam vitam vivere et ad
deferendos reos praemio duci, proximum ]atrocinio est.
ita pestem intestinam propulsare, cum propugnatoribus




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 7.         87
patriae comparandum. Ideoque principes in re publica
viri non detrectaverunt bane officii partem, creditique
sunt etiam clari iuvenes obsidem rei publicae dare malorum civium accusationem, quia nec odisse improbos
nec simultates provocare nisi ex fiducia bonae mentis
videbantur. Idque cum ab Hortensio, Lucullis, Sulpi- i
cio, Cicerone, Caesare, plurimis aliis, tur ab utroque
Catone factum est; quorum alter appellatus sapiens,
alter nisi creditur fuisse, vix scio, cui reliquerit huius
nominis locum. Neque defendet omnes orator, idemque portum ilium eloquentiae suae salutarem non etiam
piratis patefaciet duceturque in advocationem maxime
causa. Quoniam tamen omnes, qui non improbe liti- 5
gabunt, quorum certe bona pars est, sustinere non potest unus: aliquid et commendantium personis dabit
et ipsorum, qui iudicio decernent, ut optimi cuiusque
voluntate moveatur; namque hos et amicissimos habebit vir bonus. Summovendum vero est utrumque am- 6
bitus genus vel potentibus contra humiles venditandi
operam suam vel illud etiam iactantius minores utique
contra dignitatem attollendi. Non enim fortuna causas
vel iustas vel improbas facit. Neque vero pudor obstet, quo minus susceptam, cum melior videretur,
litem, cognita inter disceptandum iniquitate, dimittat,
cum prius litigatori dixerit verum. Nam in hoc maxi- 7
mum, si aequi iudices sumus, beneficium est, ut non
fallamus vana spe litigantem. Neque est dignus opera
patroni, qui non utitur consilio. Et certe non convenit
ei, quem oratorem esse volumus, iniusta tueri scientem.
Nam si ex illis, quas supra diximus, causis falsufm tuebitur': erit tamen honestum, quod ipse faciet.
Gratisne ei semper agendum sit, tractari potest. 8
Quod ex prima statim fronte diiudicare, imprudentium
est. Nam quis ignorat, quin id longe sit honestissimum ac liberalibus disciplinis et. illo, quem exigimus,
animo dignissimum, non vendere operam nee elevare
tanti beneficii auctoritatem; cum pleraque hoc ipso




88              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
9 possint videri vilia, quod pretium  habent?  Caecis
hoc, ut aiunt, satis clarum  est, nec quisquam, qui
sufficientia sibi {modica autem haec sunt) possidebit,
hunc quaestum sine crimine sordium fecerit. At si res
familiaris amplius aliquid ad usus necessarios exiget:
secundum omnium sapientium leges patietur sibi gratiam referri, cum et Socrati collatum sit ad victum, et
Zeno, Cleanthes, Chrysippus mercedes a discipulis ac10 ceptaverint. Neque enim video, quae iustior acquirendi ratio quam ex honestissimo labore et ab iis, de
quibus optime meruerint, quique, si nihil invicem
praestent, indigni fuerint defensione.  Quod quidem
non iustum modo sed necessarium etiam est, cum haec
ipsa opera tempusque omne alienis negotiis datum
11 facultatem aliter acquirendi recidant. Sed tur quoque tenendus est modus, ac plurimum refert, et a quo
accipiat et quantum et quousque.  Paciscendi quidem
ille piraticus mos et ponentium periculis pretia procul
abominanda negotiatio etiam  mediocriter improbis
aberit, cum praesertim bonos homines bonasque causas
tuenti non sit metuendus ingratus; quodsi futurus,
12 malo tamen ille peccet.  iihil ergo acquirere volet
orator ultra quam satis erit; ac ne pauper quidem tanquam mercedem accipiet sed mutua benivolentia utetur,
cum sciat se tanto plus praestitisse. Non enim, quia
venire hoc beneficium  non oportet, perire oportet.
Denique ut gratus sit, ad eum magis pertinet, qui debet.
QUAE IN DISCENDIS.
VIII. Proxima dis cendae causae ratio, quod
est orationis fundamentum. Neque enim   quisquam
tam ingenio tenui reperietur, qui, cum omnia, quae sunt
in causa, diligenter cognoverit, ad docendum  certe
iudicem non sufficiat. Sed eius rei paucissimis cura
2 est. Nam ut taceam de negligentibus, quorum nihil
refert, ubi litium cardo vertatur, dum sint, quae vel




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 8.        89
extra causam ex personis aut communi tractatu locorum occasionem clamandi largiantur: aliquos et ambitio pervertit, qui partim tanquam occupati semperque
aliud habentes, quod ante agendum sit, pridie ad se
venire litigatorem  aut eodem matutino iubent, nonnunquam etiam inter ipsa subsellia didicisse se gloriantur; partim iactantia ingenii, ut res cito accepisse 3
videantur, tenere se et intelligere prius paene quam
audiant mentiti, cum multa et diserte summisque clamoribus, quae neque ad iudicem neque ad litigatorem
pertineant, decantaverunt, bene sudantes beneque
comitati per forum reducuntur. Ne illas quidem tule- 4
rim delicias eorum, qui doceri amicos suos iubent;
quanquam minus mali est, si illi saltem recte discant
recteque doceant.  Sed quis discet tam bene quam
patronus? Quomodo autem sequester ille et media
litium manus et quidam interpres impendet aequo animo laborem in alienas actiones, cum dicturis tanti suae
non sint? Pessimae vero consuetudinis, libellis esse 5
contentum, quos componit aut litigator, qui confugit
ad patronum, quia liti ipse non sufficit, aut aliquis ex
eo genere advocatorum, qui se non posse agere confitentur; deinde faciunt id quod est in agendo difficillimum.   Nam qui iudicare, quid dicendum, quid dissimulandum, quid declinandum, mutandum, fingendum
etiam sit, potest, cur non sit orator: quando, quod difficilius est, oratorem facit?  Hi porro non tantum 6
nocerent, si ominia scriberent, uti gesta sunt. Nunc
consilium et colores adiiciunt et aliqua peiora veris,
quae plerique cum acceperunt, mutare nefas habent et
velut themata in scholis posita custodiunt. Deinde
deprehenduntur et causam, quam discere ex suis litigatoribus noluerunt, ex adversariis discunt.' Liberum 7
igitur demus ante omnia iis, quorum negotium erit,
tempus ac locum, exhortemurque ultro, ut omnia
quamlibet verbose et unde volent repetita ex tempore
exponant. Non enim tam   obest audire supervacua




90              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
8 quam ignorare necessaria. Frequenter autem et vulnus et remedium in iis orator inveniet, quae litigatori
in neutram partem habere momentum videbantur.
Nee tanta sit acturo memoriae fiducia, ut subscriber(
audita pigeat.
Nec semel audisse sit satis; cogendus eadem iterum ac saepius dicere litigator, non solum quia effugere aliqua prima expositione potuerunt, praesertim
hominem (quod saepe evenit) imperitum, sed etiam ut
9 sciamus, an eadem dicat. Plurimi enim mentiuntur et,
tanquam non doceant causam sed agant, non ut cum
patrono sed ut cum iudice loquuntur. Quapropter
nunquam satis credendum est, sed agitandus omnibus
10 modis et turbandus et evocandus. Nam ut medicis
non apparentia modo vitia curanda sunt sed etiam invenienda quae latent, saepe ipsis ea, qui sanandi sunt,
occulentibus: ita advocatus plura, quam ostenduntur,
aspiciat. Nam cum satis in audiendo patientiae impenderit: in aliam rursus ei personam transeundum est,
agendusque adversarius, proponendum quidquid omnino excogitari contra potest, quidquid recipit in eiusmodi disceptatione natura. Interrogandus quam in11 festissime ac premendus. Nam dum omnia quaerimus,
aliquando ad verum, ubi minime expectavimus, pervenimus.
In summa optimus est in discendo patronus incredulus. Promittit enim litigator omnia, testem populum, paratissimas consignationes, ipsum denique adver12 sarium quaedam non negaturum.  Ideoque opus est
intueri omne litis instrumentum; quod videre non est
satis, perlegendum erit. Nam frequentissime aut non
sunt omnino, quae promittebantur, aut minus continent
aut cum alio aliquo nocituro permixta sunt aut nimia
sunt et fidem hoc ipso detractura, quod non habent
13 modum. Denique linum ruptum aut turbatam ceram
aut sine agnitore signa frequenter invenies; quae, nisi
domi excusseris, in foro inopinata decipient, plusque




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 9.        91
nocebunt destituta quam  non promissa nocuissent.
Multa etiam, quae litigator nihil ad causam pertinere
crediderit, patronus eruet, modo per omnes, quos tradidimus, argnmentorum  locos eat. Quos ut circum- 14
spectare in agendo et attentare singulos minime convenit, propter quas diximus causas: ita in discendo
rimari necessarium est, quae personae, quae tempora,
quae loca, instituta, instrumenta, ceteraque, ex quibus
non tantum   illud, quod est artificiale probationis
genus, colligi possit, sed qui metuendi testes, quomodo
sint refellendi. Nam plurimum refert, invidia reus an
odio an contemptu laboret, quorum fere pars prima
superiores, proxima pares, tertia humiliores premit.
Sic causam perscrutatus, propositis ante oculos omni- 15
bus, quae prosint noceantve, tertiam deinceps personam induat iudicis, fingatque apud se agi causam, et,
quod ipsum movisset de eadem re pronuntiaturum, id
potentissimum, apud quemcunque agetur, existimet.
Sic eum raro fallet eventus, aut culpa iudicis erit.
QUAE IN AGENDIS.
IX. Quae sint in agendo servanda, toto fere
opere executi sumus; pauca tamen propria huius loci,
quae non tam dicendi arte quam officiis agentis continentur, attingam. Ante omnia, ne, quod plerisque
accidit, ab utilitate eum causae praesentis cupido
laudis abducat. Nam ut gerentibus bella non semper 2
exercitus per plana et amoena ducendus est, sed adeundi plerumque asperi colles, expugnandae civitates
quamlibet praecisis impositae rupibus aut operum mole
difficiles: ita oratio gaudebit quidem occasione laetius
decurrendi et aequo congressa campo totas vires populariter explicabit; at si iuris anfractus aut eruendae 3
veritatis latebras adire cogetur: non obequitabit nec
llis vibrantibus concitatisque sententiis velut missili



02              M. PAB. QUINTILIANI
bus utetur, sed operibus et cuniculis et insidiis et oc4 cultis artibus rem geret. Quae omnia non durn fiunt
laudantur, sed cum facta sunt; unde etiam cupidissimis opinionis plus fructus venit. Nam cum illa dicendi
vitiosa iactatio inter plansores suos detonuit: resurgit
verae virtutis fortior faina, nec iudices, a quo sint
moti, dissimulant, et doctis creditur, nec est orationis
5 vera laus, nisi cum finita est. Veteribus quidem etiam
dissimulare eloquentiam fuit moris, idque M. Antonius
praecipit, quo plus dicentibus fidei minusque suspectae
advocatorum insidiae forent.  Sed illa dissimulari,
quae tum erat, potuit; nondum enim tantum dicendi
lumen accesserat, ut etiam per obstantia erumperet.
Quare artes quidem et consilia lateant et quidquid, si
deprehenditur, perit.  Hactenus eloquentia secretum
6 habet.  Verborum   quidem  delectus, gravitas sententiarum, figurarum elegantia aut non sunt aut apparent. Sed propter hoc ipsum ostendenda non sunt,
quod apparent; ac si unum sit ex duobus eligendum:
causa potius laudetur quam patronus. Finem tamen
hunc praestabit orator, ut videatur optimam causam
optime egisse. Illud certum erit, neminem peius agere
quam qui, displicente causa, placet; necesse est enim
7 extra causam sit, quod placet. Nec illo fastidio laborabit orator non agendi causas minores, tanquam infra
eum sint aut detractura sit opinioni minus liberalis materia. Nam et suscipiendi ratio iustissima est officium,
et optandum etiam, ut amici quam minimas lites habeant; et abunde dixit bene, quisquis rei satisfecit.
8    At quidam, etiamsi forte susceperunt negotia paulo
ad dicendum  tenuiora, extrinsecus adductis ea rebus
circumliniunt ac, si defecerint alia, conviciis implent
vacua causarum; si contingit, veris; si minus, fictis;
modo sit materia ingenii mefeaturque clamorem dum
dicitur. Quod ego adeo longe puto ab oratore perfecto, ut eum ne vera quidem obiecturum, nisi id causa
9 exigit, credam. Ea est enim prorsus canina, ut ait




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII. 9.        93
Appius, eloquentia, cognituram male dicendi subire;
quod facientibus etiam male audiendi praesumenda
patientia est. Nam et in ipsos fit impetus frequenter,
qui egerunt, et certe petulantiam patroni litigator luit.
Sed haec minora sunt ipso illo vitio animi, quod maledicus a malefico non distat nisi occasione. Turpis vo- 10
luptas et inhumana et nulli audientium bono grata a
litigatoribus quidem frequenter exigitur, qui ultionem
malunt quam defensionem. Sed neque alia multa ad
arbitrium eorum facienda sunt; hoc quidem quis hominum liberi modo sanguinis sustineat, petulans esse ad
alterius arbitrium? Atqui etiam in advocatos partis 11
adversae libenter nonnulli invehuntur; quod, nisi si
forte meruerunt, et inhumanum est respectu communium officiorum, et cum ipsi qui dicit inutile (nam idem
iuris responsuris datur), turn causae contrarium, quia
plane adversarii fiunt et inimici, et quantulumcunque
eis virium est, contumelia augetur. Super omnia perit 12
illa, quae plurimum oratori et auctoritatis et fidei affert, modestia, si a viro bono in rabulam latratoremque
convertitur, compositus non ad animum iudicis sed ad
stomachum litigatoris. Frequenter etiam species liber- 13
tatis deducere ad temeritatem solet non causis modo
sed ipsis quoque, qui dixerunt, periculosam. Nec immerito Pericles solebat optare, ne quod sibi verbum in
mentem veniret, quo populus offenderetur. Sed quod
ille de populo, id ego de omnibus sentio, qui tantundem possunt nocere. Nam quae fortia, dum dicuntur;
videbantur, stulta, cum laeserunt, vocantur.
Nunc, quia varium fere propositum agentium fuit, 14
et quorundam cura tarditatis quorundam facilitas temeritatis crimine laboravit: quem credam fore in hoc
oratoris modum, tradere non alienum videtur. Afferet ad dicendum curae semper quantum plurimum 15
poterit. Neque enim hoc solum negligentis sed mali
et in suscepta causa perfidi ac proditoris est, peius
agere quam possit. Ideoque ne suscipiendae quidem




94               M. FAB. QUINTILIATI
sunt causae plures, quam quibus suffecturum se sciat.
16 Dicet scripta quam res patietur plurima et, ut Demosthenes ait, si continget, et sculpta. Sed hoc aut primae actiones aut quae in publicis iudiciis post interiectos dies dantur permiserint: at cum protinus respondendum est: omnia parari non possunt, adeo ut paulo minus promptis etiam noceat scripsisse, si alia ex diverse,
17 quam opinati fuerint, occurrerint. Inviti enim recedunt
a praeparatis et tota actione respiciunt requiruntque,
num aliquid ex illis intervelli atque ex tempore dicendis inseri possit; quod si fiat: non cohaeret nec commissuris modo, ut in opere male iuncto, hiantibus sed
18 ipsa coloris inaequalitate detegitur. Ita nec liber est
impetus nee cura contexta, et utrumque alteri obstat;
illa enim, quae scripta sunt, retinent animum, non sequuntur. Itaque in his actionibus omni, ut agricolae
19 dicunt, pede standum est. Nam cum in propositione
ac refutatione causa consistat: quae nostrae partis
sunt, scripta esse possunt; quae etiam responsurum
adversarium certum est, (est enim aliquando certum)
pari cura refelluntur. Ad alia unum paratum afferre
possumus, ut causam  bene noverimus; alterum   ibi
sumere, ut dicentem adversarium diligenter audiamus.
20 Licet tamen praecogitare plura et animum ad omnes
casus componere, idque est tutius stilo, quo facilius et
omittitur cogitatio et transfertur.  Sed sive in respondendo fuerit subito dicendum, sive quae alia exegerit
ratio, nunquam oppressum se ac deprehensum credet
orator, cui disciplina et studium et exercitatio dederit
21 vires etiam facilitatis; quemque armatum semper ac
velut in procinctu stantem non magis unquam in causis
oratio quam in rebus cotidianis ac domesticis sermo
deficiet; nec se unquam propter hoc oneri subtrahet,
modo sit causae discendae tempus; nam cetera semper
sciet.




3N6T. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 10.         95
DE GENERE DICENDI.
X. Superest, ut dicam  de genere orationis.
Hic erat propositus a nobis in divisione prima locus
tertius; nam ita promiseram, me de arte, de artifice, de
opere dicturum.  Cum sit autem rhetorices atque oratoris opus oratio pluresque eius formae, sicut ostendam: in omnibus his et ars est et artifex, plurimum
tamen invicem differunt; nec solum specie, ut signum
signo et tabula tabulae et actio actioni, sed genere
ipso, ut Graecis Tuscanicae statuae, ut Asianus eloquens Attico. Suos autem haec operum genera, quae 2
dico, ut auctores sic etiam amatores habent; atque
ideo nondum est perfectus orator ac nescio an ars ulla,
non solum quia aliud in alio magis eminet, sed quod
non una omnibus forma placuit, patim condicione vel
temporum vel locorum, partim iudicio cuiusque atque
proposito. Primi, quorum quidem opera non vetustatis 3
modo gratia visenda sunt, clari p i c tore s fuisse dicuntur Polygnotus atque Aglaophon, quorum   simplex
color tam sui studiosos adhuc habet, ut illa prope
rudia ac velut futurae mox artis primordia maximis,
qui post eos extiterunt, auctoribus praeferant, proprio
quodam  intelligendi, ut mea opinio fert, ambitu.
Post Zeuxis atque Parrhasius non multum aetate dis- 4
tantes, circa Peloponnesia ambo tempora (nam cum
Parrhasio sermo Socratis apud Xenophontem invenitur) plurimum arti addiderunt. Quorum prior luminum umbrarumque invenisse rationem, secundus examinasse subtilius lineas traditur.  Nam Zeuxis plus 5
membris corporis dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus atque, ut existimant, Homerum secutus, cui validissima quaeque forma etiam in feminis placet. Ille vero
ita circumscripsit omnia, ut eum legum latorem vocent,
quia deorum atque heroum effigies, quales ab eo sunt
traditae, ceteri, tanquam ita necesse sit, sequuntur.




96              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
6 Floruit autein circa Philippum et usque ad successores
Alexandri pictura praecipue sed diversis virtutibus.
Nam cura Protogenes, ratione Pamphilus ac Melanthius, facilitate Antiphilus, concipiendis visionibus,
quas ~av aaiag vocant, Theon Samius, ingenio et gratia, quam in se ipse maxime iactat, Apelles est praestantissimus. Euphranorem admirandum facit, quocd
et ceteris optimis studiis inter praecipuos et pingendi
fingendique idem mirus artifex fuit.
7    Similis in statuis differentia. Naam duriora et
Tuscanicis proxima Callon atque Hegesias, iam minus
rigida Calamis, molliora adhuc supra dictis Myron
fecit. Diligentia ac decor in Polycleto supra ceteros,
cui quanquam a plerisque tribuitur palma, tamen, ne
8 nihil detrahatur, deesse pondus putant. YNam ut
humanae formae decorem addiderit supra verum, ita
non explevisse deorum  auctoritatem videtur. Quin
aetatem quoque graviorem dicitur refugisse nihil ausus
ultra leves genas. At quae Polycleto defuerunt, Phi9 diae atque Alcameni dantur. Phidias tamen diis quam
hominibus efficiendis'melior artifex creditur, in ebore
vero longe citra aemulum, vel si nihil nisi Minervam
Athenis aut Olympium in Elide Iovem fecisset, cuius
pulchritudo  adiecisse aliquid etiam  receptae religioni videtur; adeo maiestas operis deum aequavit.
Ad veritatem Lysippum ac Praxitelen accessisse optime
affirmant. Nam Demetrius tanquam nimius in ea reprehenditur et fuit similitudinis quam pulchritudinis
amantior.
10   In o r a t i o n e vero si species intueri velis, totidem
paene reperias ingeniorum  quot corporum formas.
Sed fuere quaedam genera dicendi condicione temporum horridiora, alioqui magnam iam ingenii vim prae
se ferentia. Hinc sint Laelii, Africani, Catones etiam
Gracchique, quos tu licet Polygnotos vel Callonas appelles. Mediam illam formam teneant L. Crassus, Q.
11 Hortensius. Turn deinde efflorescat non multurn inter




I1NST ORATOR. LIB. XII, 10.         9'
se distantium  tempore oratorum ingens proventus.
IHic vim Caesaris, indolem Caelii, subtilitatem Calidii,
diligentiam Pollionis, dignitatem Messalae, sanctitatem
Calvi, gravitatem Bruti, acumen Sulpicii, acerbitatem
Cassii reperiemus; in iis etiam, quos ipsi vidimus,
copiam  Senecae, vires Africani, maturitatem  Afri,
iucunditatem Crispi, sonum Trachali, elegantiam Secundi. At M. Tullium non ilium habemus Euphrano- 12
rem circa plurium artium species praestantem sed in
omnibus, quae in quoque laudantur, eminentissimum.
Quem tamen et suorum homines. temporum incessere
audebant ut tumidiorem et Asianum et redundantem
et in repetitionibus nimium et in salibus -aliquando fri*gidum  et in compositione fractum, exultantem  ac
paene, quod procul absit, viro molliorem; postea vero 13
quam triumvirali proscriptione consumptus est, passim
qui oderant, qui invidebant, qui aemulabantur, adulatores etiam praesentis potentiae non responsurum invaserunt. Ille tamen, qui ieiunus a quibusdam atque
aridus habetur, non aliter ab ipsis inimicis male audire
quam nimiis floribus et ingenii affluentia potuit. Falsum utrumque, sed tamen illa mentiendi propior cccasio. Praecipue vero presserunt eum, quivideri Atti- 14
corum imitatores concupierant.  Haec manus, quasi
quibusdam sacris initiata, ut alicnigenam et parum studiosum devinctumque illis legibus insequebatur; unde
nunc quoque aridi et exucci et exangues.  Hi sunt 15
enim, qui suae imbecillitati sanitatis appellationem,
quae est maxime contraria, obtendunt; qui, quia clariorem vim eloquentiae velut solem ferre non possunt,
umbra magni nominis delitescunt. Quibus quia multa
et pluribus locis Cicero ipse respondit: tutior mlhi de
hoc.disserendi brevitas erit.
Et antiqua quidem illa divisio inter At t i c o s atque 16
Asianos fuit, cum hi pressi et integri: contra inflati
illi et inanes haberentur; in his- nihil superflueret: illis
iudicium maxime ac modus deesset. Quod quidam,
5




98              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
quorum et Santra est, hoc putant accidisse, quod,
paulatim sermone Graeco in proximas Asiae civitates influente, nondum satis periti loquendi facundiam concupierint, ideoque ea, quae proprie signari poterant, circuitu coeperint enuntiare ac deinde per17 severarint. Mihi autem orationis differentiam fecisse
et dicentium et audientium naturae videntur, quod
Attici limati quidam et emuncti nihil inane aut redundans ferebant, Asiana gens tumidior alioqui atque
iactantior vaniore etiam dicendi gloria inflata est.
18 Tertium mox, qui haec dividebant, adiecernnt genus
Rho dium, quod velut medium esse atque ex utroque
mixtum  volunt; neque enim Attice pressi neque
Asiane sunt abundantes, ut aliquid habere videantur
19 gentis, aliquid auctoris. Aeschines enim, qui hunc
exilio delegerat locum, intulit eo studia Athenarum,
quae, velut sata quaedam coelo terraque degeneranti
saporem illum Atticum. peregrino miscuerunt. Lenti
ergo quidam ac remissi, non sine pondere tamen, neque
fontibus puris neque torrentibus turbidls, sed lenibus
stagnis similes habentur.
20    Nemo igitur dubitaverit, longe esse optimum genus Atticorum. In quo ut est aliquid inter ipsos
commune, id est iudicium acre tersumque: ita ingenio21 rum plurimae formae. Quapropter mihi falli multum
videntur, qui solos esse Atticos credunt tenues et lucidos et significantes et quadam eloquentiae frugalitate
contentos ac semper manum intra pallium continentes.
Nam quis erit hic Atticus?  Sit Lysias; hunc enim
amplectuntur amatores istius nominis modum. Non
igitur iam usque ad Coccum et Andocidem remittemur? Interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice
22 dixerit. Nihil enim tam est Lysiae diversum. Negabunt. At eius schola principes oratorum dedit. Quaeratur similius aliquid. Hyperides Atticus?  Certe.
At plus indulsit voluptati. Transeo plurimos, Lycurmum, Aristogitona et his priores Isaeum, Antiphon.




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 10.         99
ter; quos, ut homines, inter se genere similes, differentes dixeris specie.  Quid ille, cuius modo fecimus 23
mentionem, Aeschines? nonne his latior et audentior
et excelsior? Quid denique Demosthenes? non cunctos illos tenues et circumspectos vi, sublimitate, impetu, cultu, compositione superavit? non insurgit locis?
non figuris gaudet? non translationibus nitet? non
oratione ficta dat tacentibus vocem? non illud iusiu- 24
randum per caesos in Marathone ac Salamine propugnatores rei publicae satis manifesto docet, praeceptorem eius Platonem fuisse? quem ipsum num Asianum
appellabimus plerumque instinctis divino spiritu vatibus comparandum? Quid Periclea? similemne credimus Lysiacae gracilitati, quem fulminibus et coelesti
fragori comparant Comici, dum    illi conviciantur?
Quid est igitur, cur in iis demum, qui tenui venula per 25
calculos fluunt, Atticum saporem- putent? ibi demum
thymum redolere dicant? Quos ego existimo, si quod
in his finibus uberius invenerint solum fertilioremve
segetem, negaturos Atticam esse, quod plus, quam acceperit, seminis reddat; quia hanc eius terrae fidem
Menander eludit. Ita nunc, si quis ad'eas Demosthenis 26
virtutes, quas ille summus orator habuit, tamen quae
defuisse ei sive ipsius natura seu lege civitatis videntur,
adiecerit, ut affectus concitatius moveat, audiam dicenter, Non fecit hoc Demosthenes? et si quid exierit
numeris aptius-(fortasse non possit; sed tamen si quid
exierit) non erit Atticum? Melius de hoc nomine sentiant credantque, Attice dicere esse optime dicere.
Atque in hac tamen opinione perseverantes Graecos 27
magis tulerim. Latina mihi facundia, ut inventione, dispositione, consilio, ceteris huius generis artibus similis Graecae ac prorsus discipula eius videtur,
ita circa rationem  eloquendi vix habere imitationis
locum. Namque est ipsis statim sonis durior, quando
et iucundissimas ex Graecis litteras non habemus, vocalem alteram, alteram consonantem, quibus nullaep-atpud




100             M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
eos dulcius spirant; quas mutuari solemus, quotiens
28 illorum nominibus utimur. Quod cum contingit: nescio quomodo hilarior protinus renidet oratio, ut in
Ephyris et Zephyris. Quae si nostris litteris scribantur: surdum quiddam et barbarumt efficient, et velut in
locum earum succedent tristes et horridae, quibus
29 Graecia caret. Nam et illa, quae est sexta nostrarum,
paene non humana voce vel omnino non voce potius
inter discrimina dentium  efflanda est; quae, etiam
cum vocalem proxima accipit quassa quodammodo,
utique quotiens aliquam consonantem frangit, ut in hoc
ipso frangit, multo fit horridior. Aeolicae quoque litterae, qua servum cervumque dicimus, etiamsi forma a
nobis repudiata est, vis tamen nos ipsa persequitur.
30 Duras et illa syllabas facit, quae ad coniungendas demum subiectas sibi vocales est utilis, alias supervacua,
ut equos hac et equum scribimus; cum etiam ipsae hae
vocales duae efficiant sonum, qualis apud Graecos
nullus est, ideoque scribi illorum litteris non potest.
31 Quid? quod pleraque nos illa quasi mugiente littera
cludimus 3M, qua nullum Graece verbum cadit: at illi
ny iucundam et in fine praecipue quasi tinnientem illius
loco ponunt, quae est apud nos rarissima in clausulis.
32 Quid? quod syllabae nostrae in B litteram et D innituntur adeo aspere, ut plerique non antiquissimorum
quidem sed tamen veterum mollire temptaverint non
solum aversa pro abversis dicendo sed et in praeposi33 tione B litterae absonam et ipsam S subiiciendo. Sed
accentus quoque, cum rigore quodam, tum similitudine
ipsa, minus suaves habemus; quia ultima syllaba nec
acuta unquam excitatur nec flexa circumducitur sed in
gravem vel duas graves cadit semper. Itaque tanto
est sermo Graecus Latino iucundior, ut nostri poetae,
quotiens dulce carmen esse voluerint, illorum id nomi34 nibus exornent. His illa potentiora, quod res plurimae
carent appellationibus, ut eas necesse sit transferre aut
circumire; etiam in iis, quae denominata sunt, summa




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 10.       101
paupertas in eadem nos frequentissime revolvit; at illis
non verborum mode, sed linguarum etiam inter se dif
ferentium copia est.
Quare qui a Latinis exiget illam gratiam sermonis 35
Attici, det mihi in.eloquendo eandem iucunditatem et
parem copiam. Quod si negatum est: sententias aptabimus iis vocibus, quas habemus, nec rerum nimiam
tenuitatem, ut non dicam  pinguioribus, fortioribus
certe verbis miscebimus, ne virtus utraque pereat ipsa
confusione. Naam quo minus adiuvat sermo, rerum 36
inventione pugnandum est. Sensus sublimes variique
eruantur. Permovendi omnes affectus erunt, oratio
translationum nitore illuminanda. Non possumus esse
tam graciles: simus fortiores. Subtilitate vincimur:
valeamus pondere.  Proprietas penes illos est certior:
copia vincamus. Ingenia Graecorum, etiam minora, 37
suos portus habent: nos plerumque maioribus velis
moveamur, validior spiritus nostros sinus tendat; non
tamen alto semper feramur, nam   et litora interim
sequenda sunt. Illis facilis per quaelibet vada accessus: ego aliquid, non multo tameh, altius, in quo mea
cymba non sidat, inveniam. Neque enim, si tenuiora 38
haec ac pressiora Graeci melius, in eoque vincimur
solo et ideo in comoediis non contendimus, prorsus
tamen omittenda pars haec orationis, sed exigenda ut
optime possumus; possumus autem rerum et modo et
iudicio esse similes, verborum gratia, quam in ipsis non
habemus, extrinsecus condienda est. Annon in priva- 39tis et acutus et non asper et non indistinctus et non
supra modum elatus M. Tullius? non in M. Calidio insignis haec virtus? non Scipio, Laelius, Cato in eloquendo velut Attici Romanorum fuerunt?  Cui porro
non satis est, quo nihil esse melius potest?
Ad hoc quidam nullam esse naturalem putant elo- 40
quentiam, nisi quae sit cotidiano sermoni simillima, quo
cum amicis, coniugibus, liberis, servis loquamur, contento promere animi voluntatem nihilque et arcessiti et




102              M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
elaborati requirente; quidquid huc sit adiectum, id
esse affectationis et ambitiosae in loquendo iactantiae,
remotum a veritate fictumque ipsorum gratia verborum, quibus solum natura sit officium attributum, ser41 vire sensibus: sicut athletarum corpora, etiamsi validiora fiant exercitatione et lege quadam ciborum, non
tamen esse naturalia atque ab illa specie, quae sit concessa hominibus, abhorrere. Quid enim, inquiunt, attinet circuitu res ostendere et translationibus, id est
aut pluribus aut alienis verbis, cum sua cuique sint as42 signata nomina? Denique antiquissimum quemque maxime secundum naturam dixisse contendunt; mox poetis
similiores extitisse, etiamsi parcius, simili tamen ratione,
falsa et impropria virtutes ducentes. Qua in disputatione nonnihil veri est, ideoque non tam procul, quam
fit a quibusdam, recedendum  a propriis atque com43 munibus. Si quis tamen, ut in loco dixi compositionis,
ad necessaria, quibus nihil minus est, aliquid melius
adiecerit; non erit hac calumnia reprehendendus. Nam
mihi aliam quandam videtur habere naturam sermo
vulgaris aliam viri eloquentis oratio; cui si res modo
indicare satis esset: nihil ultra verborum proprietatem
elaboraret; sed cum debeat delectare, movere, in plurimas animum audientis species impellere: utetur his
quoque adiutoriis, quae sunt ab eademn nobis concessa
44 natura. Nam et lacertos exercitatione constringere et
augere vires et colorem trahere, naturale est. Ideoque
in omnibus gentibus alius alio facundior habetur et
loquendo dulcis magis.  Quod si non eveniret: omnes
pares essent, et idem omnes deceret; at loquuntur et
servant personarum discrimen. Ita, quo quisque plus
efficit dicendo, hoc magis secundum naturam eloquen45 tiae dicit. Quapropter ne illis quidem nimium repugno,
qui dandum putant nonnihil etiam temporibus atque
auribus nitidius aliquid atque effectius postulantibus.
Itaque non solum ad priores Catone Gracchisque sed
ne ad hos quidem ipsos oratorem alligandum puto.




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 10.       103
Atque id fecisse M. Tullium video, ut cum omnia utilitati turn partem quandam delectationi daret; cum et
ipsam se rem agere diceret, ageret autem maxime litigatoris. Nam hoc ipso proderat, quod placebat. Ad 46
cuius voluptates nihil equidem quod addi possit invenio, nisi ut sensus nos quidem dicamus plures. Neque enim non fieri potest, salva tractatione causae et
dicendi auctoritate, si non crebra haec lumina et continua fuerint et invicem offecerint. Sed me hactenus 47
cedentem nemo insequatur ultra. Do tempori, ne
hirta toga sit, non ut serica; ne intonsum caput, non
in gradus atque anulos comptum; cum eo quod, si non
ad luxuriam ac libidinem referas, eadem  speciosiora
quoque sint, quae honestiora. Ceterum hoc, quod vul- 48
go s e ntent i a s vocamus, quod veteribus praecipueque Graecis in usu non fuit, (apud Ciceronem enim invenio) dum rem contineant et copia non redundent et
ad victoriam spectent, quis utile neget? Feriunt animum et uno ictu frequenter impellunt et ipsa brevitate
magis haerent et delectatione persuadent.
At sunt qui haec excitatiora lumina, etiamsi dicere 49
permittant, a componendis tamen orationibus excludenda arbitrentur. Quocirca mihi ne hic quidem locus
intactus est omittendus, quod plures eruditorum aliam
esse dicendi rationem  aliam  scribendi putaverunt;
ideoque in agendo clarissimos quosdam nihil posteritati
mansurisque mox litteris reliquisse, ut Periclem, ut
Demaden; rursus alios ad componendum optimos, actionibus idoneos non fuisse, ut Isocraten; praeterea in 50
ageldo plus impetus plerumque et petitas vel paulo
licentius voluptates, commovendos enim esse ducendosque animos imperitorum; at quod libris dedicatur
et in exemplum editur, tersum ac limatum et ad legem
ac regulam compositum esse oportere, quia veniat in
manus doctorum et iudices artis habeat artifices. Quin 51
illi subtiles (ut similibus multis persuaserunt) magistri
Traod6etyvpa dicendo, ev7vplTqla scribendo esse aptius,




104             M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
tradiderunt, Mihi unum   atque idem  videtur bene
dicere ac bene scribere, neque aliud esse oratio scripta
quam monumentum actionis habitae. Itaque nullas
non, ut opinor, debet habere, virtutes dico, non vitia.
Nam   imperitis placere aliquando quae vitiosa sint,
52 scio. Quo different igitur? Quodsi mihi des consilium iudicum sapientum, perquam multa recidam ex
orationibus non Ciceronis modo sed etiam eiu, qui est
strictior multo, Demosthenis. Neque enim  affectus
omnnino movendi erunt, nec aures delectatione mulcendae, cum etiam prooemia supervacua esse apud tales
Aristoteles existimet; non enim trahentur his illi sapientes; proprie et significanter rem indicare, probatio53 nes colligere, satis est. Cure vero index detur ant populus aut ex populo, laturique sententiam  indocti
saepius atque interim rustici: omnia, quae ad obtinendum, quod intendimus, prodesse credemus, adhibenda
sunt; eaque et cum dicimus promenda et cum scribimus ostendenda sunt, si modo ideo scribimus, ut docea54i mus quomodo dici oporteat. An Demosthenes male
sic egisset, ut scripsit, aut Cicero? aut eos praestantissimos oratores alia re quam scriptis cognoscimus?
Melius egerunt igitur an peius?  Nam si peius: sic
potius oportuit dici, ut scripserunt; si melius: sic opor55 tuit scribi, ut dixerunt. Quid ergo? Semper sic aget
orator, ut scribet? Si licebit, semper. Quodsi impediant brevitate tempora a iudice data: multum ex eo,
quod potuit dici, recidetur; editio habebit omnia.
Quae antem secundum naturam iudicantium dicta sunt,
non ita posteris tradentur, ne videantur propositi fuisse
56 non temporis. Nam id quoque plurimum refert, quomodo audire iudex velit, atque eius vultus saepe ipse
rector est dicentis, ut Cicero praecipit. Ideoque instandum iis, quae placere intellexeris, resiliendum' ab
iis, quae non recipientur. Sermo ipse, qui facillime
iudicem  doceat, optandus. Nec id mirum sit, cum
57 etiam testium personis aliqua mutentur. Prudenter




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 1         10 105
enim, qui cum interrogasset rusticum testem, an Amphionem  nosset, negante eo, detraxit aspirationem
lbreviavitque secundam eius nominis syllabam, et ille
eum sic optime norat. Huiusmodi casus efficiunt, ut
aliquando dicatur aliter quam scribitur, cum dicere,
quomodo scribendum est, non licet.
Altera est divisio, quae in tres partes et ipsa disce- 58
dit, qua discerni posse etiam recte dicendi genera inter
se videntur. Namque unum subtile, quod aXvbov vocant, alterum grande atque robustum, quod d6pbv
dicunt, constituunt; tertium alii medium ex duobus
alii floricdum  (namque id dvrlpbv appellant) addiderunt.' Quorum tamen ea fere ratio est, ut primum 59
docendi, secundum mov'endi, tertium illud utrocunque
nomine delectandi sive conciliandi praestare videatur
officium; in docendo autem  acumen, in conciliando
lenitas, in movendo vis exigi videatur. Itaque illo
subtili praecipue ratio narrandi probandique consistet,
sed quod etiam detractis ceteris virtutibus suo genere
plenum. Mledius hic modus et translationibus crebrior 60
et figuris erit iucundior, egressionibus amoenus, compositione aptus, sententiis dulcis, lenior tamen ut amnis lucidus quidem sed virentibus utrinque sepibus
inumbratus. At ille, qui saxa devolvat et pontem in- 61
dignetur et ripas sibi faciat, multus et torrens iudicem
vel nitentem contra feret cogetque ire, qua rapiet.
Hic orator et defunctos excitabit ut Appium Caecum,
apud hunc et patria ipsa exclamabit, aliquandoque Ciceronem in oratione contra Catilinam in senatu alloquetur.  Hic et amplificationibus extollet orationem, 62
et in superlationem quoque erigetur.  Quae Charybdis
tamn vorax? et Oceanus medius fidius ipse. Nota
sunt enim iam studiosis haec lumina. Hic deos ipsos
in congressum prope suum   sermonemque deducet:
Vos enim Albani tumuli atque hlci; vos, inquam, Albanorum  obrutae arae, sacrorum  populi Romzani
sociae et aequales. Hic iram, hic misericordiam in5*




1 o~6        M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
spirabit, hi. dicet: Te vidit et appellavit et flevit; et
per omnes affectus tractatus hue atque illuc sequetur
63 nec doceri desiderabit. Quare si ex tribus his generibus necessario sit eligendum unum: quis dubitet hoc
praeferre omnibus et validissimum alioqui et maximis
64 quibusque causis accommodatissimum? Nam et Homerus brevem quidem cum iucunditate et propriam, id
enim est non deerrare verbis, et carentem supervacuis
eloquentiam Menelao dedit, quae sunt virtutes generis
illius primi; et ex ore Nestoris dixit dulciorem melle
profluere sermonem, qua certe delectatione nihil fingi
maius potest; sed summam aggressus in Ulixe facundiam magnitudinem illi iunxit; cui orationem nivibus
hibernis et copia verborum et impetu parem tribuit.
65 Cum hoc igitur nemo mortalium contendet; hunc ut
deum homines intuebuntur. Hanc vim et celeritatem
in Pericle miratur Eupolis, hanc fulminibus Aristophanes comparat, haec est vere dicendi facultas.
66    Sed neque his tribus quasi formis inclusa eloquentia
est. Nam   ut inter gracile validumque tertium aliquid constitutum est: ita horum intervalla sunt, atque
inter haec ipsa mixtum quiddam ex duobus medium
67 est eorum. Nain et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur, ut illud lene aut ascendit ad fortiora aut ad
tenuiora summittitur.  Ac sic prope innumerabiles
species reperiuntur, quae utique aliquo momento inter
se differant: sicut quattuor ventos generaliter a totidem mundi cardinibus accepimus flare, cum interim
plurimi medii et eorum varia nomina, et quidam
etiam regionum ac fluminum proprii, deprehenduntur.
68 Eademque musicis ratio est, qui, cum in cithara quinque constituerunt sonos, plurima deinde varietate complent spatia illa nervorum, atque his, quos interposuerunt, inserunt alios, ut pauci illi transitus multos gradus
habeant.
69    Plures igitur etiam eloquentiae facies, sed stultissi



INST. ORATOR. LEB. XII, 10.        107
mum quaerere, ad quam se recturus sit orator; cum
omnis species, quae modo recta est, habeat usum,
atque id ipsum omne sit oratoris, quod vulgo genus
dicendi vocant. Utetur.enim, ut res exiget, omnibus, nec pro causa modo sed pro partibus causae.
Nam ut non eodem modo pro reo capitis et in certa- 70
mine hereditatis et de.interdictis ac sponsionibus et de
certa credita dicet, sententiarum quoque in senatu et
contionum et privatorum consiliorum servabit discrimina, multa ex differentia personarum, locorum temporumque mutabit: ita in eadem oratione aliter conciliabit, non ex iisdem haustibus iram et misericordiam petet, alias ad docendum alias ad movendum adhibebit
artes. Non unus color prooemii, narrationis, argumen- 71
torum, egressionis, perorationis servabitur.  Dicet
idem graviter, severe, acriter, vehementer, concitate,
copiose, amare, comiter, remisse, subtiliter, blande,
leniter, dulciter, breviter, urbane; non ubique similis
sed ubique par sibi.  Sic fiet cum id, propter quod 72
maxime repertus est usus orationis, ut dicat utiliter et
ad efficiendum quod intendit potenter; tum laudem
quoque nec doctorum modo sed etiam   vulgi consequatur.
Falluntur enim plurimum, qui vitiosum et corrup- 73
tum dicendi genus, quod aut verborum licentia exultat
aut puerilibus sententiolis lascivit aut immodico tumore
turgescit aut inanibus locis bacchatur aut casuris, si
leviter excutiantur, flosculis nitet aut praecipitia pro
sublimibus habet aut specie libertatis insanit, magis
existimant populare atque plausibile. Quod quidem 74
placere multis nec infitior nec miror. Est enim iucunda auri ac favorabilis qualiscunque eloquentia et ducit
animos naturali voluptate vox omnis, neque aliunde illi
per fora atque aggerem circuli; quo minus mirum est,
quod nulli non agentium parata vulgi corona est. Ubi 75
vero quid exquisitius dictum accidit auribus imperitorum, qualecunque id, quod modo se ipsi posse despe



108             M. FAB. QUINTLIANI
rent, habet admirationem; neque immerito; nam ne
illud quidem facile est. Sed evanescunt haec atque
emoriuntur comparatione meliorum, ut lana tincta
fuco citra purpuras placet; at si contuleris Tyriae lacernae, conspectu melioris obruatur, ut Ovidius ait.
76 Si vero iudicium his corruptis acrius adhibeas ut fuciIis sulfura: iam ilIum, quo fefellerant, exuant mentiturn colorem et quadam vix enarrabili foeditate pallescant. Lucent igitur haec citra solem, ut quaedam
exigua animalia igniculi videntur in tenebris. Denique mala multi probant, nemo improbat bona.
77    Neque vero omnia ista, de quibus locuti sumus,
orator optime tantum sed etiam facillime faciet. Neque enim vim summam dicendi et admiratione dignam
infelix usque ad ultimum sollicitudo persequitur nec
oratorem macerat et coquit aegre verba vertentem et
perpendendis coagmentandisque eis intabescentem.
78 Nitidus ille et sublimis et locuples circumfluentibus
undique eloquentiae copiis imperat. Desinit enim in
adversa niti, qui pervenit in summum.   Scandenti
circa ima labor est; ceterum quantum processeris, mol79 lior clivus ac laetius solum. Et si haec quoque iam
lenius supina perseverantibus studiis evaseris: inde
fructus illaborati offerunt sese et omnia sponte proveniunt; quae tamen cotidie nisi decerpantur, arescunt.
Sed et copia habet m6dum, sine quo nihil nec laudabile nec salutare est, et nitor ille cultum virilem et in80 ventio iudicium. Sic erunt magna, non nimia; sublimia, non abrupta; fortia, non temeraria; severa, non
tristia; gravia, non tarda; laeta, non luxuriosa; iucunda, non dissoluta; grandia, non tumida. Similis in
ceteris ratio est ac tutissima fere per medium via, quia
utriusque ultimum vitium est.




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 11.       109
CONCLUSIO.
XI. His dicendi virtutibus usus orator in iudiciis,
consiliis, contionibus, senatu, in omni denique officio
boni civis finem quoque dignum et optimo viro et opere
sanctissimo faciet; non quia prodesse unquam satis sit
et illa fmente atque illa facultate praedito non optandum  operis pulcherrimi quam longissimum tempus,
sed quia decet hoc quoque prospicere, ne quid peius,
quam fecerit, faciat. Neque enim scientia modo con- 2
stat orator, quae augetur annis, sed voce, latere, firmitate; quibus fractis aut imminutis aetate seu valetudine cavendumn est, ne quid in oratore summo desideretur, ne intersistat fatigatus, ne quae dicet parum audiri
sentiat, ne se quaerat priorem. Vidi ego longe om- 3
nium, quos mihi cognoscere contigit, summum oratorem, Domitium Afrum valde senem, cotidie aliquid ex
ea, quam meruerat, auctoritate perdentem, cum agente
illo, quem principem- fuisse quondam fori non erat dubium, alii, quod indignum videatur, riderent, alii erubescerent; quae occasio fuit dicendi, malle eum deficere quam desinere.  Neque erant illa qualiacunque 4
mala sed minora. Quare antequam in has aetatis veniat insidias, receptui canet et in portum integra nave
perveniet.
Neque enim minores eum, cum id fecerit, studiorum
fructus prosequentur.  Aut ille monumenta rerum
posteris aut, ut L. Crassus in libris Ciceronis destinat,
iura quaerentibus reddet aut eloquentiae componet
artem  aut pulcherrimis vitae praeceptis dignum os
dabit. Frequentabunt vero eius domum optimi iuve- 5
nes more veterum et veram dicendi viam velut ex oraculo petent.  Hos ille formabit quasi eloquentiae
parens, et ut vetus gubernator litora et portus et, quae
tempestatum signa, quid secundis, flatibus quid adversis ratio poscat, docebit, non humanitatis solur  con



110             M. FAB. QUINTILIANI
6 muni ductus officio sed amore quodam opens. Nemo
enim minui velit id, in quo maximus fuit. Quid porro
est honestius quam docere quod optime scias? Sic ad
se Caelium deductum  a patre Cicero profitetur; sic
Pansam, Hirtium, Dolabellam in morem praeceptoris
7 exercuit cotidie dicens audiensque. Ac nescio an eum
tune beatissimum credi oporteat fore, cum iam secretus
et consecratus, liber invidia, procul contentionibus
famam in tuto collocarit et sentiet vivus earn, quae
post fata'praestari magis solet, venerationem et, quid
apud posteros futurus sit, videbit.
8    Conscius sum mihi, quantum mediocritate valui,
quaeque antea scierim, quaeque operis huiusce gratia
potuerim inquirere, candide me atque simpliciter in
notitiam eorum, si qui forte cognoscere voluissent, protulisse. Atque id viro bono satis est, docuisse quod
9 sciret. Vereor tamen, ne aut magna nimium videar
exigere, qui eundem'virum bonum esse et dicendi peritum velim; aut multa, qui tot artibus in pueritia discendis morum quoque praecepta et scientiam iuris
civilis praeter ea, quae de eloquentia tradebantur,
adiecerim; quique haec operi nostro necessaria esse
crediderint, velut moram rei perhorrescant et despe10 rent ante experimentum. Qui primum reiuntient sibi,
quanta sit humani ingenii vis, quam potens efficiendi
quae velit: cum maria transire, siderum cursus numerosque cognoscere, mundum   ipsum  paene dimetiri
minores sed difficiliores artes potuerint. Tum cogitent, quantam rem petant; quamque nullus sit hoc
11 proposito praemio labor recusandus. Quod si mente
conceperint: huic quoque parti facilius accedent, ut
ipsum iter neque impervium neque saltem durum putent. Nam id, quod prius quodque maius est, ut boni
viri simus, voluntate maxime constat; quam qui vera
fide induerit, facile easdem, quae virtutem docent, artes
12 accipiet.  Neque enim aut tam  perplexa, aut tam
numerosa sunt quae promuntur, ut non paucorum




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 11.      211
admodum annorum    intentione discantur.  Longam
enim facit operam, quod repugnamus; brevis est institutio vitae honestae beataeque, si credas. Natura
enim nos ad mentem optimam genuit, adeoque discere
meliora volentibus promptumest, ut vereintuenti mirum
sit illud magis, malos esse tam multos.  Nam ut aqua 13
piscibus, ut sicca terrenis, circumfusus nobis spiritus
volucribus convenit: ita certe facilius esse oportebat
secundum naturam quam contra ear vivere. Cetera
vero, etiamsi aetatem nostram non spatio senectutis
sed tempore adolescentiae metiamur, abunde multos ad
discendum annos habent. Omnia enim breviora reddet
ordo et ratio et modus. Sed culpa est in praeceptoribus 14
prima, qui libenter detinent quos occupaverunt, partim
cupiditate diutius exigendi mercedulas partim ambitione, quo difficilius sit quod pollicentur, partim etiam
inscientia tradendi vel negligentia. Proxima in nobis,
qui morari in eo quod novimus, quam discere quae
nondum scimus, melius putamus. Nam ut de nostris 15
potissimum  studiis dicam, quid attinet tam  multis
annis, quam in more est plurimorum (ut de his, a quibus magna in hoc pars aetatis absumitur, taceam) declamitare in schola et tantum laboris in rebus falsis
consumere, cum satis sit modico tempore imaginem
veri discriminis et dicendi leges comperisse? Quod 16
non dico, quia sit unquam omittenda dicendi exercitatio, sed quia non in una sit eius specie consenescendum. Cognoscere et praecepta vivendi perdiscere et
in foro nos experiri potuimus, dum scholastici sumus.
Discendi ratio talis, ut non multos annos poscat.
Quaelibet enim ex iis artibus, quarum habui mentionem, in paucos libros contrahi solet; adeo non est infinito spatio ac traditione opus. Reliqua est, quae
vires cito facit, cum fecit, tuetur, consuetudo. Rerum 1 7
cognitio cotidie crescit, et tamen quam multorum ad
eam librorum necessaria lectio est, quibus aut rerum
exempla ab historicis aut dicendi ab oratoribus petun



112            M. FAB. QUINTILIAdI
tur? Philosophorum quoque consultorumque opiniones, sicuti alia, velimus legere, nee, quod quidem potest, omnia. Sed breve nobis -tempus nos facimus.
18 Quantulum  enim studiis impartimur?   Alias horas
vanus salutandi labor, alias datum fabulis otium, alias
spectacula, alias conyivia trahunt. Adiice tot genera
ludendi et insanam corporis curam; trahat inde pere
grinatio, rura, calculorum anxiae sollicitudines, multae
causae libidinum. et vinum et flagitiosus omni genere
voluptatum  animus; ne ea quidem tempora idonea,
19 quae supersunt. Quae si omnia studiis impenderentur: iam. nobis longa aetas et abunde satis ad discendum spatia viderentur vel diurna tantum computantibus tempora; ut nilil noctes, quarum bona pars omni
somno longior est, adiuvarent.  Nunc computamus
20 annos, non quibus studuimus sed quibus viximus. Nec
vero si geometrae et grammatici ceterarumque artium
professores omnem suam vitam, quamlibet longa fuerit,
in singulis artibus consumpserunt, sequitur ut~ plures
quasdam vitas ad plura discenda desideremus. Neque
enim illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem sed ea
sola didicisse contenti fuerunt ac tot annos in utendo
non in percipiendo exhauserunt.
21    Ceterumn, ut de Homero taceam, in quo nullius non
artis aut opera perfecta aut certe non dubia vestigia
reperiuntur; ut Eleum Hippiam transeam, qui non liberalium modo disciplinarum prae se scientiam-tulit
sed vestem et anulum crepidasque, quae omnia manu
sua fecerat, in usu habuit, atque ita se praeparavit, ne
cuius alterius opere egeret: illusisse tot [malis], quot
summa senectus habet, universae Graeciae credimus,
Gorgian, qui quaerere auditores, de quo quisque vellet,
22 iubebat. Quae tandem ars digna litteris Platoni defuit?  Quot saeculis Aristoteles didicit, ut non solum,
quae ad philosophos atque oratores pertinent, scientia
complecteretur, sed animalium  satorumque naturas
omnes perquireret? Illis haec invenienda fuerunt,




INST. ORATOR. LIB. XII, 11.       113
nobis cognoscenda sunt. Tot nos praeceptoribus, tot
exemplis instruxit antiquitas, ut possit videri nulla
sorte nascendi aetas felicior quam nostra, cui docendae
priores elaborarunt. M. igitur Cato idem-summus im- 23
perator, idem sapiens, idem orator, idem historiae conditor, idem iuris, idem rerum rusticarum peritissimus
fuit; inter tot operas militiae, tantas domi contentiones,
rudi saeculo, litteras Graecas aetate iam declinata didicit, ut esset hominibus documento, ea quoque percipi
posse, quae senes concupissent. Quam multa, paene 24
omnia, tradidit Varro! Quod instrumentum dicendi
M. Tullio defuit? Quid plura? cum etiam Cornelius
Celsus, mediocri vir ingenio, non solum de his omnibus
conscripserit artibus sed amplius rei militaris et rusticae et medicinae praecepta reliquerit, dignus vel ipso
proposito, ut eum scisse omnia illa credamus.
At perficere tantum opus arduum, et nemo perfecit. 25
Ante omnia sufficit ad exhortationem studiorum, capere id rerum naturam, nec, quidquid non est factum,
ne fieri quidem posse; turn omnia, quae magna sunt
atque admirabilia, tempus aliquod quo primum efficerentur habuisse. Nam et poesis ab Homero et Vergi- 26
lio tantum fastigium accepit et eloquentia a Demosthene atque Cicerone. Denique quidquid est optimum,
ante non fuerat. Verum etiamsi quis summa desperet:
(quod cur faciat, cui ingenium, valetudo, facultas,
praeceptores non deerunt?) tamen est, ut Cicero ait,
pulchrum in secundis tertiisque consistere.  Neque 27
enim, si quis Achillis gloriam in rebus bellicis consequi
non potest, Aiacis aut Diomedis laudem aspernabitur,
nec qui Homeri non, Tyrtaei. Quin immo si hanc cogitationem homines habuissent, ut nemo se meliorem
fore eo, qui optimus fuisset, arbitraretur: hi ipsi, qui
sunt optimi, non fuissent, neque post Lucretium ac
Macrum Vergilius ne, post Crassum et Hortensium
Cicero sed nec illi, qui post eos fuerunt. Verum ut 28
transeundi spes non sit: magna tamen est dignitas




114       M. FAB. QUINTILIANI INST. ORATOR.
subsequendi. An Pollio et Messala, qui iam Cicerone
arcem tenente eloquentiae agere coeperunt, parum in
vita dignitatis habuerunt, parum ad posteros gloriae
tradiderunt?  Alioqui pessime de rebus humanis perductae in summum artes mererentur, si, quod opti29 mum, fuisset. Adde quod magnos modica quoque eloquentia parit fructus, ac, si quis haec studia utilitate
sola metiatur, paene illi perfectae par est. Neque erat
difficile vel veteribus vel novis exemplis palam facere,
non aliunde maiores opes, honores, amicitias, laudem
praesentem, futuram hominibus contigisse: nisi indignum litteris esset, ab opere pulcherrimo, cuius tractatus atque ipsa possessio plenissimam studiis gratiam
refert, hane minorem exigere mercedem, more eorum,
qui a se non virtutes sed voluptatem, quae fit ex vir30 tutibus, peti dicunt. Ipsam igitur orandi maiestatem,
qua nihil dii immortales melius homini dederunt, et
qua remota muta sunt omnia et luce praesenti ac memoria posteritatis carent, toto animo petamus nitamurque semper ad optima, quod facientes aut evademus
in summum aut certe multos infra nos videbimus.
31    Haec erant, Marcelle Victori, quibus praecepta dicendi pro virili parte adiuvari posse per nos videbantur, quorum cognitio studiosis iuvenibus si non magnam utilitatem afferet at certe, quod magis petimus,
bonam voluntatem.




OTE S.








NOTES
ON THE
INSTITUTIONS OF QUINTILIAN.
BOOK TENTI.
ON THE MEANS OF ACQUIRING ELOQUENCE.
THE Tenth Book is divided into seven chapters, the first of which discusses the
importance of reading as a means of acquiring command of language, and describes
a select course of reading best adapted to this end, both in Latin and Greek authors.
The second chapter treats of imitation, the third, fourth and fifth, of writing, the
sixth, of premeditation, and the seventh, of extemporary speaking.
CHAPTER I.
COMMAND OF LANGUAGE ATTAINED BY READING.
1-4 Writing reading and speaking as means of improvement. 5-14 The command
of words is to be attained by reading the best authors, and by hearing the best
orators. 15 These furnish actual examples instead of theories. 16-20 Wherein
hearing, wherein reading is preferable. 21, 22 Whom shall we read, and how? 23,
24 Speeches on both sides of questions. 25, 26 We must judge cautiously even of
the best authors. 27-30 The benefit to be derived from reading poets, 31-34 historians, 35, 36 philosophers. 37-46 A judicious course of reading will embrace also
recent authors, 47-51 THE GIEEK POETS. Heroic: Homer, 52 Hesiod, 53 Antimachus, 54 Panyasia, Apollonius, 55 Aratus, Theocritus, Pisander, Nicander,
Euphorion, Tyrtaeus, 56-58 Callimachus, Philetas. 59, 60 Iambic: Archilochus.
61 Lyric: Pindar, 62 Stesichorus, 63 Alcaeus, 64 Simonides. 65, 66 Early comic:
Aristophanes, Eupolis, Cratinus. Tragic: Aeschylus,, 6 68 Sophocles, Euripides.
69-72 Later comic: Menander, Philemon. 73 THE GREEK HISTORIANS.' Herodotus,
Thucydides, 74 Theopompus, Philistus, Ephorus, Clitarchus, 75 Timagenes. 76 Tur
GREEE ORATORS. Demosthenes, 77 Aeschines, Hyperides, 78 Lysias, 79 Isocrates, 80
Demetrius Phalereus. 81 THE GREEK PHILOSOPHERS. Plato, 82 Xenophon, 83 Aristotle, Theophrastus, 84 the Stoics. 85, 86 THE ROMAN POETS. Heroic: Virgil, 87
Macer, Lucretius, Varro Atacinus, 88 Ennius, Ovid, 89 Cornelius Severus, 90 Valerius
Flaccus, Saleius Bassus, Rabirius, Pedo, Lucan, 91, 92 Domitian. 93, 94 Elegiac:
Tibullus, Propertius, Ovid, Gallus. Satiric: Lucilius, Horace, Persius, 95 Varro.




118                            NOTES.
96 Iambic: Catullus, Bibaculus, Horace. Lyric: Horace, Caesius Bassus. 97, 98
Tragic: Accius, Pacuvius, Varius, Pomponius Secundus. 99, 100 Comic: Plautus,
Caecilius, Terentius, Afranius. 101-104 THE ROMAN HISTORIANS. Sallust, Livy,
Bervilius Nonianus, Aufidius Bassus. 105-112 TiH ROMAN ORATORS. Cicero, 113
Pollio, Messala, 114 Julius Caesar, 115 Caelius, Calvus, 116, 117 Servius Sulpicius,
Cassius Severus, 118 Domitius Afer, Julius Africanus, 119 Trachalus, Vibius Crispus,
Plancus, 120-122 Julius Secundus. 123,124 THE ROMAN PHILOSOPHERS. Cicero,
Brutus, Celsus, Plancus, Catius, 125-131 Seneca.
NOTES ON CHAPTER I.
(Grammatical references are made chiefly to the Latin grammars of Harkness,
Andrews & Stoddard, and Zumpt; designated respectively by the abbreviations
H., A. & S., and Z.)
1. Haec eloqucndi praecepta. The reference is to the rhetorical, or
stylistic principles taught in the eighth and ninth books.
Sicut-ita.  These particles, and also ut-ita, frequently express the
relation of'though-yet.'
Cognitioni is theoretical knowledge, as opposed to vim   dicendi, or
actual oratorical power; which depends not only on this knowledge of
rhetorical principles, but also on the attainment of a fixed and easy
habit of expression (kct), formed by the study of the best authors, and
by the practice of writing and speaking.
2. Citra is frequent in the sense of sine.
Fluit has the signification of fluitat or fluctuat; as in 7th. bk. praef. 3:
oratio, carens hac virtute, tumultuetur necesse est, et sine rectorejluitet.
In procineta. Ready for battle; here in a figurative sense not found
in Cicero.
Qnae (dicenda). What we are to say, is. ascertained by "invention";
quo modo dicenda refers to elocutio, or "style."
3. Protinus.  At once, or, "at the very first."  That which is most
essential and most characteristic, is not necessarily the first thing in the
order of studies.
Ante omnia. i.e. in importance.
Proximam imitationem (fuisse). The construction is the same as that
of initium fuisse. Imitation was next (in the history of the art.)
Imitatio involves in itself both'reading' and'hearing.'    Comp.
Chap. 2.
4. Athleta. Instead of the fuller expression, orator noster, velut athleta.
Numeros. Elements, parts, or principles.  In palaestric exercises, the
different movements of the body and limbs appear to have been designated
by certain numbers; and, perhaps, were called off by the master,, as in a
modern fencing school.  Comp. XII, 2, 12. See Forcell. art. numerus.
Qni sdeet, (et qui) perceperit. In books of instruction, the future is




NOTES.                          119
often used instead of the subjunctive, in relative clauses. Comp. ~~ 5, 10,
13, 17, 22, 33, etc.
Verba. Object of the gerunds. The whole of the foregoing treatise on
invention, arrangement, elocution, and composition, is briefly indicated in
the clauses qui sciet, (qui)perceperit.
7. Congregat-occupet. Quintilian often leaves an indefinite personal
subject to be understood.  Here,'the orator.'  Comp. chap. 2, 24;
7, 4, 25.
9. Scriptores-iamborum. Archilochus was the most famous of these.
Archilochumproprwo rabies armavit iambo.  Horace, Ars Poet. 79. Some
of the epodes of Horace illustrate this style of satiric writing.
10. Formas mensurasque. Their forms and proportions; the character
of words, in respect to sound, and quantity of syllables, regulating their
position in sentences.
Iussu regum. The experiment of the Egyptian Psammeticus seems to
be alluded to, as related in Herod. 2, 2.
11. Alia. Supply verba. Vocibus here relates to the form, or sound,
of the terms; verba to their sense.
Nihil significationis intersit. It makes no difference as to the sense:
so VII, 2, 20: nihil interest actionum. The more usual construction here
would be adsignifcationem. See H. 408, 4; A. & S. 219, R. 3; Z. 450.
12. Nam. Some sentence is often to be supplied before this particle,
as here:'And we carry the trope still farther.'
14. Inter se idem facitnt. Reciprocally yield the same idea; perform
the same ofice.
15. Ut-ita. See note on ~ 1.
Hoc —quia. For this reason-because.
16. Alia-adiuvant. Some (benefits) attend more those who hear; others
those who read. Hearing and reading have each their peculiar advantages.
Ambitn,  By the ozline.
ludicii. The trial. It should be remembered that Quintilian has
chiefly in mind throughout this treatise, the judicial orator.
17. Docent. Afford instruction.
lle clamor. Idlers were often employed, for a fee, to applaud the speakers in the courts. See Quint. IV, 2, 37. The younger Pliny in Epistle
2, 14, expresses his disgust at the practice.
20. Nonnisi, in the later Latin, becomes an adverb equivalent to tantum,
and is properly written as one word.
Quoque is quite frequent in Quint. in the sense of eiam.
21. Summa. The last; opposed to prima.
23. Tuberonis, Hortensii. Supply oratio.
Calidius  One of the younger Orators mentioned by Cicero in the' Brutus,' 274.
Celsus. See ~ 124.




120                          NOTES.
24. Dormitare. No passage can be found in which Cicero actually
applies this term to Demosthenes, though in the Orator, 104, he remarks
that even Demosthenes does not always satisfy his ear; non semper implet
aures meas; which Quintilian may have regarded as implying a similar idea
to that expressed by Horace in respect to Homer: quandoque bonus dormitatHomerus. Ars Poet., 359. It is probable, however, that the quotation, as in XII, 2, 23, is from some work of Cicero no longer extant.
25. Putant, putent. Such apparent negligence in the close repetition
of words and phrases is not unfrequent in Q. Comp. above ~~ 22, 23,
quin etiam.
27. Theophrastus. See~ 83. Spiritus. liveliness.
Decor. propriety: id quod decet. See Hor. A. P. 157.
Cicero-putat. See orat. pro Archia, 6: an tu existimas —fere animos tantam posse contentionem, znisi eos doctrina eadem relaxemus.
28. Genus. Kind (of literature, or composition). Supply esse.
So   -ola-oluptatem. This is somewhat opposed to the idea of Horace.
Ars Poet., 333; Aut prodesse volunt, aut delectarepoetae.
Patrocinio. Excuse, or indulgence.
29. Alligata. Supplypoesis.
Mutare verba. To change the signification of words, or to use them
figuratively.
Extendere, and eorripere, have reference to diaeresis, synaeresis, and
the other modes of lengthening and contracting words.
Convertere refers to the transposition of words; dividere to the separation of those which are grammatically connected, and perhaps also to the
incsis.
31. Carmen solutum. A poem in prose; not alligata adpedum necessitatemn.  Oratio soluta is a common phrase for prose.
Pugnam. That is, the contest of the forum; pugna forensis. Cicero
and Quintil. frequently use this metaphor.
32. Ildicem saepius jneruditum. Those who were learned in the law,
commonly acted as bounsellors, and advocates. The Roman judices were
appointed by the praetor, or assigned by lot, for the decision of particular
cases, generally without regard to education, or legal qualification. See
Smith's Diet. of Antiq. judex.
Lactea nbertas. These words denote the qualities expressed in II, 5,
19, by candidissimus, and maxime expositus; and in ~ 101, by clarissimi
candoris; purity and fluency.
33. Bellicum canere. The words are from the Orator, 12, 39. Ore
MeIsas, etc. Orator, 19. 62.
Existimet. For the subjunctive after quanquam see H. 516, 2; A. & S.
263, 2, 4; Z. 574, n.
In his esse. Pertain to these. His is opposed to digressionibus; signifying these things which are the real argument, or quaestio.




NOTES.                           121
Demetrius.. See ~ 80. Cic. Brut. 9, 38; Hic (Demetrius) primus in.
/lexit orationem et earn mollem teneramque reddidit.
Bene facere. To be advantageous.
34. Sumat.  Ut is omitted.
35. UIt essent-factum est. H. 558,IV; A. & S. 273, b; Z. 618.
Altercationibus. Debates, or interrogatories; a kind of judicial sparring between the opposing advocates, instead of the regular and continuous
speech. Quint. (VI. 4, 2), calls this proceeding actio brevis, as opposed to
actio perpetua, or uninterrupted pleading. It demanded great acuteness and
ready wit.
Socratiei. The writers of Socratic dialogues; Plato, Xenophon, and
Aeschines. Comp. ~ 83.
36. In rebus iisdem. i.e. questions of right and wrong, good and
bad, &c.
Disputationum. Philosophical discussions.
Periculorum. Trials involving either life or property.
37. Qui siut. Supply legendi; or, ii, quos maxime legendos censeanm.
Persequi. To describe fully.
38. Si-philosophos. Supply persequar.
Et ills. Also those (contemporaries of Cicero).
39. Apud Livium. This Epistle of Livy, the historian, to his son, is
also referred to by Quint. in II. 5, 20, and VIII. 2, 18.
40. Indieii summa. My opinion on the whole, or in general; as opposed
to the idea of any minute description of individual authors.
41. Qui-speraverit. The text here is probably corrupt.
Partis is an objective, and posteritatis a subjective genitive, both limiting memoriam. The sense is, the future memory (memory of futurity) of
somepart (of his work). H. 397, 2; A. & S. 211, R. 10; Z. 423, n. The
passage may be rendered, who has not hoped even with the smallest confidence
for the memory of some part (of his work) hereafter. Thus we shall find
some portion of almost every work written with sufficient care to repay
the reading of it. Others join partis with fiducia.
Detrimento. Ablat. of price.
42. Phrasin. Style or Elocutio. See g 87, and VII. 1, 1.
43. Laseivia. Meretricious style.
44. Pressa. Cmompact.
Tenuia. Terse; devoid of all superfluity.
Compositi. Smooth, or harmonious; i. e. from its rhythmical structure.
45. Genera ipsa. The author's purpose is not to describe all the wri-.
ters of merit individually, (see above ~ 37), but the classes themselves or
particular sorts, which will be useful to the orator.
Existimem.. 01; A. & S. 264, 1, (b); Z. 558.
46. Aratus. The quotation is from  the poem   of Aratus, entitled
patwvzeva, beginning with these words:'EK Ato' a&pX6/ueaOa. Quint.
6




122                          NOTES.
begins with those Greek poets who wrote chiefly hexameters and pentame.
ters. These are embraced in ~~ 46-58.
Ex oceano, etc. From the Iliad XXT. 195:'EW obirep 7ravrec 7rorayo'
etc.
Laetus. Rich in ornament; flowery.
48. Affectus-eoncitatos. The rhetoricians designated the more powerful emotions, as a class, by the term ardOog; the milder, or affectus mites,
by iWog. Comp. ~~ 13, 101.
Utriusque operis. The Iliad and Odyssey. Horace quotes the introduction to the latter in the Ars Poetica, 140, sqq.
49. Qui-exponit. See II. XVIII, 20, and IX. 525, sqq.
Signa. Sensible proofs, or external appearances; as cruenta vestis,
clamor, color, etc.
Cetera. Bonnell supplies instrumenta.  Zumpt retains the reading
found in all the manuscripts: quae probandi ac refutandi sunt; and also
supplies instrumenta.
50. Priami-preelbus. I. XXIV, 486, sqq.
Nam. Elliptical. Homer furnishes happy examples for every part of
a regular discourse; for what closing appeal can ever be compared, &c.?
Magui sit. It is (a matter) of great worth. Some manuscripts read
magni viri.
51. Clarissima comparatio. The comparison is most obvious, or, the contrast is the most striking.
52. Besiodus lived about a hundred years after Homer.
Circa. In respect to. So often.
Sententiae. Proverbs, aphorisms, or fine thoughts.
Comlpositionis. The arrangement of words with reference to smoothness and harmony. Before probabilis supply est. See also note on compositi, ~ 44.
ledio genere. There are three kinds of style, or genera dicendi; the
simple (tenue or subtile); the grand (amplum, grande, ornatum); and the
intermediate (medium, suave). Cic. Orat. 20 sq.
53. hntimacho lived about 405 B. C. He wrote an Epic poem entitled
Thebais.
Secundas (partes). As compared with Homer.
Grammaticorum. This term was applied to the most learned critics
and commentators, such as Aristarchus among the Greeks, and Gnipho, or
Hyginus, among the Romans.
Proximum. He is secundus who is removed only one step, as it were;
but We is proximus between whom and the first, however distant, no one
intervenes; as Cic. Brut. 173; L. Philippus proximus accedebat, sed longo
intervalloproximus. Comp. Virg. Aen. V. 320. It is implied that the
critics would have spoken more accurately if they had called him the next,
instead of the second.




NOTES.                           123
54. Panyasin. Panyasis of Halicarnassus flourished 490 B. C. He
wrote a heroic poem on the deeds of Hercules.
Utroque refers to Hesiod and Antimachus.
Apollonius, surnamed Rhodius, the author of the " Argonautics," was
born at Alexandria, but obtained the citizenship of Rhodes. He was
Librarian at Alexandria B. C. 196.
Aristophanes and Aristarehus were both eminent critics, and both in
charge of the Alexandrian Library; the former B. C. 264, the latter B. C.
150. To them are due the catalogues, or canons, which classify the
Grecian poets.
Aequali mediocritate. Not in a disparaging sense. In an even and well
attempered style.
55. Arati. Aratus, of Soli, in Cilicia, lived at the court of King Antigonus Gonatus of Macedon, B. C. 270. His astronomical poem, entitled.atv4ueva ical Atoa;/leZa, is still extant; and also parts of the Latin translations made by Cicero, and by Caesar Germanicus.
Theocritus, the most distinguished of the writers of Idyls, flourished at
Syracuse, B. C. 275.
56. Pisandros, of Rhodes, author of a poem on the exploits of Hercules,
probably lived about B. C. 645.
Nicandrum. Nicander lived at the court ofAttalus, King of Pergamus,
about B. C. 150.
Frustra.  Without good reason.
Euphorionem. Euphorion of Chalcis flourished in the time of Antiochus the Great, B.C. 225. The passage of Virgil referred to is Eel. X, 50:
Chalcidico quae sunt mihi condita versu, Carmina, pastoris Siculi modulabor
avena.
Tyrtacum. Tyrtaeus was a statesman, soldier, and poet. He is generally supposed to have been an Athenian by birth, though by some considered a Lacedaemonian.   At any rate, he became a leader of the
Lacedaemonians in the second Messenian War, about B. C. 680, and
greatly contributed to their success by his wise counsels, and his battle
songs.
57. Ut qui dixerim. See ~ 40 sq. For the mode see H. 519, 1; A. &
S. 264, 8, 2; Z. 565.
lam —iribus. Comp. ~ 131.
58. Callimaclhus of Cyrene, flourished at Alexandria, as a Member of the
Museum, and librarian of the Alexandrian Library, B. C. 260.
Pbiletas, of Cos, was instructor of Ptolemy Philadelphus; he died
about B. C. 290.
59. Sed dum assequimur. But wiile we are attaining; as opposed to
the foregoing iam perfectis viribus, and tune, the time when we shall be permitted to take up the minor poets.
Firmam facilitatem. See ~ 1.




124                          NOTES.
Color. A frequent figure for style, or characteristic diction. Comp.
~ 116; and chap. 6, ~ 5.
Ex tribus. The other two are Simonides of Samos, and Hipponax.
Unus. For the superlative with unus, see A. & S. 127, n. 2; Z. 691.
Archilohlus of Paros, about B. C. 700. See n. above on ~ 9.
60. Elocutionis. Expression, or:pdatl.
Qirod quoquam, etc. That he is inferior to any one, is the fault rather
of his subject, than of his talents. For this usage of quisquam see A. & S.
207, 31, b; Z. 709, b.
61. Novem. Of the nine Grecian lyrists, those not mentioned here are
Bacchylides, Ibycus, Anacreon, Aleman, and Sappho.
Horatius. See Hor. 0. 4, 2, 1, sqq.
62. Stesichorns, of Himera, in Sicily. B. C. 608.
Canentem, sustinentem. The accus. agrees with eum, or Stesichorum,
to be supplied after ostendunt. The nominat., Stesichorus, here, is the reading of all the manuscripts.
63. Aleaeus, of Mitylene, in Lesbos, B. C. 600.
Aureo plectro. See Hor. 0. 2, 13, 26.
Tyrannos. They were Myrsilus, and Pittacus. Comp. Hor. O. 2, 13,
26, sq. That portion of the poems of Alcaeus (parte operis), which describes the ten years' civil war, in which he was engaged, was called
rTactOroTca.
Sed et Insit. But he also composed trifles. Comp. Hor. O. 1, 32:'enerem et illi Semper haerentem puerum canebat, Et LyuMn, sq.
64. Simonides, of Cos, B. C. 500; to be distinguished from the iambist
Simonides of Samos, mentioned in note on ~ 59.
Tennis alioqui. Though meagre in other respects. He lacked the
copiousness and force which would render him profitable to the Orator.
In pathos, in commovenda miseratione, Dionysius regards him as superior
even to Pindar.
65. Antiqua comoedia. The "old comedy," as opposed to the "new."
Comp. note on ~ 69.
Facundissimae libertatis. Spald. regards this as a genitive of quality,
to be translated with the present participle, being; (the ancient comedy)
being of (or possessing) the most out-spoken freedom; i. e. of the greatest
freedom of speech. Wolff and others have adopted the reading facundis.
simae libertatis est, et insectandis, etc.
Praecipua.'2lost conspicuous.
Jlla. Supplypoesis.
lit Aehillem. See II. II. 673.
66. Aristophanes, the most famous of the Greek comic poets, flourished
at Athens, B. C. 420.
Cratinus was older than Aristophanes; Eupolis was of'about the same
age. Horace associates the three names in Sat. 1, 4, 1.




NOTES.                           125
Aesclylus. B.C. 525-456.
Ineompositus. Inharmonious. Not well put together in respect to
euphony.
Correctas eius fabulas. Boeckh regards this statement as unfounded.
In certamen. Into competition, namely, for the tragic prize.
67. Sophocles, Euripides. The former was born B. C. 495, the latter,
fifteen years later.
68. Cothurnus. A metonymy for tragic style.
Sententlis densus. Crowded with thoughts, or maxims. Euripides had
been trained in philosophy by Anaxagoras, and in rhetoric by Prodicus.
69. Menander, of Athens, called princeps novae comoediae, lived from
342, to 291 B. C. Only fragments are now extant of his numerous plays,
the character of which may be partially understood from those of Terence,
his Roman imitator. Of his imitation of Euripides, Schlegel, quoted
in Smith's Diet. of Anc. Biogr. Art. Menander remarks: " Euripides
was the forerunner of the New Comedy; the poets of this species
admired him especially, and acknowledged him for their master. Nay,
so great is this affinity of tone and spirit between Euripides and the
poets of the New Comedy, that apothegms of Euripides have been ascribed to Menander, and vice versa.  On the contrary, we find among
the fragments of Menander maxims of consolation which rise in a striking
manner even into the tragic tone."
70. Nee nihil viderunt. Nor have (those critics) lacked discrimination.
Charisli. Charisius was an Athenian orator, a contemporary of
Demosthenes.
In opere sno. In his own work, i.e. in his comedies themselves,
Menander seems to be proved an orator.
Dlala. Praedicate adjective; supply sunt.
Indicia. Judicial arguments.
Epitrepontes, Epideros, etc. Greek titles of some of the comedies of
Menander.
leditationes. School speeches, or declamations; preparatory to judicial pleading.
Numeris. Not rhythms, or measures here, but parts, or elements; as
in ~ 91.
71. Declanatoribus. Students in the schools of rhetoric, who, in the
advanced part of their course, were exercised in controversies, controversiae,
or legal arguments, of every possible character. These exercises were not
unlike those of the "moot courts," in our present law schools.
Plures subire personas. To assume many characters, i. e., to represent
them in declamation. The following genitives limit personas understood,
in apposition with the foregoing personas.
Decor. See n. on ~ 27.
72. Fulgore quodam-tenebras obduxit. He has drawn a shadow over




126                          NOTES
them, (iis) made them seem dark, by the brightness, as it were, of his own
glory.
Philemon, of Soli, or, as some say, of Syracuse. He was a little older
than Menander, although he died some years later.
llerult. Not simply has deserved, but has won the credit. Comp.
~~94, 116.
73. Candidus. See n. on ~ 32.
Thueydides.. C. 425.
Herodotus. B. C. 450.
Affectibus. See n. on ~48.
Sermonibus. In conversations.
74. Theopompus, of Chios, born B. C. 378.  He was a disciple of
Isocrates, by whose advice he wrote the "Hellenics," and "Philippics," two
historical works not now extant. His orations were chiefly panegyrics.
Praedietis=antea (supra) dictis.
Sollicitatus. Namely, by his teacher, Isocrates.
Philistus. An* eminent historian of Syracuse, and also a powerful
supporter of the Dionysii. He died by his own hand, in B. C. 356.
Meretur. In the sense of dignus est, and, hence, here followed by the
subjunctive in the relative clause.
Aliquatenus. Post-Augustan for aliquanto.
Ephorus, of Cumae, died B. C. 333. He was under the instruction of
Isocrates, at the same time with Theopompus. His great historical work,
which has been lost, embraced the history both of Greeks and barbarians,
from the return of the Heraclidae, to B. C. 341.
75. Clitareh. Clitarchus accompanied Alexander the Great on his expeditions, and wrote a history of them. B. C. 336.
Timagenes, of Alexandria, was brought as a prisoner to Rome, in B. C.
55; where he afterwards taught rhetoric, and wrote histories under the
patronage of Augustus; though finally driven from the city in consequence
of speaking too boldly of the members of the imperial family.
Historias. Historicalworks. So the plural, ~ 34. The singular number usually denotes history as a genus; comp. ~~31, 73, 74, 101, 102;
seldom a single narrative. Bonnell.
Xenophon. Distinguished both for historical and philosophical works.
B.C. 400. See ~ 82.
76. Ut cum. Since, indeed. So frequently in Quint. The earlier form
was quippe cum, or utpote cum.  See Cic. Ep. ad Att. 10, 3, and ad famil.
10, 32, 4.
Aetas una. Cic. Brut. 36: fHuic (Demostheni) Hyperides proximus et
Aeschines fuit et Lycurgus et Dinarchus et is, cuius nulla extant scripta,
Demades, aliique plures. Haec enim aetas efudit hanc copiam. The five
orators not mentioned here by Quint. are, probably, Antiphon, Andocides,
Isaeus, Lycurgus, and Dinarchus. The ten great orators flourished in the
early part, and middle, of the fourth century B. C.




NOTES.                           127
Modus. Due measure, or right proportion.
77. Grandiori similis. kLie a greater (orator); seeming like some one
greater, though only at the first sight.
Lacertoram. A frequent metaphor to indicate oratorical strength.
In Lysia saepe sunt etiam lacerti, sic ut fieri nihil possit valentius. Cic.
Brut. 64. As opposed to carnis it may be rendered here by' sinews.'
78. Docere. "Three things are to be effected by the orator: he
should instruct (docere), please (delectare) and powerfully move (vehementius
novere)."  Cic. Brut. 185.
79. Palaestrae quamn pugnae. His eloquence was rather adapted to
attract applause at exhibitions than to win causes in the courts. Comp.
~ 29, ad fin.
Veneres. Charms; a usage of the word taken from the poets.
Nee immerito. And not without good reason.
Auditorlis, Lecture room. Comp. ~ 36.
Honesti. The noble or refined (in diction).
Compositione. See n. on ~ 52. Isocrates was the first who treated
of the principles of oratorical rhythm or harmony. See Cic. Brut. 32.
80. Phalerea Demetrium. Demetrius of Phalerus had command of
Athens under Cassander, B. C. 317-307. He was eminent as a statesman,
orator, and poet. The ten orators alluded to in ~ 76 do not include
Demetrius.
Illum. He has been mentioned in ~ 33.
Inclinasse. Cicero, in Brut. 38, says that Demetrius was the first
who enfeebled (inflexit) the style of Athenian eloquence.
Mledio. See n. on ~ 52.
81. M. Tullins. See Orator, 3, 12.
Pedestrem.   reoyv 24yov. The term as descriptive of prose was first
used by Horace. See 0. 2, 12, 9. Cicero's expression is oratio soluta.
See Brut. 32.
82. Xenopihontis. See n. on ~ 75.
Peridle. Cic. Brut. 59: sreti46-quam deam in Pericli labris scripsir
Eupolis sesitavisse.
83. Socraticorum. See n. on ~ 35.
Aristotelem. B. C. 384-322.
InYentionum. The sense here is the same as that of the singular
number.
Nam. See n. on ~ 12.
Theophrasto. Theophrastus of Lesbos, born B. C. 371, succeeded
Aristotle as the head of the peripatetic school at Athens, where he died in
B.C. 287. The story of his name being changed from    Tyrtamus to
Theophrastus on account of the divine beauty of his style, Oeareatov
opaaeow, is probably a fancy of his biographers.
85. Dederit. May afford. A polite form of statement, less positive




128                         NOTES.
than the indicative, and frequent in Quintilian.  See H. 485; A. & S. 260
R. 4; Z. 527.
Elins generis. i. e. of the heroic class.
Proximus. Scil. Homero.
86. Afro Domitio. Domitius Afer was the teacher of Quintilian on his
first visit to Rome. See introduction, page 8. Also ~ 118.
Vergilius. This is the more correct orthography.
UJt-ita. See n. on ~ 1. Cesserimus does not depend on ut, but is a
subjunctive used indefinitely for cedendun est. So Spalding.
Eminentibus. In striking passages.
Vincimsur. The first person plural here implies that in this rivalry for
poetic fame the Roman nationality is represented by Virgil. We, iL
the person of our poet, are surpassed. See the same usage of the first
person plural in ~~ 93, 99, 107.
Aequalitate.  Uniform excllence. Virgil never falls below himself.
87.  acer. Aemilius Macer, a friend of Ovid, born at Verona, died
three years after Virgil, B. C. 16. His lost poem on birds, snakes, and
plants, was an imitation of the Theriaca of Nicander.
Lucretius. L. Lucretius Carus, author of the celebrated poem de
rerum natura, which embodies the Epicurean system of nature. He lived
probably from 95 to 51 B. C.
Atacinus Varro. P. Terentius Varro Atacinus, a native of Gallia Narbonensis, flourished towards the end of the republic, and obtained reputation as a poet chiefly on account of his translation of the Argonautica of
Apollonius, and the Jaenomena of Aratus.   He also wrote a poem
entitled Belhim Sequanicum.
88. Ennium. Quintus Ennius, born at Rudiae in Calabria, B. C. 239,
died at Rome B. C. 169. He may be styled the father of Roman literature,
and especially of Roman poetry. The most famous of his poems was a
Roman history in Latin hexameters, called the Annales. Only fragments
of his works are preserved.
Robota may here be translated' trunks.'
Lasivus. Here'trivial.'
Ovidins. P. Ovidius Naso of Sulmo. B. C. 43-A. D. 18. His Meta
morphoses are in heroic metres; herois (versibus).
89. Cornelius Severus was a contemporary of Ovid, who addressed to
him one of the epistles written in Pontus. He did not live to complete the
Bellum Siculum.
Ut est dictum. i. e. by the critics.
Secunduma locum. The second place among Roman epic poets; Virgil
holding the first.
90. Valerio Flacco. Valerius Flaccus, who flourished during the
reign of Vespasian, was a friend of Martial. His unfinished poem, the
Argonautics, is still extant.




NOTES.                          129
Salei Bassi. Saleius Bassus lived at the same period as the foregoing. He is warmly praised in the Dialogue de Orat. 5.
Rabirius ac Pedo. C. Rabirius, and C. Pedo Albinovanus were both
contemporaries of Ovid, by whom their talents were highly estimated.
Lucanus.,M. Annaeus Lucanus of Corduba (Cordova), author of the
Pharsalia, nephew of the philosopher Seneca. He was born A. D. 38, and died
by the command of Nero for participation in the conspiracy of Piso, A. D. 65.
91. Germanicum Augustum. Quintilian here speaks of the emperor
Domitian. His affected love of letters, and especially his pretensions to
poetic talent it was fashionable during his life time to eulogize. He wrote
a poem on the war conducted by his father and brother in Judea. The
translation of Aratus, sometimes ascribed to him, was more probably the
work of Germanicus the son of Drusus.
Donate imperio. Having given up the imperial power. Namely, to his
father Vespasian and his brother Titus. For Tacitus says that, after he
became emperor, he did not hesitate to boast publicly in the senate Et
patri se etfratri imperium dedisse. Tac. Hist. 4, 86.
Numeris. See n. on ~ 70.
Sic gerit. The reference is to his pretended victory over the Chatti,
which Tacitus speaks of with so much contempt. See Tac. Agr. 39.
Deae. In honor of the muses Domitian instituted quinquennial contests
in music, poetry, and eloquence on the Capitoline hill, over which he presided in person. Suet. Domit. 4. This festival, called the Agon Capitolinus, continued down to the fifth century. See Merivale, Rome und. the
emp. vol. 7. p. 163.
iBamiliare. "Domitian affected to believe that he was the special
favorite of Minerva. He founded annual contests in her honor at his
Alban villa, and in these, too, he combined poetry and rhetoric with musical and gymnic exhibitions."  Merivale, as above.
92. Inter vietrices. The words are quoted from the Eclogue addressed to Pollio. See Virg. Ecl. 8, 13.
93. Elegia quoque. i. e. not only in epic poetry, but also in elegy.
Provocaimus. See n. on vincinmur, ~ 86.
Tibullus, Albius Tibullus, a Roman knight, born B. C. 59 or 54, died
B. C. 18, the year after Virgil's death.
Propertilum. Sextus Aurelius Propertius was a contemporary of
Tibullus.
Ovidins. See n. on ~ 88.
Lascivior here, as in ~ 88, describes a quality of the style of Ovid. It
is deficient in nerve and masculine strength. Durior stands in contrast
with lascivior.
Gallus. Cornelius Gallus was born at Forum Julii (Frejus) in Gaul
about B. C. 66. He distinguished himself as a poet and orator, and also as
a general under Augustus. Falling under the displeasure of the emperor
6*




130                         NOTES.
he put an end to his own life in B. C. 26. Ovid, Trist. 4, 10, 5, pronounces
him the first of Roman elegists. He has -been adopted as the hero of
Becker's Gallus.'
Satira nostra. "Satire both in its form and aim, as presented in
Roman literature, was wholly unknown to the Greeks."   Bernhardy,
Gesch. der R. L. p. 494.
Lucilius. Caius Lucilius of Suessa Auruncorum, a Roman knight
B.C. 148-103.
94. Dissentio. Quintilian considers the passages in Horace Sat. 1, 4,
11 and 1, 10, 50, as conveying an unjust censure.
Horatius. Q. Horatius Flaccus, B. C. 65-8.
Persius. A. Flaccus Persius of Volaterra, a Roman knight. A. D.
34-62. His six satires are still extant.
Snt —nominabuntur. There are illustrious (satirists) not only flouris7h
ing to-day, but who will also have a name hereafter. On the connection indicated by que and et, see Z. 338. Comp. also ~ 122. It is not known
what contemporary poets Quintilian has in mind.
95. Alterum-mixtum. There was before the time of Lucilius a
species of satire consisting of different kinds of verses. M. Terentius
Varro (of Reate, B. C. 116-27) composed (condidit) satires, styled Menippean, in which he employed not only this variety of metres, but also a
mixture of prose and verse, and that too both in Latin and Greek words.
But few fragments of these are in existence. Of the other works of Varro,
numbering about 500, there are now extant only the three books de re
rustica, and some portions of the treatise de lingua Latina.
Prius is an adjective here: former, earlier. Lucilius (~ 98) is called the
first of the satirists because he gave to this species of writing its fixed
form as adopted by Horace, Persius and Juvenal, and known by distinction
as'Satire.' But Quintilian is reminded, by the mention of Satire, of that
earlier style of composition, that mixture, or'olla podrida,' which was
originally meant by the term satura, or satira.
96. Iambus. See ~ 59.
Celebratus. Cultivated or employed.
Quibusdam iterpositus. (Though) intermingled by certain (Roman
poets), i. e. by certain Roman poets the Archilochian Iambus was made
to alternate with other metres. For the dat. of the agent, see H. 388;
A. &S. 225,II; Z.419.
Catallo. Q. Valerius Catullus of Verona, born B. C. 87.
Bibaculo. M. Furius Bibaculus was born at Cremona B. C. 99.
]liU refers to iambus. Though the epode, or added line (i. e. here, the
verse of different metre alternating with the iambus) interrupts the iambus,
it does not diminish its pungency (acerbitas).
(aesius Bassus, to whom Persius addressed his sixth satire, perished in
his villa in the eruption of Vesuvius, A. D. 79.




NOTES.                          131
Viventium. Perhaps Statius is one of these; as his Sylvae are poems
of a lyrical character.
97. Veternm. In contrast with the later poets, Varius and Ovid,
presently mentioned.
Attins. L. Attius, or Accius, B. C. 170-84.
Pacuvius. M. Pacuvius of Brundusium, probably a nephew of
Ennius. He was born B. C. 220 and died about B. C. 130.
98. Iam, Here a particle of transition.
Varii. L. Varius, one of the most cultivated men, and one of the best
poets of the Augustan age. He was the intimate friend of Virgil and
Horace.
Graeearunm  Supply tragoediarum
Viderim. See H. 501; Z. 559. The indicative is also used; as, XII,
10,11: in iis, quos ipsi vidimus.
Pomponius Secundus. A distinguished poet and general in the time
of Tiberius, Caligula and Claudius. He is praised highly by Pliny the
elder and by Tacitus.
99. Claudieamus. See n. on vincimur, ~ 86.
Aelii Stilonis  A Roman knight who devoted his life to the study of
the Roman poets, and to the training of the young men of his time in
letters and eloquence. Varro and Cicero were among those on whom his
instructions made a lasting impression.
Sententia. See A. & S. 249.
Caeilium. Statius Caecilius died about B. C. 168.
Terentii,  P. Terentius Afer, of Carthage. B.C. 195-159.
Si-stetissent. If they had confined themselves within the limits of
trimeters. This judgment of Quintilian would have left less liberty to
Terence than was taken by Aristophanes.
100. Umbram. i. e. of the excellence of Greek comedy.
Sermo ipse Romanus. The Roman speech in its very nature is insusceptible of the peculiar charm of the Attic comedy, and, indeed, this was
to be expected, since not even the Greek in any other dialect, alio genere
linguae, is capable of it.
Togatis. Supply falulis. Comedies which represented Roman life
were called togatae; those representing Grecian manners were palliatae.
Of the latter kind were the plays of Plautus and Terence.
Afranius  Lucius Afranius flourished B. C. 150.
101. Cesserit, verear, indignetur. See n. on ~ 85. See also Madvig's
Gr. 330, b.
Sallutinm. C. Sallustius Crispus of Amiternum, B. C. 86-34.
T. Livinm. T. Livius of Patavium. B.C. 59-A. D. 17.
Candoris describes the clearness and purity of his style.
Affeetas. See n. on ~ 48.
Commendavit magis. Has represented more impressively.




132                           NOTES.
102. Consecetus est. Here'has compensated for.'
Servilius Noaianus, who died A. D. 60, was distinguished as a historiat
and orator.
103. Quam refers to auctoritas.
Bassus Anfidins. An eminent historian and orator, contemporary of
Servilius. Besides the history of the German war, here referred to, he
wrote a more general history. Pliny the elder took up the latter at the
point where Aufidius left it at his death.
In omnibus. Ina all respects or everywhere.
li quitbsdam. In certain particulars.  Omnibus and quibusdam are of
tle neuter gender.
104. Superest adhue. What living historian is here referred to is uncertain. Tacitus can hardly be intended, as Quintilian probably wrote this
before Tacitus became known as a historical writer. Some have understood the remark of Pliny the elder; others of Fabius Rusticus, whom
Tacitus, in the Agricola, 10, calls eloquentissimus recentium.
Libertas does not here relate to the free expression of opinion on political matters or on the character and the acts of the emperors, but to boldness of manner in writing. Comp. ~ 94, and XII, 9, 13.
Quanqualr cirunmcisis. See A. & S. 257, R. 9 and 10.
105. Eorum refers to the Greeks, who are implied in Graecae (eloquentiae). For the construction ad synesin see H. 704, 111, 3; A. & S. ~ 323,
3, (4.)
Quantam   pugagam.   Because of the hostility existing in the time
of Quintilian among the schoolmen against Cicero.  See Introduction,
page 14.
Cum is elliptical. It is implied that this anticipated opposition to the
judgment of Quintilian is uncalled for since especially &c.
Proposit. Partitive genitive after id, instead of idpropositum.
106. Quorum etc. The following brief comparison of the two great
orators is worthy of careful study.
Dividendi, praeparandil probandi ratio.  Thie method of analysis, introduction, (and of) proof.
Eloquendo. Style. Comp. ~1.
Coneludit. States a conclusion. The reference here is to the conclusions of argumentative passages, not to the closing of an entire speech.
Frequenter et poudere.  Often also with weight. i. e. weight in addition to keenness such as that of Demosthenes.
107T   Vineisms. See n. on vincimur ~86..
Epilogos-abstulerit. This is true only of judicial speeches at Athens
before the Areopagus, where it was unlawful to attempt any appeal to the
passions. See Aristotle's Rhetorica, 1. Quintilian seems to regard this
restriction as applying to all Athenian tribunals.  Comp. VI, 1, 7, and II,
16, 4.




NOTES.                           138
Epistolls. The six letters erroneously ascribed to Demosthenes are on
mere matters of business, and, of course, cannot be compared with the
numerous and elegant letters of Cicero.
Dialogis. The works of Demosthenes are exclusively speeches. He
attempted no productions, such as those of Cicero, in the form of dialogue
after the plan of the Greek philosophers; so that no comparison can be
made between him and Cicero in this department of letters.
109. In quoque. In each of them.
Pluvias etc. The words are from some poem of Pindar no longer
extant.
110. Transversmn. The conception is of some object lying in our way,
and carried along before us by the force of our mere movement.
111. Advocati. Here used, as generally by Quintilian, in the modern
sense of the word: a pleader. In earlier times it had been used to denote
the friends summoned by a client to give him countenance and support
merely by their presence in court.
Qae —posset. There is a conditional clause suppressed: si vellet.
112. Conseentus, ut habeatur. See H. 492, 1; A. & S. 273, n. 2;
Z. 618.
Exemplum is to be taken as a predicate. For the gender of hoc see
H. 445, 4; Z. ~372.
113. Asinio Pollione. C. Asinius Pollio, one of the most prominent
statesmen of the Augustan age, distinguished as an orator, historian and
poet. See Hor. 0. 2, 1. B. C. 76-A. D. 4.
Saeculo prior. A century earlier. In the dialogue de oratt. the author,
referring to the antiquated style of Pollio, says: Asinius-videtur mihi
inter Mfenenios et Appios studuisse.
Messala. M. Valerius Corvinus. B. C. 64-A. D. 4.
114. C. Caesar. C. Julius Caesar, the dictator. B. C. 100-44.
Culus popoprie stdiosus. Suetonius, Caes. 56, speaks of a work in two
books on the Latin language, entitled de Analogia, written by Caesar while
traveling over the Alps to join his armies in Gaul. Cicero in Brutus 253
refers to the same work in proof of Caesar's earnest study of purity in the
use of Latin.
115. Caeli,. M. Rufus Caelius, B.C. 82-48. Cicero says of him,
Brut. 273, that as long as he adhered to good counsels he was an effective
supporter of the senate; but that he finally joined the party (i. e. Caesar's)
which he had formerly aimed to overthrow. Dignus must be understood
of his talents, not of his character.
iens mlelior. A better purpose. i. e. in political life.
Calvin. C. Licinivs Calvus, a contemporary of Caelius. The remark
of Cicero here mentioned is found in Brut. 283.
Calumnia here denotes a morbid habit of self-reproach or self-criticism.
Comp. 3, 10.




134                          NOTES.
Perdidisse seems to depend grammatically on crederent. But perhaps
we may better supply dicenti, or qui dixit, after Ciceroni.
Custodita.  Cautious, carefully studied. Thus Pliny, Ep. 9, 26, 12:
quaecustoditiuspressiusque dicuntur, opponuntur sublimibus et audentibus.
Properata. Premature.
116. Servius Sulpicius. The most profound jurist of the age of Cicero.
He was the first Roman, says Cicero, Brut. 152, who applied dialectics to
the discussion of legal questions.
Cassius Severns. The most talented advocate of the latter part of the
Augustan age. He was banished to the island of Seriphos, and died there
A.D. 34. Tacitus (Dial. 19) describes him as an orator of remarkable
gifts, and as impressing a character upon the eloquence of his day in
keeping with the transformed tastes of the Romans; which he was the
first to comprehend and to satisfy.  Vidit namque cum conditione temporum
ac diversitate aurium, formam quoque ac speciem orationis esse mutandam.
Colorem. Seo n. on ~ 59. Some, however, understand the word here
to signify a decent dis gse, a becoming restraint of the more violent emotions, and of all personal bitterness.
117. Ridicula. Occasioning mirth. Not here in a disparaging sense.
118. Longum est.. 475, 4; A. & S. 259, R. 4, 2; Z. 520.
Viderim. See n. on ~ 98.
Domitins Afer, of Nemausus (Nismes) died A. D. 60. See Introduc.
tion, page 8.
lullns Africanus, of Gaul, flourished in the reign of Nero. He is mentioned by Tacitus, Dial. 15.
Compositione  i. e. of his sentences.
Translationibus. In tropes.
119. Et Trachalus. Et here corresponds to the et before Vibius. M.
Galerius Trachalus was consul with the poet Silius Italicus A. D. 68.  His
voice was remarkable for strength and agreeableness. Hence he appeared
to greater advantage when heard, auditus maior, than when read.
Velle optima.  To have the best aims. To be understood here not of
conduct, but of a high standard of attainment in eloquence. Comp. n. on
meliora vellet ~ 131.
Vibias Crispus flourished under Nero and Vespasian; the former of
whom he served in the infamous character of delator; or informer.
Compositus. Finished. Comp. 2, 16.
Causis. Ablative.
120. lulio Secundo. Julius Secundus, probably of Gaul, is one of the
principal personages introduced'by Tacitus in the " Dialogue." He is supposed to have died A. D. 88.
Id refers to the deficiency implied in desiderari.
Pugnans. He should be more contentions; direct his attention more




NOTES.                           135
earnestly to the controversy, and look away from the mere form of the
expression (elocutione). See n. onpalaestrae andpugnae,~ 79.
121. Interceptus quoque. Even (though) cut of early.
Explieando. Not to be understood here of explaining or unfolding a
question, but of the clear expression of ideas in language; a quality of
style.
Quae assumpta sunt.  Which are used figuratively.
Ex periculo. Boldly.
122. Sunt ingenia. The most conspicuous living orators, as we learn
from the letters of the younger Pliny, and from the Dialogue of Tacitus,
were Marcellus, Maternus, Mesalla. To these may be added Tacitus and
Pliny themselves.
Veteribus. Dative after aemslantur. In ~ 62 aemulari was followed
by the accusative.
Eos. Refers topatroni. Ad optima tendentium. Comp. ~ 119.
123. Qui ubique. Supply excellit or principem loczm tenet.
Brutus. M. Junius Brutus. B. C. 85-42.
Ponderi rerunm. The dignity of the topics; namely, of philosophy.
124. Cornelius Celsus. A voluminous writer of the age of Tiberius.
le has been associated with the fathers of medicine rather than with other
classes of writers, because of all his works only the treatise on medicine
has been preserved.
Sextios. There were two philosophers of this name, father and son.
They flourished under Caesar and Augustus. Seneca, Ep. 64, calls the
father a stoic, and speaks of his writings in-very high terms.
Plautus. There is some uncertainty as to the true reading here;
whether Plautus or Plancus. C. Rubellius Plautus was a descendant of
Augustus and philosopher of the stoic school. Having excited the jealousy
of Nero, he retired to Asia Minor, where he was put to death in A. D. 62.' atius. An Epicurean, born in Gaul; of whom Cicero speaks in a
letter written in B. C. 45, as having recently died.
125. Senecam. L. Annaeus Seneca was born a short tine before the
Christian era and died by the command of Nero A. D. 65. See Introduction, page 15.
In omni-distul. I have postponed (while writing) on every class of
composition. In treating of t.e various departments of Roman authorship,
I have purposely reserved my observations on Seneca for the close of the
whole chapter.
Accidit. The perfect.
Dnm contendo. See H. 467, 4; A. & S. 263, 4, (2); Z. ~ 506.
126. Turn denotes the time when Quintilian was engaged in teaching.
111 refers to potioribus, the more desirable writers; those, namely, of
the golden age.




136                           NOTES.
129. Mornm gratia.   On account of manners; on account of their
moral teachings.
Iudicio.  Taste; in respect to style.
139. Aliqa, partem.   Some of those things which Seneca so much
affected in his style he should have looked upon with contempt (contempsisset), as being unworthy of a great thinker; a portion (partem) of
the elements which make up his style he should not have so persistently
sought after (concupisset).
Rerum pondera. Grave topics. Comp. ~ 123.
Minutissimis sententiis. Brief disjointed sentences, wearying the ear
with frequent cadences. Whereas the dignity of the subject demanded a
style well sustained, flowing and connected.
131. Sic quoque. Even being thus; even as he is. Comp. ~ 121.
lam robustis. By those who are already mature; well established in
the true principles of composition, and in no danger of being misled.
Comp. ~ 57,
Utrinque. In both ways; i. e. both in approving and condemning.
Eligere. I. 549; A. & S. 269; Z. 597.
Carae. H. 390; A. & S. 227; Z. 422.
Ileliora. Seneca's superiority of mind and character deserved a higher
standard of excellence in writing.
CHAPTER II.
OF IMITATION.
1-3 Eloquence depends in great part on imitation. 4-13 Imitation alone, however, is not enough; we must strive to improve-upon our models. 14-18 Even after
choosing the best models, we must take care to discriminate between their real excellencies and their faults. 19-21 We must consider our individual gifts, and not
attempt too much to imitate what is incompatible with them. 22-26 Every excellent
quality of style becomes valueless if imitated in the wrong place. 27-28 Imitation
must not be confined to words; it must be extended to everything that gives
excellence to a speech.
NOTES ON CHAPTER II.
1. Tam —dirigeada.   Then the mind must be directed according to the
example (which they afford) of all excellencies; not only of style, but also
of arrangement, adaptation to time, place, &c. See ~ 27.
Ad exemplum is " according to the example "; in exemplmn, ~ 2, means
as an example."  So ad ea iudicium dirigatur; VI, 5, 2. Comp. 7, 3.
2. Dnutus. Drawings or letter-copies, set for children.
In exemplum. See above note on ~ 1.
Ad praeseriptum. According to the rule.
3. Hoe ipsum.   This very thing; namely, the existence of models.




OTES.                          J13
Apprehenditur. It is employed. Apprehendere is here aliquid in
oommodum convertere, to avail ourselves of something.
5. Coneitemur. The question of appeal usually calls for a negative
answer, but sometimes, as here, for an affirmative. H. 486, II; A. & S.
260, R. 5; Z. 530.
6. Culusquam. Here an adjective. A. & S. ~ 207, R. 30, c; Z. ~ 137.
Beefneci alien!, Supply quod sit. For the genitive see H. 402, III;
A. & S. 211, R. 6; Z. 426.
7. LiviAm Andronieam. Livius Andronicus of Tarentum, came to
Rome soon after the first Punic war, about B. C. 240, and became famous
as a teacher, tragic actor, and poet. His Latin translation of the Odyssey
long continued to be one of the principal school books.
Pontifieum anmales. The chief pontiffs, or presidents of the pontifical
college, kept a record of the most striking events, year by year, down to
the time of Mucius Soaevola, who was Pontifex Maximus B.C. 130.
Cicero says these records were called annales Maximi.
8. Nec-stetit. Supply ulla ars.
9. laum oratorema perfeetunm,   See ~ 28.
Simmia. Here, perfection.
Contendere. To rival.
11. Minus. Inferior; not in respect to magnitude, but to the essential qualities of the objects imitated.
Alienum  proposituanm  Another's purpose; i.e. the purpose of the
imitator rather than that of the original writer.
12. Deelamationes. Imitative speeches or pleadings in the schools as
opposed to orationes or speeches on real cases in court.
Adde quod. See H. 554, IV; A. & S. 273, n. 8; Z. 628.
13. Aliquos certos pedes.  Some particular measures, or clauses.
Certus is frequently joined with aliquis.  Compositionis pedes are the
rhythmical groups or divisions of words in oratory; compositio being to
rhetorical prose what versification is to poetry. See IX, 4, 116.
Intereidant invaleseantque. Fall out of use and come into use. See
Horace, A. P. 70 sqq: multa renascentur quae iam cecidere, cadentque, etc.
Eaque. For this use of the demonstrative instead of the relative
see Z. ~ 806.
Compositio-gratissima. A well composed sentence may lose much or
all of its beauty when applied to some new subject, or when it ceases to be
contrasted with what comes before and after it; in other words, when
taken out of its connection.
14. Qaos imitemnr. Dependent on examinandum est, to be supplied
from the foregoing sentence.
15. Inter ipsos may be used instead of inter se, when the noun referred to is not in the nominative or accusative. A. & S. 208, (5); also




138                          NOTES.
Ruddimann, vol. 2, p. 55, quoted by Bonnell. The phrase here ret
lates to the discussions of the critics, doctis, among themselves. Comp.
~23.
Quam mala peins dieuat. They fall into a style still more depraved
than that which they imitate.
Nec saltem sufficiat. Nor even let it satisfy. In post-Augustan Latin
non and neque with saltern are equivalent to ne-quidem. See Freund's
Lex. Comp. 7, 20.
Epieuri figuras. The allusion is to the theory of images or el6waa
maintained by Epicurus, and described in the fourth book of Lucretius;
particularly in the passage commencing at verse 48th: Dico igitur rerum
eftigias tenuesque figuras Mittier ab rebus summo de corpore earum sqq.
Also 158-9: Perpetuo fluere, ut noscas, e corpore summo Texturas
rerum tenues, tenuesque jiguras.
16. Laetis. Comp. 1, 46.
Compositis exultantes. Bounding for measured. We may perhaps
translate the terms better by a kindred figure: jingling for harmonious.
The following sentence from IX, 4, 66 may explain the idea contained in
exultantes: le brevium (syllabarum) contextu rcsultent, ac sonum reddant
paene puerilium crepitaculorum. Some render exultantes, prolix.
17. Quamlibet illud frigidunm.  That something however cold.
Sententiis. Thoughts.
Atticis. Supplypares.
Conclsioniubus. Periods.
Aemulantur. See n. on 1, 122.
18. Se expressisse after sibi viderentur is an anomalous construction.
See A. & S. 271, n. 1.
Esse videatur. Not used so' frequently by Cicero as the remark of
Afer (Dial. 18) would lead us to suppose. The puerile imitators of
Cicero made the phrase ridiculous.
Primum est ut. After the analogy of necesse est, ut. See H. 495, 2, 1;
A. & S. 262, R. 3, n. 3; Z. 623. So rarum est ut, 7, 24. But in ~1 we
have the infinitive after primum,
19. Quibus-sufilciat-repugnet is an adversative relative clause. Cer.
tain qualities are in themselves susceptible of imitation, which, however,
the natural deficiency or peculiarity of some individuals will not permit
them  to imitate. The oldest manuscripts give inimitabilia; but this
would seem to have no connection with the question under investigation
here; namely, what good qualities each individual will be capable of
imitating. With perdat and assequatrr-supply ne.
Amore slbtilitatis.  With the desire of a finished style.
Mlollia. Delicate things. Such a quality of style as is implied in the
terms tenue, subtilitatis, elegantiam.
Dare fiunt. A manly, but violent nature, ingenium forte, sed indomi



NOTES.                           139
tum, will handle too harshly the sentiment and language of the gentle and
winning class of eloquence.
20. Atque. And yet; as in 3, 22.
Libro secundo. See B. 2, c. 8.
Naturam suam fingere. For one (i. e. a pupil) to train his own powers;
as contrasted with the office of the teacher, who is.alienorum ingeniorum
formator.
21. Quanquam velit. See n. on 1, 83.
Auditoribus. Here disciples.
Ells operibus. i. e. poetic and historical writings. Comp. 1, 31.
22. Cothurnis, soccnlo. The boot and slipper were respectively symbols of tragedy and comedy. Comp. Hor. A. P. 89-92.
Decor. Comp. 1, 27 and 71.
23. Tenuitas. Delicacy. Comp. ~ 19.
Asperis. Exciting causes, stirring the fiercer passions.
Cui. Whereas. Comp. ~ 13.
Inter ipsas. Comp. n. on ~ 15.
24. Suaserim, se addicere. For suaserim, ut se addicat. See H. 558,
VI; A. & S. 273, 2; Z. 615.
Uni aelieu. To some one (model).
Perfeetissimus omnium. Comp. 1,39.
Alii, ille. Supply dixerunt, dixit.
25. Quid tamen noceret must be taken in connection with the foregoing sentence: Yet, even if I could rival Cicero in every respect, what
harm would it do, &c.
Caesaris. See 1, 114.
Caelii. See 1, 115.
Pollionis. See 1, 113.
Calv. See 1, 115.
26. Praeter id quod etc. Besides this, that it is the part, &c. Comp.
1, 28.
ninm.   One only author or orator.
Sequitur. Attends, is attained by. So frequently in Quintilian.
27. Idem dicam. See ~~13, 16.
Decoris. Propriety. See n. on ~ 22.
Prooemio, narrandi, probandi, refellendi, affectibus movendis, indicate the five parts of a judicial speech: the introduction, the narrative, the
proof, the refutation, and the closing appeal. See III, 9, 1.
-Utilitatis gratia assumpta (sit). i.e. applause is made available for
carrying the case; not sought by the advocate in order to gratify his vanity
or ambition.
Aressitur. Is courted.




140                            NOTES.
CHAPTER III.
THE MANNER OF EXERCISING THE PEN IN COMPOSITION.
1-4 The practice of writing essential to the orator. 5-10 It should at first be slow
and cautious, with much reviewing. 11-15 But self-criticism must be kept within
reasonable bounds, nor suffered to become a morbid habit. 16-18 We should pursue
a medium course; neither delaying too much in search of ingenious ideas, nor
yet indiscriminately writing down everything which may suggest itself. 19-22
Hence the practice of dictating is to be condemned. 23-27 Solitude and silence most
favorable to successful writing. 28-30 But the orator, preparing for the duties of the
bar, must also accustom himself to think and write in the midst of noise and confusion.
31-33 The proper tablets for writing.
NOTES ON CHAPTER III.
1. Stilus. By metonymy for writing.
M. Tullins.  De Orat. 1, 33: Caput autem      est-quam   plurimum
scribere.  Stilus optimus etpraestantissimus dicendi efector ac magister.
CXi sententiae personam —assignando.    The English idiom reverses
the construction; thus: by attributing this sentiment to the person, &c.
L. Crassh. L. Licinius Crassus, the greatest of Roman orators before
the age of Cicero. B. C. 140-91.
2. Profectus. Progress or improvement. Not a Ciceronian word.
Non a summo petitus    If not sought from the surface.  Comp. 2, 15.
Hae conscientia. For huius rei conscientia. The consciousness of
this labor bestowed upon writing. For this usage of the pronoun see
Madvig, 314.
3. Sanctiore aerario. A   part of the public money at Rome was
reserved for great emergencies.  This was sanctius. See Liv. 27, 10;
Caes. Bel. Civ. 1, 14.
Vires faciamrs. Let us acquire strength. This usage offacere is quite
frequent.
Labori certaminum.   The metaphor is drawn from agonistic combats.
4. Quae fecerit. For she has made.     H. 519; A. &     S. 264, 8;
Z. 564.
The quo modo is treated of in the present and the following chapters;
quae maxime scribi oporteat is reserved for the fifth chapter.
5. Protinus. Join with gaudeamus, not with the participle.
Nuimeri.  The composition;rhythmical series or groups of words.
Non for ne in a prohibition also occurs in VII, 1, 56, and elsewhere
See HI. 538; A. & S. 267, R. 1, n.; Z. 529, n. and 585.
6. Scriptorum proxima. The last of the things written.
Quo. The ablative in which, not the adverb whither.
7. Interim tamen. Sometimes, however.




NOTES.                          141
Dum-non. Quintilian in imitation of the poets uses dum and modo
with non instead of ne. Comp. XII, 10, 48.
Nee. Frequent in Q. at the beginning and in the middle of a sentence
instead of ne-quidem.
8. Die. For the more usual form in die.
Varins. See n. on 1, 98.
9. Compositio. See n. on 1, 52.
10. Ferentes. Going freely; bearing us along spontaneously.
Robur feeerint. See n. on. ~ 3.
Calumniandi. Comp. 1, 115.
1. Partibus. Dative after insenescat.
Velint. Supply qui. The construction of the relative is continued,
though its case is changed to the nominative.
De ingenio suo pessime meritl. Having treated their naturalgifts most
unfairly.
Diligentiam.  Critical accuracy.
12. In-usque. For-the usual order usque in.
Inlinm Secundum. See 1, 120.
13. In eloquentia Galliarum. Eloquence was much cultivated in the
Gallic provinces under the Coesars. Caligula established premiums at Lyons
for successful competitors both in Roman and Grecian oratory.
Demumi here has the sense of only.
Alioqui. Moreover; even if compared with orators in general, outside
of his own country.
Inter paitcos. Like few; to be classed among few as being his
equals.
Propinquitate. His relationship to Secundus is meant.
Scholae operatum.  Operari in the sense of operam dare takes the
dative. See Forcellini's Lex. Devoted to school, or to study.
14. Tertiumn diem esse quod. Some copies give quo; but Pliny, Ep.
4, 27, 1, uses quod in a similar connection: Tertius dies est quod audivi
recitantemn Sentium.
Materiae. Dative, remote object of inveniret.
15. Si non resupini, etc. Nearly the same passage occurs in II,
11,4.
Cogitationem murmur e agitantes. Seeking to stimulate thought by
talking to ourselves in a suppressed tone. So II, 11, 4 Murmure incerto
velut classico instincti.
Personam. The character of the parties in the suit.
Humano. Rational.
16. Non putemns. See n. on ~ 5.
Immutescamus. A compound found only here and perhaps once in
Statius. The usual form is obmutescere.
17. Diversum in Quintilian and later writers is followed by the dative;




142                           NOTES.
in Cicero by ab. /Different to instead of different from is a similar idiom
often used in England.
Silvam. Cicero employs this word to denote a mass of facts and ideas
thrown together.
18. Sequenmur. The future as a softened imperative.
Delieiis. The employment of an amanuensis to write from dictation
was a kind of luxurious self-indulgence; as it saved the orator the drudgery
of the pen.
Pudet. Supply nos or oratorem.
19. Conscium. The amanuensis is a witness of any deficiency inreadiness of thought and language on the part of his employer.
20. Connectendi sermonis. Not here, logical connection, but uninterrupted, unhesitating continuity of discourse.
Consequantur. Attain. Comp. 1, 102; 2, 25.
In legendo. The amanuensis is sometimes required to stop. writing
and to read aloud what has already been dictated.
Velut offensator. As it were a hinderer. The word is not found elsewhere, and some editions, therefore, substitute offensatus.
Coneeptae mentis intentio. Attention to the conceived thought; Mens
here signifies the series of ideas combined in one general conception, as
the line of argument to be pursued. So Virg. Aen. I, 676: Nostram nunc
accipe mentem. The obj. genit. is also found in ~ 23.
21. Oburgare. Equivalent in this sentence toferire. Bonnell quotes
in illustration Seneca de ira, 3, 12: Servulum istum verberibus obiurga.
Persins. Sat. 1, 106.
22. Ut semel dicam. Comp. 1, 1'7.
In hoe. For the regular form ad hoc, or huic rei.
23. Quae ipsa=quae per se.
25. Demosthenes. See Plutarch's life of Demosthenes, c. 7: ec rohrov Kiarayetov uEv oliodo/joaa Je?3eTrtiptov.
26. Cum convertimus.   When we apply; meaning inasmuch as we
apply. Other examples of cum temporale implying cause, and yet followed by the indicative are found. As I, 6, 2.
Cui. Scil. labori.
Quod somno snpererit.  What shall remain after (sufficient) sleep.
Hand deerit. Supply et. And what shall not be needed for sleep.
27. Oceupatos. The antithesis to vacet.
28. Codices. For codicilli or pugillaria, writing tablets. Comp. ~ 32.
Deplorandus.  To be given up for lost.
Faciendus. See n. on faciamus, ~ 3.
29. Nounisi refeeti. Only when fresh. See n. on 1, 20.
30. Tot-clamoribus. The nave of the Roman court house or basilica
served as a sort of business exchange, and the galleries were thronged
with spectators and idlers. The court was held in a hemicycle recessed




NOTES.                           143
at the end or side of the basilica, but still was liable to be disturbed
by the confusion from without. Besides this, we learn from Quintilian,
XII, 5, 6, that in the basilica Julia, which was the principal court house,
there were usually four courts in session at the same time; and that the
voice of an advocate in one of them was sometimes, as in the case of
Trachalus, heard by all the others; and this so distinctly as even to withdraw their attention from their own proper cases.
Circumstantibus indieiis.  Trials surrounding, i. e. pressing upon the
attention of the advocate.
Particulas. Brief heads, hastily noted down when there was not time
for more elaborate preparation. If these, imperfect as they are, cannot be
thought out except in solitude and quiet, how can connected and flowing
discourse, continua oratzo, be prepared when called for suddenly in the
midst of a public assembly?
Ilideret. H. 519; A. & S. 264, 8; Z. 564.
leditans. Practising or by practising.
31. Ceris. In is omitted, as also in VIII, 6, 64: ceris Platonis.
Relatione calami. By carrying the pen to and fro; i. e. in supplying
it with ink.
32. Relinquendae-tabellae. Blank pages should be left opposite to
those we write upon. Only the alternate pages should be employed for
our composition, so that there may be space for notes.
Angustiae.  The want of space.
Oeras=tabellas.
33. Loci. Subjects or topics.
Interim-interim. Equivalent to nunc-nunc.
CHAPTER IV.
CORRECTION.
1-2 Emendation consists in adding, cutting out and changing. 3-4 There must
be some reasonable limit to emendation, or the orator will never be ready for service.
NOTES ON CHAPTER IV.
1. Premere, extolere etc. are the species comprised in the general
term mutare. Luxuriantia indicates an ambitious fulness of expression;
inerdinata, an incorrect arrangement of words; soluta, a disjointed or
unrhythmical arrangement; exultantia, such a combination as brings too
many short syllables together, or such as in any way produces an undignified, skipping or jolting movement. The latter term may here be rendered
wanton or capricious. See n. on 2, 16.
3. Sunt enim, etc. Comp. 3, 11.
Cura. By treatment.




144                            NOT3oS.
4. Quod aecepimus, et dieunt.  As to our having learnt, and as to their
saying.
Cinnae Zmyrnam. C. HIelvius Cinna, a friend of Catullus, wrote a
poem, of which Smyrna or Myrrha was the heroine.
Panegyricmn. Isocratis. The panegyric composed by Isocrates, and
named from the rwaviyvptS, or great national assembly at the Olympic
games, was finished in 01. 99, 4, (B. C. 380), after ten years', or, as some
say, after fifteen years' labor.
CHAPTER V.
THE MOST PROFITABLE EXERCISES FOR THE PEN.
1-3 Select Greek authors to be turned into Latin. 4-8 Choice Latin works to be
paraphrased. 9-10 We should also put our own thoughts into various forms, and
cultivate the power of amplifying. 11-13 To this end we should practise writing
6eaet( or propositions, and loci commiues, or moral essays. 14-16 We should
also write declamationes or imaginary pleadings, historical narratives, dialogues, and occasionally compositions in verse. 11-20 But the student must also
attend the courts, and write out arguments on the questions which he there hears
discussed. 21-23 In writing declamationes, or arguments on fictitious questions,
for school exhibitions, he must be made to handle his subject thoroughly, and not
dwell exclusively or mostly on those points which are best fitted for display.
NOTES ON CHAPTER V.
1. Quae scribenda. See 3, 4. The quo modo has been handled m
chapters III and IV.
Exuberantis.  Superfiuous. The true reading here is doubtful.
Quae prima etc. The order in which different forms of composition
should be taken up, whether narratives, discussions, eulogies, &c., according
to the age and proficiency of the student, has already been treated of in the
first part of the'Institutions.' The question now to be considered is, what
to make use of as the basis of practice for the attainment of power and
fluency in writing.
Robustorum. See n. on 1, 131. Robustiorum      is a reading not so
well authorized by the manuscripts.
De quo-agitur. For id, de quo agitur, in which id refers to the
interrogative clause unde-veniat; the latter depending on explicandum
est, suggested by the foregoing explicemus.
2. L. Crassus. Cic. de orat. 1, 34, 156.
Cicero praecipit. In his account of his own education, Brut. 310, Cicero
says he exercised himself in Greek declamation in order to acquire the
habit of expressing himself with like propriety in Latin; also in the
beginning of de Oficiis and de Finibus he speaks of the advantage of




NOTES.                           145
studying Greek in connection with Latin; but in no existing passage of his
writings is the exercise of translation expressly enjoined. See Cic. de Off.
1, and de Fin. 2 sq. Thus we have his example, but no precept.
Platois-Xenophlntis. Cicero translated the Protagoras and Timaeus
of Plato. A fragment of the latter is still preserved. His translation of
the Oeconomics of Xenophon is not extant.
Messalae. See 1, 113.
la Hyperidis-subtilitate.  In simplicity with that (discourse) of
Hyperides in defense of Phryne. Comp. 1, 77. Hyperides delivered a
speech in defense of Phryne, an Athenian courtezan, charged with
impiety.
3. Verbis optimis. When translating from a foreign language, we can
choose without restriction the best words of our own; whereas in writing
paraphrases of the works of our own authors (conversio ex nostris) we
should not feel at liberty to use the terms already employed by our model,
and thus we should often be confined to expressions inferior to his.
Figuras. Figures of words as well as grammatical figures are here
meant. The Greek and Latin languages present a wide difference in
these.
4. Ex Latinis conversio. For the construction see Z. 681. The words
signify the paraphrasing of Latin writers in their own tongue. The pupil
borrows their ideas, but clothes them in new words.
lultnm et. Et stands after multum also in 1, 94.
Sulpicins. See 1, 116.
Praesumunt. Preclude; literally take before.
Proprie. Literally, or directly, as opposed to the imaginative and
more figurative style which is characteristic of poetry.
Sententiis. Here, fancies.
5. Paraphrasim is the subject of esse.
Optimis refers to words and forms of expression.
6. Circa voces easdem. In connection with the same words; in uttering
the same passages of discourse.
Esto-esse. Horace, Ep. I, 1, 81, uses the infinitive in like manner as
the subject of esto: Esto, alios teneri. Usually, however, the indicative
follows. As Aen. IV, 35: Esto, nulli maritiflexere.
7. Continuas stentenias  Successive sentences or periods.
Fas erat. It would have been right.  H. 475, 4; A. & S. 259, R. 3;
Z. 518.
8. Translatis. Metaphors.
Oratio recta. Not here in the technical sense; but simple or natural
language as opposed to figurative.
Figura declinata. An indirect or artificial form; a rhetorical turn or
figure.
Sic. i. e. by this effort to reproduce their ideas in our own words.
7




146                          NOTES.
9. Seatentias.  Thoughts.
10. Illa-diversitate. The variety of circumstances connected with
many legal cases so easily suggests to the advocate topics of remark, that
poverty of invention may be readily concealed. Observe the contrasted
words simplicissima and multiplici.
11. Expositis. Common things.
In hoc-facient.  Will serve best for this end. We find the same
usage of in hoc in Hor. Epode 17, 63.
Infinitae questiones. Quint. III, 6, 5, defines such questions thus:
Unlimited questions are those which set aside all circumstances of person,
time, place and the like, and are treated both affirmatively and negatively.
"The Greeks," says he, "call such questions Oaets, Cicero, propositions.
Some term them quaestiones universales civiles; Athenaeus, partem causae.
Cicero divides them into two classes: those of theory (scientia) and those
of action, (i.e. the speculative and the practical). Of the first class the
following is an example: An providentia mundus regatur?     Of the
second: An accedendum ad rempublicam administrandam? "
lam princeps. In the year B. C. 49, at the breaking out of the civil
war, Cicero writes to Atticus: Ne me totum aegritudini dedam, sumpsi
mihi quasdam tanquam Maets. And again: OoaetC meas commentari non
desino. Ad. Att. 9, 4. Gesner remarks that the paradoxa, also written
by Cicero after he had held the highest offices of the state, jam princeps,
were discussions of the same nature as the thesis.
Exerceri. In the sense of a middle voice: to exercise himself.
12. Destruntio-sententiarum.   The disproving-and sustaining of
(judicial) opinions.
Nlam cum sit sententia etc. For as a judicial opinion is a kind of
judgment and maxim, or, a decision containing a maxim, that is, since it
is of the nature of a general proposition, that which can be argued on the
specific matter (re) to which the judgment relates, can be argued on the
judgment itself as a general proposition.
Loci communes. Passages which dwell on moral sentiments. For
instance, invectives against treason, impiety, or ingratitude, without
specifying persons. After loci in this sentence supply in hoc facient.
Ab oratoribus. As, for example, Cicero and Hortensius.
Plures excursus recipientibus.  Those cases which admit of more
digressions or departures from the strict line of argument; such as involve
many circumstances of place, time and person, as mentioned in ~ 10.
13. Omnes (causae). All specific or actual cases brought into court.
Cornelius. C. Cornelius, quaestor under Pompey, and tribune of the
commons in B. C. 67. He brought forward a bill, (codicem, rogationem),
which provided that no person should be exempt from the operation of
any law except by vote of the people. This was intended to put an end to
the power exercised by the senate of exempting individuals in certain cases




NOTES.-                          147
from particular legal obligations. Cornelius was opposed by one of his
colleagues, Servilius Globulus, who forbade the clerk to read the bill
before the assembly. H-ereupon Cornelius himself read the bill. At the
expiration of his office he was arraigned on the charge of violating the
right of intercession, (tribunicia intercessio) and was successfully defended
by Cicero.
Cato-Hortensio. Marcia, the wife of Cato, lived with Hortensius from
B. C. 56 until the time of his death in B. C. 50, and then returned to her
husband. Cato had consented to this transfer on the request of Hortensius.
14. Declamationes here are mentioned as exercises for the pen. See n.
on 2, 12.
Pariter exercent. Invention and arrangement equally with language.
15. Ciborum-certa necessitate. The fixed regimen offood; a phrase
corresponding to the Greek term avayicobagyia.
16. Articulus. As opposed to articulus durescat we have in II, 12, 2,
mollis articulus; said of the gladiator handling his sword with flexible
fingers; where the expression is used in its literal signification. In XI, 1,
70, it occurs in a figurative sense: Quam molli articulo (Cicero) tractavit
Catonem.
17. Excitatos. This reading which is found in the oldest manuscripts,
is preferred by Bonnell to exercitatos, given in other editions.
Sagina dieendi. Rich nourishment of eloquence. The same as the
iucundiora edulia in ~ 15.
Ab illa umbra. After that shade. Ab is used in this sense by Livy
and the poets as well as by Quintilian. Umbra is frequently employed by
Cicero to denote the quiet seclusion of the school as opposed to the
turmoil of the forum. See Brut. 9, 37.
18. Porcio Latroni. M. Porcius Latro, a Spaniard by birth, and friend
of the elder Seneca, lived in the reign of Augustus. His school for the
study of declamation, in which he taught chiefly by his own examples, was
widely known, and much frequented.
Professor in the present signification of the word came into vogue in
the silver age.
Ophionem. In the sense of existimationem.
Impense. In its figurative sense: very earnestly.
19. Fuerit consecutus. The construction of the relative pronoun qui is
continued by quoque: and who also has attained &c.
Quod apud malores etc. The custom    is well described in Tacit.
Dial. 34.
20. Et ipse. Himself also, as well as the advocate he has been
listening to.
Utrinque.  On both sides; pro and contra.
DecretoriS.  With decisive (or real) weapons.  The contrary cx



148                           NOTES.
pression would be arma lusoria. Spalding compares Suet. Calig. 54:
Battuebat pugnatoriis (i. e. decretoriis) armis.
Brutam-pro Mllone. See 1, 23.
Cestins. L. Pius, a native of Smyrna, who taught declamation at
Rome a few years before the death of Augustus. One of his favorite
exercises was the writing of arguments in reply (rescribere) to the speeches
of Cicero.
21. Ninc. Nowo a-days; according to the present practice.
Qnod seeundo loco posLi. That is per totas ire materias, the second
of the two directions just given.
Classinm. Not Ciceronian in this sense.
Certis diebis. The necessity of declaiming in large classes on stated
days limited each student to a small amount of time; so that he could treat
no subject elaborately, even if there were time for preparation.
Patrum. In book 2, ch. 7, Quintilian speaks of fathers judging of the
progress of their sons by the frequency of their declamations.
22. Primo libro. See I, 2, 15.
Longiore-spatio. By allowing a longer time for preparation; a longer
interval of days; that is a greater interval between the certos dies, or
stated declamation days, above mentioned.
Materias dividere. He will secure the thorough treatment of questions (ire per totas materias, ~ 21,) by allowing them to be handled in
parts on different days. Una. Supply materia.
23. Quod refers toplures inchoatae et degtzsatae.
Priora confundant. They confuse the discussion of topics which
properly come first in the question by anticipating things which belong to
the latter part. This arises from their anxiety to crowd into the limited
time allotted to one declamation all the fine things they have thought of as
connected with the whole subject.
CHAPTER VI.
PREMEDITATION.
1-2 Premeditation occupies the middle ground between writing and pure extemporizing. 8-4 By the aid of memory premeditation can be cultivated to such a degree
that an entire discourse may be prepared without the use of the pen. 5-7 The
orator must not so scrupulously adhere to what he has premeditated as to exclude
every new idea suggested during the actual delivery of the speech.
NOTES ON CHAPTER VI.
1. Et ipsa. Likeiuise. Premeditation itself also, as well as elocution
(see ch. 3,) is aided by the pen.
Extemporalem fortunam. Comp. ~~ 6, 6; and ch. 7, ~ 13.




NOTES.                          149
Usus frequentissimi. Genitive of quality.
Inter-actus. In the intervals of judicial proceedings.
2. Intra se. By itself; without recourse to writing.
Praeter manma. i. e. praeter stilum.
Scribendi. Genitive of cause. Writing furnishes a sure means of
recalling our ideas. Hence, when we have this security, our arguments
are not fastened (inhaerent) carefully in the memory, but rather are
loosened (laxantur); the mind making no effort to retain what can be at
any moment recalled by a glance at the paper.
3. Reddi. To be uttered.
Vis. Power. That is, power of mind sufficient to grasp and hold an
entire speech in premeditation alone, and without the help of the pen.
lllam locunm. The subject of memory is treated of in bk. II, ch. 2.
4. Pervenit. Supply vis.
Cni —igeniam.   Whom his own nature, (his want of attention and
memory) does not hinder.
Ei-fidem servent. Those things which he has premeditated keep
their faith with him; do not fail to recur to his mind.
Cicero-tradidit.  The passage relating to Empylus is no longer extant.
The remark about Metrodorus of Scepsis is in de orat. 2, 88; Hortensius,
in Brut. 88.
5. Extemporalis color. The tone imparted to a speech by unprepared
ideas and expressions struck off in the inspiration of the moment.
Comp. 7,'7.
Babent. Supply cogilata, premeditated things.
Curae. Careful accuracy; i. e. in their preparation.
Etiam scriptis-inserantur.  Even in written speeches, which are
usually more exact than those which are only premeditated, new ideas are
often introduced at the time of delivery.
6. Domo afferre. To bringfrom home. Comp., 30.
Rlefatare. In the sense of repudiare, reject or despise; not so used
elsewhere by Quintilian, though often by Cicero.
Non-sinant. After the first non supply " id fiet ut illa quae complexz
animo sumus."
Providere. In its literal signification, to look forward, as opposed to
respicientes.
Una spe.  With the one hope; with no other thought than.
7. quaeritur retrorsus. The going back to find something left
behind; the recalling of our premeditated ideas.
Utrumque. Both things or plans; i. e. on the one hand, absolute
dependence on premeditation, and, on the other, actually unprepared
snecch.




150                            NOTES.
CHAPTER     VII.
EXTEMPORARY SPEAKING.
1-4 No one should take up the profession of the advocate without acquiring the
ability to speak well on the spur of the moment. 5-7 Conditions of success. First,
Method, or the habit of following some fixed order of topics. 7-14 Second, Facility
of language, cultivated and kept up by constant practice; so that the orator shall be
in no danger of stumbling even when his mind is rather on what is coming than
what he is now saying. 15-17 Third, A lively imagination, feelings deeply interested
in the cause, and stimulated by every external incitement 18-19 Fourth, Patience
to be content with small beginnings, and to look for ultimate success through
persevering practice. 20-23 Fifth, A rapid glance at the points of the discourse just
before rising to speak. 24-2! Sixth, The exercise of extemporary speaking never
remitted, and continually associated with that of writing. 30-38 Seventh, The proper
use of outlines and skeletons.
NOTES ON CHAPTER VII.
1. Officiis. Dative after renunciabit.  See A. & S. 223, IR. 2, b.
hi publicum. In commune; for the benefit of all.
Intrare depends on convenit.  The comparison intended seems to be
this: he who assumes to himself the profession of the advocate, without
the extemporary talent necessary to meet sudden emergencies in debate, is
committing a wrong as great as a pilot who should undertake in stormy
weather to conduct a ship into~a harbor, approached only by a dangerous
channel, without any previous knowledge of its rocks, shoals, and windings.
The text of this passage is exceedingly doubtful.
2. Representatis indidelis  Trials being suddenly appointed; brought
on without notice, and time for preparation.
Continue. Join with agendi.
Petentibus, perituris. Supply is referringto amicorum ac propinuounm. These words are taken by some in the. ablative absolute, though
Bonnell construes them in the dative.
Latus.  The lungs, or the chest; on which the strength of the voice
depends.
3. Quae oratio: What speech; or, what legal debate.       Oratio is
here personified, as elsewhere in Quintilian,and sometimes in Cicero.
Quisquam. Adjectively, as in 2, 6.
Varietatem.   The changing aspect.
4. Cui refers to eius understood in the foregoing clause.
lalit, possit. Supply orator.
5. Via.  Order, or method.
Non contingere potest carsus.    Freely translated: we cannot rcn;
literally: a running cannot happen.
Quae is not interrogative. The sense is: " the parts which pertain to




NOTES.                           151
judicial causes."  These parts or general divisions, namely, the introduction, narrative, proof, &c., are established, and can be easily kept in
memory. But quid quoque loco primum sit etc., is a question in every
case to be determined by the judgment of the speaker. Before the
dependent question quid-sit supply quaerendum est.
6. Ante omnia, instead of primum, denotes the first statement; the
second being introduced by deinde, and the last by postremo.
Ex diversis.  Out of, or with, incongruities; ideas caught at random,
as they happen to strike the mind in its haste and confusion.
7. Expletis-proposuerint. All propositions which they have stated
being fully argued, or filled out.
Haec refers to what has just been said; ilia to the following statement:
ut etc.
Queladiodumn preceptuas est. Namely in the first part of this book.
Formetur. Supply ut.
Colorem. Comp. 6, 5.
8. Os concurrit. The mouth comes together; is shut up.
9. Ratio. System.
Adhibita-observatione. Comp. 1, 17.
10. Praecedat intentio. The attention must be fixed on things far in
advance of that which we are actually saying at any given moment.
Prae se res agat. It must be mentally chasing, as it were, that which
is presently to be used.
Prorogetur. A metaphor derived from monetary transactions. Our
minds, while we are speaking, are to be calling forth, or " drawing" continually from our reserved funds, that is, from the remaining or ultimate
part of our arguments, just so much as we are momentarily expending in
utterance.
11. Igitur. Because, namely, of the impossibility of directing the
thoughts deliberately to so many things at once.
"A2oyov rptpev.  Unreasoning, or mechanical habit.
Flexus et transitus describe the operation of the eyes in reading.
Pilariorum  ae ventilatorun. Ball throwers and jugglers.  These
genitives depend not on miracula, but on scenis, shows.
12. Ita-si. In a limiting sense: only so far as.
In ratione versetur. May be associated with method.; based upon
method, though mechanical through habit.
13. Sermonis contexturn.  The continuity of speech.
Cum eo quod. This elliptical phrase occurs in Quintilian II, 4, 0, and
XII, 10, 47, as well as in other writers of the silver age. The sense is:
Besides this it must be added that; or, here: With this I shall not be
surprised that.
Tulit. The perfect here is used, like the Greek aorist, to denote a
repeated action. So ~ 14, accessit, restitit; and 3, 6, refrixit.




152                          NOTES.
lt-possit. " Ut successus orationis extemporalis vincat successurn
eurae et meditationis."-Spald.
Cura. Study, or premeditation.
14. Ut Cicero. The passage in Cicero is not extant.
Beneconcepti afectus.  Well wrought, or deeply felt emotions. These
depend on a vivid imagination.
Infelix cavillatio. The morbid self-criticism  spoken of in 1, 115,
and 3, 10.
Ferri contorta vis orationis. The metaphor is drawn from the hurling
of missile weapons. Cicero uses the same figure in Or. 20, 66: Haec
contorta et acris oratio; and 70, 234: Demosthenes, cuius non tam vibrarentfulmina, nisi'numeris contorta ferrentur. We may translate freely:
the bolt of eloquence cannot be hurled.
Non continua sed composita. The language does not flow on but is put
together. It has not the character of spontaneous eloquence, but that of
studied composition. Supply oratio. Comp. ~ 26, and 1, 29.
15. Quare. Because, namely, of the power of recentes imagines, just
spoken of.
Capiendae. To be caught, or fully apprehended.
De quibus dxi. As, for example, in VIII, 3, 64, where he says that
Cicero has his imagination so impressed with the appearance of Verres on
a certain occasion, and so describes it, that the hearer non solum ipsum os
intueri videatur, et habitum, sed quaedam etiam ex iis, quae dicta non sunt,
sibi ipse adstruat.
Quas-indicavimus. VI, 2, 29: Quas aavraoiac Graeci vocant, nos
sane visiones appellamus -.has quisquis bene conceperit, is erit in
aqfectibus potentissimus.
Pectus et vis mentis. Passion, and force of imagination. The order
of the ideas is the same as in ~ 14, affectus, imagines.
16, Tim introduces the second help pointed out in this paragraph.
The first was imagines etc. The third is etiam pudor etc.
Pudor. Dreaded shame, the fear of failure, is an incentive.
Concentn signorum. By the sounding of the (trumpet) signals. The
reading congestu signorum has not so good manuscript authority.
17.  ifficillorem. Too much laboring; thought that usually moves,
or works itself out, too slowly.
Exprimit et expellit. Developes and hurries forth; i. e. in utterance..Expellit is used here in a sense analogous to that of expulsuri in 3, 6.
Secundus impetus. The successful impulses occasioned by necessitas
dicendi.
Pretium. Here forpraemium, which some editions substitute.
Opinionis. See n. on 5, 18.
18. Praecipimns. See 6, 3.
Sunam. Substantively: perfection.




NOTES.                           153
19. Debet. Supply ila, or extemporalis facilitas. Others, however,
understand orator, as in ~ 25.
Cam. The connection intended seems to be this: we should aim to
make extemporary discourse not less perfect, at least, than that which is
premeditated. And this is entirely possible, since, &c.
Prosa, carmine. Cicero would have said inprosa, i carmine.
Antipater of Sidon flourished about B. C. 110. Cicero speaks of his
talent for improvisation in de Orat. 3, 50.
Licinias Archias. See or. pro Archia, 8, 18.
Non quia. " I could have mentioned some of our contemporaries, but
I prefer to take the authority of Cicero, whom no one will fail to believe."
Gesner; quoted by Spald.
Ipsum. In itself considered.
Hane spem. For huius rei spem. Comp. 3, 2, and note.
20. Esse debet fiducia. The true reading here is very uncertain.
Debet is expressed in Bonnell's Teubner edition, and omitted in his Weidmann edition. In Spald's text it stands: essefiduciam velim.
21. Controversia. A fictitious question argued in the school, as contrasted with causa, a real case.
Frivolunm Not a Ciceronian word.
Seenicum. Because an actor is prompted in this way.
Petant. Supply ut from the foregoing clause.
Eruditis. Dative of the agent. See n. on 1, 96.
22. Oratio suspensa ae dubitans* Speech thoughtful and deliberating.
Supply moras habet.
Baesitare, to halt, from confusion, is more disgraceful than deliberare,
to ponder a moment what ideas and language to choose.
23. Hoc. Supplyfaciendum est. Such an ellipsis is not unfrequent in
Quintilian.
Id potins  Supply est. Comp. VII, 6, 25; IX, 4, 57.
24. Ars-coutinetur. The gradation of thought is this: Art (or
scientific system) once understood remains fixed in the mind; even the
pen loses but little by the remission of practice. But extemporary eloquence, the very essence of which is readiness, can be kept up only by
incessant exercise.
Hac. Supplyfacultate.
Rarum  est, ut. See n. on 2, 18.
25. Dieat. Supply orator.
In parte. Here, in one respect.
26. Diligentius-componitur. It (namely, discourse thus premeditated) is more accurately put together. The grammatical subject is exercitatio; but the verb is chosen with reference to the speech itself, or the
train of thought, on which the mind is exercised. Hence oratio may be
considered the virtual subject.
7*




154                         NOTES.
Illa. That ex tempore speaking, either alone or in the presence of
others, in which we are ashamed to stop in order to think of the mos
appropriate ideas and words.
Contexturn didiedi. See n. on ~ 13.
In alia. The accusative alia is explained byfirmitatem, etc., which are
in the same construction. The dative or the accusative with ad-is more
usual after conferre in the sense of contribute, or to be advantageous. See
1, 1, 63, 71, 95. This sense of the verb is not found in Cicero.
Oris facilitater. Comp. os concurrit, ~ 8. Also XI, 3, 54.
Ut dixi. See 3, 21.
27. Lucrativae. The earlier manuscripts give this word; but it is
found only in Latin of a later period, and is, therefore, questionable here.
The passage referred to in Cicero is quoted only in substance. Perhaps
Quintilian has in mind the remark addressed to Brutus in the Orator, 10,
34: Iam quantum illud est, quod in maximis occupationibus nunquam
dimittis studia doctrinae; semper aut ipse scribis aliquid, aut me vocas ad
scribendum.
C. Carbo was consul B. C. 120, and the year afterwards was driven to
suicide by the prosecution successfully conducted against him by the young
orator Crassus. Cicero commends his eloquence and his industry in the
Brutus 27, 103 and 105. Cicero also says that L. Gellius spoke of
himself as having been a tent-companion of Carbo. Nothing, however, is
known of any military campaign carried on by Carbo.
28. Ciceroni. The remark referred to is not extant.
Pondus. Writing leads us to criticise the words we use, and thus
secures to our expression more of significance and substance.
Inuatans. Here superficial.
In altun  reducetur. Freely rendered, will be brought to depth of
significance.
Proximas radices. The topmost roots.
29. Exelusl  i. e. ii qui sunt exclusi.
30. Domo affernut. Comp. 6, 6.
Commentariis. Note-books, memoranda, or skeletons. Quintilian also
mentions Cicero's outline speeches in IV, 1, 69. None of them have been
preserved.
Feruntur et inventi forte. Are mentioned, and have been brought to
light perchance.
Ut. Just as; referring to the form or condition in which they have
been found.
Eos. Object of composuerat.
Causarrnm. Supply commentariz.
Sulpicins. See 1, 116.
Hi. These commentaries, as distinguished from the three orationea
mentioned.




NOTES.                          155
Ipso refers to Sulpicius.
31. Cleeronis. Supply commentarios.
Non ideo (excuso) quia non probenem  H. H 20, 3; A. & S. 262, R. 9;
Z. 3'7. Quia instead of quod in this idiom belongs to the later prose
writers.
Recipio. I allow.
32. Laenas. Popilius Laenas is mentioned in III, 1, 21, as a contemporary of Cornelius Celsus. See X, 1, 24.
Vel in bis-conferre. The genuine text here cannot be determined.
The passage according to our reading may be thus interpreted: Laenas
teaches us even in our written speeches to gather the principal arguments
(summas) into a memorandum and heads. Instead of in his, limiting
summas conferre, we might have eorum, limiting summas.
Quod non persecuturi. Non is omitted by Spalding and others.
Id quoque aedidit etc. What is remarked here of the importance of
memory in connection with written discourses, is parallel to what is said on
memory as connected with premeditation, 6, 6.
33. De memoria. See n. on 6, 3.




BOOK TWELFTH.
PHE GENERAL CULTURE OF THE ORATOR, AND THE CHARACTER    OF HIS PROFESSIONAL LIFE.
TnE book is divided into eleven chapters, introduced by a prooemium, or introduction, containing observations on the importance of the subject now to be considered. Chapter first discusses the proposition that none but the good man can be a
true orator. Chapter second treats of things which are necessary to the formation
of the morals of the orator. Chapter third, of the importance of studying civil law.
Chapter fourth, of history. Chapter fifth, of desirable qualities of mind and person.
Chapter sixth, of the proper time of entering his profession. Chapter seventh, of the
principles which shall guide him in receiving or rejecting causes. Chapter eighth,
of the proper mode of investigating causes. Chapter ninth, of what should be his
aim in pleading. Chapter tenth, of his style of oratory. Chapter eleventh, of his
pursuits after retiring from professional life.
NOTES ON THE PROOEMIUM.
1. Ferens.  While (actually) bearing it; as opposed to opinione, the
anticipation of it.
2. A parvis.  With small things; referring to the precepts on elementary training given in the first part of the' Institutions.'
Dum praecipimns. For dum with the present tense, see H. 467, 4;
A. & S. 259, R. 1, (a); and also n. on 10, 1, 125. This sentence refers to
that part of the work which treats of invention and arrangement.
Nec adhnc-et multos.    Nec and et are correlative as below in ~ 4,
and equivalent to et non-vet.
3. laim-ingressi sumus refers to the eighth and the three following
books.
4. Caclum undique etc. Aen. 3, 193.
]I. Tlllinm.  Orator 52: Id mihi quaerere videbare, quod genus ipsius
orationis optimum judicarem. Accordingly, Cicero aims in the orator
only to delineate the characteristic features of a perfect style. Of the
other topics which Quintilian now proposes to discuss, Cicero has little to
say.
Antecedentem. i. e. M. Tullium.
Consequi here=sequi.




NOTES.                             157CHAPTER I.
NONE BUT THE GOOD MAN CAN BE A PERFECT ORATOR.
1-8 The bad man cannot be a true orator because he is deficient in wisdom; 4-7
because-his mind distracted and hindered by low passions, is incapable of-the noble
motives and singleness of purpose which produce real eloquence; 8-10 because vice
renders him incapable of labor; while he has no appreciation of the principles of truth
and justice which it is the business of eloquence to maintain; 11-13 because he cannot inspire his hearers with confidence, and weakens even a good cause by his bad
reputation. 14-22 Reply to the allegation that Demosthenes and Cicero were not
thoroughly good men. 23-82 Command of speech unattended by moral worth fails
to influence men; therefore is not true eloquence. 83-85 Wrong principles must be
discussed by the rhetorician that the student may be prepared to encounter them.
36-45 Likewise it sometimes happens that even good men are led by necessity to
argue against the truth and to defend an apparent wrong.
NOTES ON CHAPTER I.
1. BFinitr,.  Finire and finitio are used frequently for definire and
definitio.
Id quod refers to the following utique vir bonus (sit).
4. Sapientibus. See H. 388, 3; A. & S. 225, II; Z. 410. This was
the sentiment of the whole Socratic school.
Studio. In the dative after vacare.
5. Curis. Ablative after vacare.
6. Huai rei perit. Is lost to this study; i. e. eloquence.
Visa. To be construed as an accusative according to some. Capperone makes it a nominative.
9. Ut-eximam.     To withdraw the strongest argument in the question;
i. e. the impossibility of a clear understanding (intelligentiae), and of
earnestness (studii) and learning (doctrinae) in a bad man.
Demus. Let us concede.
10. More Socraticorum. The Socratic philosophers were accused of
fashioning the supposed objections of opponents in such a manner as to
make the answer easy for themselves.
12. Ut mox docebimns. See ~ 33 sqq.
Opinionis. Reputation.
13. In vita.  The reference is to their unprincipled and reckless course
of living.
14. Responsi invidia.  The reproach which Quintilian anticipates in
consequence of his reply, that- even Demosthenes and Cicero left something in eloquence still unattained.
16. In ulla parte. In any respect.




168                         NOTES.
Provincia administrata. Cicero's administration of the provincial
government of Ciclicia (B. C. 51) was distinguished for probity.
kepudiatus vigintiviratus. Caesar's agrarian law (B. C. 59) provided
that twenty commissioners should be appointed to superintend the distribution of Campanian lands contemplated in the law. Cicero was invited to
become one of these vigintiviri, a responsible and lucrative office; but he
steadfastly refused. See Ep. ad Att. 9, 2.
Optimis partibus. Optimi and optimae partes, were the somewhat
arrogant terms often employed to distinguish the party of the Senate, or
adherents of Pompey, from the friends of Caesar.
17. Non se timidum etc. The words cannot be found in the extant
works of Cicero.
19. Quorum. Of which attributes.
Proprie. Strictly.
Et ille quaerebat. Namely, in the orator, 5, 19.
Quaerere here signifies seeking in vain.
20. Quid adcai potuerit. Comp. X, 1, 106.
Fortasse inveantuus. Though perhaps Imay find. For this concise
use of the future participle, see H. 578; A. & S. 274, R. 6, b; Z. 639, note.
Adhue absedssurum. He would have still pruned off. Supply ipsum.
We may suppose that if Cicero had lived longer, he would have still
further pruned down his style, just as he had already chastened somewhat
the exuberance of his earlier eloquence. See Brut. 91, and Orat. 107 sq.
Comp. also 6, 4.
Securiore. More undisturbed by public cares.
1Maligne.  Uijustly.
Smamaam. See.n. on X, 7, 18.
21. Et licebat, si aliter sentirem etc. There is some difference of
opinion as to the interpretation of this passage. Perhaps it may be
paraphrased thus: I have said that Cicero, humanly speaking, was a
perfect orator; and that no -one has come nearer to absolute perfection.
But even if I thought otherwise, even if I thought him still less perfect, I
should be at liberty (licebat), and I should have no fear, to say this (id
defendere) more boldly than what I have already said. For I have the
example of Antony asserting that he had not seen even an eloquent man;
which was saying so much less (quod tanto minus erat) of all human
oratory than I claim for Cicero. Thus my language is much less severe
than Antony's.  Cicero himself also declares, like Antony, that he seeks
in vain for his ideal among actual orators. May I not, then, venture to
affirm that there is something in this field still unachieved, and that even
Cicero came short of absolute perfection?
22. Dormitare. See X, 1, 24, and note.
Calvo. See X, 1, 115.
Apud ipsnm. hI his own works. Cicero says of Brutus, Ep. ad Att.




NOTES.                          159
14, 20: Cum-scripsissem ad eum de optimogenere dicendi (i. e. the orator)
non modo mihi sed etiam tibi scripsit, sibi illud, quod mihi placeret, non
probari. The allusion is to the last part of the orator, which is devoted to
the subject of oratorical rhythm, here termed compositio.
Asinio utrique. The father and son. The former has been mentioned
in X, 1, 113. The son lived under Augustus and Tiberius, and was put
to death by the latter. He wrote a critical review of the eloquence of his
father, comparing it with that of Cicero, and giving it the preference.
25. Ut asperioribus paramens. Rabula would have been such a
term.
26. In hoc quota pars etc. Supply laudis. In this good and great
orator how small a part of his praise will it be that, &c.
31. nlventus. Supply tendat.
In hoc elaboremus. The ablative is more frequent than the accusative after this verb.
32. Ad quem usque modum. So faras.
Hoe. This sentiment; explained by the following infinitive.
33. De confessione. Quintilian has spoken (as in IV, 2, 68) of the
admission of guilt as sometimes the wisest course; the defence resting in
such cases upon mitigating or justifying circumstances, or upon informalities in the legal process.
34. Quibus. Dative after satisfaciam.
Opere refers to Quintilian's office or work as a teacher, in which he must
necessarily discuss this subject.
35. In utramque pattem. On both sides; here, of a moral question.
Carneades, the chief of the Academic school, was sent by the Athenians,
B. C. 155, as an ambassador to the Roman senate, accompanied by Diogenes, the Stoic, and Critolaus the Peripatetic. It was on this occasion that
his discourses, the one in defence of justice, and the other overthrowing
it, so offended Cato, that he caused a decree to be enacted bythe senate
requiring the philosophers to depart from Rome.
36. Anferre indii veritatem. This blinding of the judge is also
spoken of in IV, 5, 6.
Gravissimos (esse) magistros. Such as Panaetius. See Cic. de off. 2,
14: Nec-est habendum religioni, nocentem aliquando, modo ne nefarium
impiumque, defendere-quod scribere non auderem, nisi idem placeret
gravissimo Stoicorum Panaetio. Comp. Quint. IV, 17, 26, sqq.
38. Ut mendacium deiat. II, 17, 27: Nam et mendacium dicere etiam
sapienti aliquando concessum est.
Facturi. See above n. on ~ 20,
Nedum. Supply ut sit vetitum mentiri.
40. Nee hoc dico etc. The meaning seems to be this: Nor do I say
this as if I would in all cases justify on the ground of piety the act of
defending a father, brother, or friend when really guilty and placed on




160                           NOTES.
trial; since I am in favor of the strict application of the laws. Yet there
may well arise in some such cases a doubt as to the path of duty. But let
us take an example in which there shall be no room for such a doubt on
the ground of natural affection; the case of a patriot who has slain a
tyrant. The clause Quia-leges may be regarded as parenthetical.
Is qui finitur. Comp. ~ 1.
42. Ad hoe=praeterea.
Posse. Supply eos.
43. Fabricius, Rufinum. Fabricius and Rufinus were distinguished in
the Roman war with Pyrrhus.
45. Probatione,  Join with difcilia, not with tractentur: difficult in
respect to their proof.
CHAPTER II.
THE MORALS OF THE ORATOR.
1-2 Morals must be formed by training. 3 Virtue not dependent upon nature
alone, but also upon culture. 4-10 Philosophy must be studied. 11-14 Dialectic
or logical. 15-19 Ethical or moral. 20-23 Physical or natural. 24-81 The orator
should not be a disciple of any one school, but adopt what is best in each.
NOTES ON CAPTER II.
1. Virtus-doctrina. Hor. O. 4, 4, 33:
Doctrina sed vim promovet insitam,
Rectique cultus pectora roborant.
4. Praevertar. Iwill rather turn to. So Hor. Serm. 1, 3, 38.
5. Frustra. See n. on X, 1, 56.
Tertio de Oratore. Cic. de Orat. 3; 19, 27, 31.
Illi refers to Crassus.
In possessione. In the occupancy. Philosophy was not the original and
rightful owner of these topics, but she has obtained possession of them
through the negligence of orators and teachers of eloquence, in whose
domain questions of equity, justice, truth, &c., should have always been
retained.
6. Illud, quod is explained by the infinitives fluere and fuisse.
Libris et epistolis testatur. e.g. in de Orat. 3, 15; Orat. 12; Ep. ad
fam. 15, 4.
Praeceptores eosdem etc. In the passage in de Orat. above referred
to, Cicero says: fidem erant vivendi praeceptores atque dicendi.
7. Quendam-exhibeat1   A wise man (a philosopher) of a certain type
such that &c. It was not accounted proper for a Roman citizen, and
particularly a senator, to devote himself too earnestly to philosophy. See
Tacit. Agr. 4.




NOTES.                            161
8. In acta sue. i. e. in real life, where the principles which philosophy
teaches become of practical value.
Primus, mox. First in the Athenian portico and gymnasium, presently in the Roman school.
Evolvendis. By unrolling; i. e. by reading.
Seientia —hmanarumque.    Cic. de Off. 2, 2: Sapientia est rerum
divinarum  et humanarum   causarumqgue, quibus hae res continentur,
scientia. See also Tuscul. 4, 26.
9. Artem. Refers to philosophsa.
Superbo,nomine. The term philosophia was originally adopted as an
unpretending name, but in process of time it became associated with the
arrogance of many professed teachers of philosophy.
Rebus repetitis. A legal phrase: having demanded back his property.
Corpus. The art of eloquence is conceived as made up of members, of
which philosophy should be reckoned as one.
10. Rationalem. Seneca and Quintilian restrict this term to logic or
dialectics; Macrobius applied it also to investigations concerning the
motion and the immortality of the soul, which Seneca includes, in natural
philosophy, or physics. See Sen. Ep. 89, 16.
Si. For siquidem.
Colligere.  iv2LoyiSea6at; to syllogize, or prove by logical reasoning.
Resolvere. To refute.
11. Docere etc. Comp. n. on X, 1, 78.
12. Numeros. See n. on X, 1, 4.
Unum, alterum. Refer to numeros: one or another movement.
13. Comprehensionibus. In its propositions.
Summa celeriter comprehensa. Dialectics teaches the use of concise
propositions, in which all the points of a question are briefly comprehended.
Separandis. As, for instance, by defining a crime, and then showing
the difference between the act in question and the definition. Sui facti ab
illa definitione separatio.  Cic. de Inv. 2, 18.
Dividendo. By analyzing, or making a logical division of a subject.
See n. on X, 1, 106.
lliciendo, implicando. By entangling, by involving.
Vires. Scil. oratoriae.
14. Cavillatione. This term is applied to the subtle controversies of
the schools.
15. Sicat superioribus libris.  Especially in the third and seventh
books.
Alia conjectura etc. In some causes the decision depends on the
evidence of facts. The effort to reach the truth by the comparison of facts
is called conjectura, and the question, ground of argument, or status in
such a case is called conjecturalis. In other causes the conclusion depends
on definitions, finitionibus, and the question or status is then called




162                           NOTES.
finitivus. In others the inquiry is not as to the fact or the name of it, but aa
to the right or wrong, the justification or non-justification of the act. This
is called the status qualitatis, and such questions in qualitate consistunt.
Lastly, there is the status legalis, in which the defendant claims on legal
grounds that the suit should be set aside, or tried in some other way, or
before some other tribunal, jure summoveantur vel tram ferantur. The
status legalis, or legal question, embraces four varieties: 1 the syllogism,
by which from some existing statute certain things, though not expressed,
are syllogized or logically deduced, cplliguntur; 2 leges contrariae, inconsistent laws, legal provisions which ipsa inter se concurrunt, and admit
therefore of no decision; 3 amphibolia, ambiguity of terms, allowing
contrary deductions; in diversum ambiguitate ducuntur; 4 (omitted by
Quintilian in this passage) questions which discuss the letter and spirit of
a law; scriptum  et. verbum. Amidst such perplexities of the law the
orator must often fall back upon purely ethical principles.
Jure.  On the ground of legality.
In sola qualitate consistunt. Rest on the (moral) quality alone.
16. In consiliis. In deliberations.  Oratory is divided, with reference
to the occasions on which it is employed, into three genera: the deliberative, the jzdicial, and the laudative or vituperative. The last is also called
the epideictic or demonstrative. See III, 4, 12, sqq.
18. Potentior. More effective.
Accedit. Follows; is subordinate to. Boeckh explains the word here
by eTrerat.
In ill studiorum more. In that manner of (philosophical) discussions
so well known to us in Grecian authors.
19. Comprehensionibus. See n. on ~ 13.
Status finitivus. See n. on ~ 15.
Instrui. Supply oratorem.
Ab iis qui. The teachers of philosophy.
Quaestio juris. See n. on ~ 15.
20. Ut docuimus. i. e. in ~ 15.
21. Quae-nescientis.   What eloquence indeed can be understood as
vertaining to a man who is unacquainted with the best things?  Saltem has
here the force of quidem.
22. Liberrimum is said of the free speech of the earlier Athenian
comedy, which while praising the eloquence of Pericles, satirized his character. Comp. XII, 10, 24.
Anaxagorae physici. Anaxagoras of Clazomene taught at Athens in
the age of Pericles, and gave a new direction to philosophy by his careful
study of nature. He was banished on the charge of atheism B. C. 432,
and died at Lampsacus, B. C. 430.
23. l. Tnllius testatur. See Orat. ch. 3.
Ipse. Cicero gives this testimony in regard to'himself, whereas




NOTES.                          163
in the instances of Pericles and Demosthenes we have the facts from
history.
24. Epicurus. II, 17, 15 —-qui disciplinas omnes fugit. Cic. also,
de Finibus, 1, 7, speaks of Epicurus deterring others from learned studies.
Pyrrhon. A sceptical philosopher of the time of Alexander the Great.
25. Praestantissimos Tiros.  Plato and Carneades are examples.
Gesner also adds Cicero.
Peripatetici-jactant.  The most distinguished were Aristotle and
Theophrastus.
26. Inter ipsos. Among (the philosophers) themselves.
Sacramento rogati, and, below, in leges jurare, terms relating to the
military oath, are applied here to the allegiance of the philosophers to
their several systems of belief.
27. Cam vitae etc. While the orator must equal the philosopher in
excellence of life, he must also be perfect in eloquence. Thus his work is
greater.
28. Quae (sint) bona, quid mitiget etc. The subjunctives are interrogative, and depend on questiones, or some other term to be supplied.
AniumI coelestem. Spalding supplies deceat; Buttmann levet.
31. Tantnm-adquierit. The text;ofthispassage is very doubtful. In
the reading as here given by Bonnell, tantumn is translated only or but.
Cognitis rebus may be understood of the mere- knowledge of historical
examples as opposed to their practical application and imitation on the
part of " that orator (ille) who thinks it not enough merely to regard the
immediate (proximum) and actually present time, but looks upon the
whole history of future ages as the career of his honorable life, and the
period of his fame."
Hinc. i. e. ex antiquitus dictis etc.
In causis atque consiliis. In legal as well as legislative speeches; ii
the courts and in the senate.
CHAPTER III.
THE ORATOR MUST KNOW THE LAWS OF HIS COUNTRY.
l-i The disadvantage of ignorance of the laws. 7-12 The attainment of this
knowledge not difficult.
NOTES ON CHAPTER III.
1. Et morum et religionun. The first term embraces secular, the
second sacred laws. Jus civile with the Romans related both to the
religious and political institutions of the commonwealth.
Qui-pronuntiant. Actors, who repeat the words taught them by the
poets.




164                         NOTES.
2. Ut. Although.
4. Velut ad arcnlas. Buttmann thinks that the comparison is not
drawn from any custom in battles, but from some practice usual in the
palaestrae or other places of exercise.
Clamorem suum. Cic. de Orat. 3, 34: Hunc non clamator aliquis
ad clepsydram latrare docuerat.
5. Si ad horam-constiterit. The praetor usually appointed an hour
for the parties to appear before him and give reasons why a suit should, or
should not be instituted. Quintilian would have the advocate competent,
if present on such an occasion, to make himself useful from his knowledge
of law.
In testationibus faciendis. In preparing evidence.
7. Consultorum responsis. By the opinions of jurists.
11, 12. Aii, alii. Some (despairing of success as orators) have betaken
themselves to the study of legal formularies, and have become mere
technical lawyers; others affecting the manners of stoic philosophers, have
pretended to despise oratorical attainments.
Leguleil quidam. Comp. Cic. de Orat. 1, 55.
12. Subito. Changing suddenly their course of life, after having tried
in vain to shine as speakers.
CHAPTER    IV.
KNOWLEDGE OF HISTORY AND FICTION NECESSARY TO THE ORATOR.
NOTES ON CHAPTER IV.
2. Tuta. Not authentic, indeed, but yet safe to be used as examples,
because so long recognized and sanctioned as equal in value to real
histories.
Ultima aetas=.senectus.
Praeteritis-videamur. That we should seem to have lived in passed
generations; as having acquired by the study of history the knowledge
which men without that study can gather up only by a long life of observation and experience.




NOTES.                           165
CHAPTER V.
QUALITIES WHICH ARE HELPS TO ORATORICAL ART.
1-4 A fearless spirit, self-reliance, and a pure conscience. 5-6 Excellence of voice,
strength of lungs, and fine presence.
NOTES ON CHAPTER V.
1. Haec. The matters which have been treated of in the twelfth book
are aids (instrumenta) not furnished by rhetorical art, but dependent on
the individual character and attainment of the orator.
Promiseram. See prooemium, ~4; and prooemium       to the entire
work, ~22.
Accedente-gratia.  This passage embraces what properly belongs to
the art.
Ex his.  Of these helps. Animi praestantia is comprehended in
Chaps. 1 and 2.
4. Non concidamus. For ne concidamus.
5. lt supra dixi. Prooemitm to the Institutions, ~ 27.
Trachalus. See X, 1, 119.
Ut Cicero. De Orat. 1, 28.
6. Cum in basilica Julia etc. See n. on X, 3, 30.
Votum. By metonymy for votis expetendurn.
CHAPTER     VL
THE PROPER AGE FOR BEGINNING TO SPEAK IN THE COURTS.
NOTES ON CHAPTER VI.
1. Demosthenes. Demosthenes argued his cause against his guardians
at the age of eighteen.
Calvas, Caesar, Pollio. This fact is mentioned in the "Dialogue " of
Tacitus, 34. The quaestorian age under the emperors was twenty-five.
Caesar Augustus. See Suet. Octav. 8.
2. Et proferatur. For neque proferatur.
lInascitur. i. e. animo juvenili.
4. Pro Sexto Roseio locus. The passage is from the speech in defence
of Roscius Amerinus, who was charged with parricide. It is quoted more
at length in Orat. 30, 107, where Cicero remarks that his maturer judgment
disapproved of it as too florid.




166                          NOTES.
5. Omnia desiderant. See the instance of Porcius Latre, X, 5, 18.
Aqua deficit. Speakers were sometimes governed by the clepsydra, or
water-clock. Thus water failing is synonymous with time failing.
Loquendum   est. Simple, informal'talk' must sometimes be substituted for eloquence.
6. Viribus nietetem. Buttmann takes nitentem from niti rather than
from nitere.
Adhuc alendo.  Which still must be nourished.
CHAPTER     VI.
PRINCIPLES TO GUIDE THE ORATOR IN UNDERTAKING CAUSES.
1-7 The kind of causes he should engage in. 8-12 The question of rendering
services without reward.
NOTES ON CHAPTER VII.
3. Cum propugnatoribus. For cun facto propugnatorum.
Obsidem-aceusationem.    To present as a pledge (of their good will)
to the state their (voluntary) prosecution of bad citizens.
4. Creditur is emphatic as the antithesis to appellatus.
Dacetur cansa. He will be led by the cause; i. e. by the character of
the cause.
6. Dignitatem as opposed to minores is here equivalent to digniores;
persons of rank or eminence.
7o Neque est. Supply litigator as the antecedent of qui.
Ex illis-causis. For those reasons which I have mentioned above.
See XII, 1, 36 sqq.
8. Gratisne. By the Cincian law, B. C. 204, no advocate was allowed
to receive a reward for his services. This law was reenacted under the
Caesars, but with some qualification, allowing fees to be paid in certain
cases.
9. Socrati-ad victum. This contribution was widely different from
the large fees demanded by the sophists, who lived sumptuously on the
income thus acquired.
11. Periculis. Trials.
lIalo-peecet. I prefer, however, that he (the ungrateful client) should
be guilty of wrong, rather than that the advocate should make his duties a
matter of bargain and sale, by stipulating (paciscendo) his price before
undertaking the cause.




NOTES.                           1 67
CHAPTER VIII.
HOW CAUSES SHOULD BE INVESTIGATED.
1-8 The most careful attention must be given to the particulars of the case.
9-11 Much conversation must be held with the client. 11-15 Everything which is
expected to help the cause must be critically inspected.
NOTES ON CHAPTER VIII.
2. Communl tractata loTorum. By enallage for tractatu communium
locotrum.
lamandi.   Of declamation.
3. lactantia.  For the sake of the display.
Clamoribbs. i. e. audientium.
Reduecntur. Are escorted home.
4. Delicias. Here, as in X, 3, 18, the employment of agents for the
performance of unpleasant drudgery is styled deliciae.
Qui-iiubent.   Who desire their friends to be informed; or to
ascertain what are the details of the case to be argued.
Media manns. An intermediate agent. So in XI, 2, 3.
Cum dicturis-sint. This is the reading of the best manuscripts.
The sense is: Whereas to the speakers (dicturis) their own pleadings are
not of so much importance; namely, as to induce them to give personal
attention to the investigation of the facts. Yet how can a second person
be expected to take a lively interest in such an investigation, if the
advocate himself does not?
5. Libellis. Briefs, or schedules drawn up by the client himself, or by
an attorney.
Delude here, as in X, 1, 127, is equivalent to nihilo minus. It
indicates the inconsistency between the two actions confitentur andfaciunt.
Declinandum.   To be softened. To be presented somewhat indirectly.
7. Ex tempore. So that there may be no opportunity for studied
misrepresentation, as in the writing out of the case just spoken of.
8. Vulnus. A weak point in the case.
9. Evoeandus. To be called out, as it were from his concealment.
10. Agendas adversarius. The part of opponent must be acted. He
must assume the position of the opposite party.
13. Linum ruptum.    Linen threads were bound round legal documents, and sealed.
Agnitore. One who acknowledges his signature. Some copies read
agnitione.
15. Tertiam personam. The first character assumed by the advocate




168&                          NOTES.
in preparing his case is that of patron to his client, the second is that of
opponent, the third is that of judge or juryman.
CHAPTER IX.
THINGS TO BE OBSERVED IN PLEADING.
1-7 Popular applause must be sacrificed to the real interests of the case. f8-i8
Personal invective and ebullitions of temper hurt both the advocate and his client.
14-21 What preparation is necessary, and how unexpected exigencies are to be met.
NOTES ON CHAPTER IX.
1. Praeseatis. Join with laudis.  The applause of the moment,
elicited here and there in the course of the speech, is no proof of its
excellence as a whole. That is determined by the impression left upon
the judges and the intelligent part of the audience when all is over.
2. Praecsis. For the more usualpraeruptus or abscissus.
Operumi mole.  On account of their massive fortifications.
Diffidles. Supply aditu.
Laetins. In a richer style.
3. Operibus. Works of circumvallation and siege are meant.
4. Opinionis. Reputation. Comp. X. 5, 18, and below, ~ 7.
Doeis.  The well informed (advocates).
5. M.I Antonius praecipit. Perhaps the precept here referred to was
found in the work of Antony. It is more probable, however, that Quintilian
has in mind the sentiment ascribed by Cicero to Antony in de Orat. 2, 1.
6. Necesse est enim. i. e. in such a case.
8. Obiecturum.   That he will throw out against the opposite party.
9. Appins. Perhaps Appius Claudius Caecus.
Cognituram  subire.  To incur an information, or charge; to be
informed against.
16. Quam res patietur plunma.    As many things written as the
business will possibly snffer. Patietur is substituted here with quam and
the superlative for pati poterit.
It Dentosthenes ait. The saying is not extant in any of the existing
speeches of Demosthenes.
Publicis indiicis, "In private trials there was but one formal plea
delivered before the judges, and the rest of the proceedings generally
consisted of statements and rejoinders. In public trials there was more
formality. Thus if in the opening of the case many things were presented
by the opposite party which demanded a more deliberate and careful
refutation, the importance of the suit and the dignity of the court required
that a new action should be allowed after the interval of several days, when
the advocates were permitted to speak again before the judges."  Spald.




NOTES.                             169
17. Tota actione. Analogous to the ablative of time.
Ex illis. From those things which have been written.
18. Omni. As the Greek form of the proverb is b~    nro6i, omni here
cannot be numerical, as some have understood it.
19. Ibi. Namely, in court.
20. Et omittitur-et transfertur.   When our ideas have been premeditated, a thought which is found out of place, is easily left out, or else
transferred to a more appropriate connection.
CHAPTER X.
THE KINDS OF ORATORY.
1-9 The classes of oratory illustrated by the various schools of painting and
sculpture. 10-12 This illustration applied to the past orators of Rome. 13-15 Cicero
defended against the self-styled Attics. 16-19 The oratory of Greece classified as
Attic, Asian, and Rhodian. 20-26 The diversity of the Attics among themselves, and
their characteristic excellence as a genus. 27-34 Greek eloquence is superior to
Roman chiefly on account of the greater richness, flexibility, and agreeableness of the
language. 35-39 This disadvantage must be compensated by ingenuity of thought,
and rhetorical ornament. 40-48 The error of repudiating all ornamentation. 49-57
A difference between spoken and written discourse sometimes, though by no means
always necessary. 58-65 Another division of oratory into the simple, the grand,
and the intermediate. 66-68 Various mixed styles between these. 69-12 All have
their use. 73-76 A vicious kind of eloquence described. 77-80 All desirable qualities may be acquired by study.
NOTES ON CHAPTER X.
1. Propoitus.   II, 14, 5: RRhetorice sic, ut opinor, optime dividetur,
ut de arte, de artifice, de opere dicamus.
Genere ipso.  Comp. X, 1, 103.
2. Nlescio an ars ulla. Equivalent to dubito an ulla. See Andrews'
Lex. article an, 2, e, and f.
Ars here implies artifex in ulla arte.
6. Fingendi.   Fingere is applied to modeling or sculpture.
7. Adhue. Join with molliora.
Supra dictis. Than those above (or just) mentioned.
9. Citra aemulnm.   Equivalent to sine aemulo.
10. Species.  Varieties, as distinguished from genera.  Comp. ~~ 1, 2.
Hinc. For ex hoc numero.
Sint, teneant, efflorescat. Perhaps some condition is to be supplied.
Thus: Si genera intueri velis, sint Laelii, etc.  Or it may be taken as a
potential subjunctive.  See H. 485; Z. 527.
13. Non responsuram.    As one who would not reply.
Habetur.   Is (now, in our day) considered.
Floribus, affluentia.  Causal ablatives.
8




1 70                          NOTES.
nlla-occasio. The sense is: There is a more plausible reason for
the latter false criticism: namely that expressed in nimiis floribus etc.; to
which illa refers.
14. Illis legibus. The laws of Attic eloquence, as laid down by these
self-styled Attics.
15. Magni nominis. i.e. Attici.
Ipse respondit. Brut. 82, sqq. Orat. 7, sqq.
17. Alioqui. Besides.
18. Anetoris.  Of their teacher.
21. Solos Atticos follows esse as the predicate.
Tenues, lundos, etc. constitute the subject.
Mlanum-continentes. The figure denotes a quiet, unexcited style.
Hie is taken by Buttm. adverbially in the sense of' in this case,'haec
si ita sint.
Huna enim-modum. For his admirers embrace him as the exemplar
(or measure) of this term, i. e. of the term Attic. Amatores signifies the
admirers of Lysias, and modum is limited by nominis. This is the interpretation of Gesner.
Coeum, Andocidem. Coccus is said to have been a pupil of Isocrates.
Andocides is mentioned by Plutarch as one of'the ten" Athenian orators.
They are given here by Quintilian as speakers who carried the terse style,
genus tenue, to extremes.
22. Simiius. i.e. to Lysias.
Quos, ut homines etc.  Which orators you may call similar in kind
(as being Attic), but diferent in special characteristics, just as (you speak
of) men, i. e. as a genus divided into characteristic species.
23. Locis. In (the proper) places. Not here'in passages,' or'now
and then.' But he is sublime whenever there is occasion for sublimity.
Comp. IX, 4, 83.
24.,11nd iusimrandum. The oath of Demosthenes in the oration on
the crown, in which he swears by those who fell at Marathon and Salamis,
is characterized by such loftiness of sentiment and style as justify the
belief that Demosthenes received instruction from Plato.
25. Ibi demum.   There only; namely, in the plain, or Lysian school
of Attic orators.
Terrae fidmn. Faith is attributed to the earth as making a just
return for what it receives from the husbandman. Horace has a kindred
expression in 0. 3, 16, 30: fides certa segetis.
Menander eludit. Menander seems to have spoken jestingly of the
faith of the Attic soil as yielding back what it received, and nothing more.
26. Adiecerit. If any one shall have acquired, besides the excellencies
of Demosthenes, some good qualities which he did not possess.
Audiam, non fecit. The interrogation is in the'first of these clauses:
Shall I hear (some one) say: Demosthenes did not do this?




NOT-S.                           17]
27. Voealem alteram. Namely, v,
Consonantem.   p.
29. Sexta. F.
Proxima aeipit. Be ng next (before) receives (it); i. e. comes imme
diately before it. The consonant takes to itself the following vowel, both
being united in utterance.
Consonantem frangit. Breaks tthe force of a (following) coilsonant.
Thusf breaks the force of r inframiit.
Aeolicae litterae. The form  of the digamma, introduced by the
emperor Claudius to represent the consonant sound of v was an invertedf
(I). It was soon laid aside.
39. Ilia (littera). The letter q which is here intended, would be
supervacua, inasmuch as it is essentially the same as c, unless it were
useful in those combinations in which u after q coalesces with a following
vowel. As in aqua, where the substitution of c for q would make three
syllables instead of two.
31. Cludimus. For the more usual form daudinmus.
32. Sed et etc. But even in hwe preposition (ab) by annexing s, which
itself indeed was discordant with the letter b &c.
33. Acuta, flexa, gravem, grayest Perhaps vox is the word understood.
Nominibus. Here for all parts of speech.
34. His iila potentiora. Those (words of the Greeks) are more ele&tive than these (of us Romans).
Quae denominata.  Those things whidc have their names in Latin, and
which, therefore, caA be expressed without circumlocution.
In eadera.  To tie same words; the same circle of terms.
Linguarum. Of dialects. The Ionic, Doric, &c.
Illis. The Greeks, as opposed to nos.
35, 36. Sententias, inventioine sensus, translationum, denote the
striking ideas, the ingenious fancy, and the various rhetorical ornaments
with which the Romans must compensate for the poverty and rigidity of
their language.
35. Fortioribus verbis. The bolder and more masculine terms of the
Latin.
36. Proprietas means the use of words in their literal sense. The
Greek is so copious that nearly all ideas can be expressed in it without a
figure.
Copia is here not copia verborum, but copia dicendi, an easy flow of
eloquence as regards the thought, rather than the words.
37. SuOS portus Ihabent  Even those of the Greeks who are of an
inferior order of talent, find their harbors; find ports for the disposal of
their goods; or, without-a figure, they find approving readers, on account
of the simple grace of style which is inseparable from the language in
which they write.




17 2                         NOTES.
Litora interim seqnenda. We must sometimes imitate the plainness
and simplicity of the Greeks, but even then the Roman language compels
us to keep away somewhat from the very plainest style (vada), and to
find aliquid altius, some water for our boat a little deeper than-that in
which the Grecian orator can sail.
38. Verborum-condienda.    The agreeableness of our words must be
seasoned from without.. Agreeableness must be imparted to our words by
extraneous things. Particularly referring to delivery.
39. Privatis. Supply causis. In private suits simplicity (tenuitas)
was generally appropriate.
42.. Parcius-dueentes. More cautiously, yet on the same principle (as
the poets), esteeming as excellencies things which are artificial (falsa) and
figurative (impropria).
Recedendum. i. e. in oratione.
43. In loco compositionis  On the subject of composition. Namely in
IX, 4, 3, sqq.
Necessaria-est.  What is (absolutely) necessary, than which nothing
less will suffice; not a word less will convey the sense.
Cui is to be joined with satis esset.
Species. Forms or states of feeling.
45. Effectins. iS~ore elaborate. More wrought out and artificial.
Non solum (non)-Sed ne-quidem. A. & S. 277%, R. 6; Z. 274, 6.
Cum-litigatoris. While he aimed as an orator to do justice to the
subject itself, and present it in a creditable manner, at the same time his
chief aim was to advance the interest of his client.
46. Nisi ut sensus etc. See Introduction, page 15.
Neque enim-potest. Equivalent to namque hoc fieri potest.
47. Non-gradus. The finery of the foppish orators of the period is
described in Tacit. Dial. 26. Gradus denotes the tiers of curls rising on
the head one above another.
Cum eo quod. See n. on X, t, 13. The sense is: Besides this, unless
you should associate beauty with lust and luxury, those things which
are more honorable would also be the more beautiful.
48. eiem contineant. Sententiae or aphorisms comprise the whole
question at issue.
49. Mox. Here in the sense of postea.
50. Quod-dedicatur. Buttm. is uncertain whether to take libris in
the dative or ablative. We may translate: What is consigned to books.
51. zrapa6fetyua, iv'tfitua.  The example is best for speaking, because
there is less time for reflection.  The enthymeme is better adapted to
written discourse, because the reader can'stop and reason.
Itaque nullas etc. Supply oratio scripta as the nominative, and insert
virtutes after nullas; thus: Written discourse ought to contain all excel
lencies; excellencies, I say, not faults.




NOTES.                           173
52. Qnodsl-sapientam. But if you should give me (as my audience)
a body of wise judges.
Sapientum. For sapientium.
54. An Demosthenes etc. More fully expressed the language would
be: An Demosthenes male egisset, si egisset ita ut scripsit? The text of
this passage, however, is disputed.
55. Seeundum naturam indicantinm. If the character of the judges is
such that the orator is obliged to introduce some things in bad taste
(vitia), these blemishes must be left out of the published work, lest they
should seemto have belonged to the purpose of the orator rather than to
have been occasioned by circumstances.
56. Cicero praecipit. The passage referred to cannot be found.
Testium personis. By reason of the character of witnesses. i. e. in
order to accommodate the peculiarities of witnesses.
57. Amphionem. Amphion was a frequent name of freedmen and
common people.
58. Et ipsa. This division also is threefold as well as that which
classifies oratory as Attic, Asian, and Rhodian. -See ~~16, 18.
59. Sno genere plenum.  Complete in its own kind, or, of itself. i. e.
The simple style is of itself sufficient for the entire composition, when the
subject does not require the grand or beautiful.
61. Pontem indignetur. Aen. 8,'728.
Torrens. Here an adjective agreeing with ille (amnis).
Ut Appium Caecum. The allusion is to the oration pro Caelio, 14,
where Appius Caecus is imagined to address Clodia.
Patria exclamabit. Orat. in CatiL 1, 7.
Aliquandoque Ciceronem  etc. The sense is: And sometimes the
country will address the orator as she does Cicero, &c. See Orat. in
Catil. 1, 11.
62. Quae Cliaribdis etc. Cic. Phil. 2, 27.
Vos enim Albani etc. Cic. Pro Mil. 31.
Te vidit etc. From some orator unknown.
64. Menelao. Il. 3, 213, sqq.
Nestoris. I. 1, 249.
Ulixe. n. 3, 221.
65. In Pericle. See n. on X, 1, 82.
66. Ex duobus. Join with mixtum. Comp. X, 1, 54.
Eorum limits the adjective medium. See examples in Forcellini from
Caesar and the poets.
67. Ilund lene. The ap6jp6v, medium orfloridum.
Cum interim. For cum tamen.
68. Quinque sonos. The ancient system   of tones embraced two
octaves; as, for example from C to'c. The "five sounds" are the extremes of these two octaves together with the intervening fourths. The




174                            NOTES.
"filling up of the intervals" (spatia) between these refers to the other
sounds of the diatonic scale, and "the inserting of still other soundsM
"between these latter " refers to the chromatic and enharmonic intervals.
This is in substance the explanation given by Boeckh.
7o Sponsonibuas. Certain sums deposited by the litigants to be
adjudged to the successful party.
De certa credita. Supplypecunia.
74. Per aggerem (viae). Along the highway.
Cireiat. Little gatherings.
75. Ovidias. The passage is taken perhaps from     some tragedy of
Ovid.
76. Facnlis. Equivalent to fco tinctis; things dyed with ouge.
CHAPTER     XI.
CONCLUSION.
1-4 The advocate should give up public speaking Tefore his powers decline. 4-7
He can then devote himself to writing, and give useful instruction to his successors.
8-13 The manifold accomplishments recommended in this work are not too difficult
to be attained. 14-20 The chief impediments are the loss of time, the incompetency
and unfaithfulness of teachers, and the trivial pursuits of the world. 21-24 The
example of many great men shows how much can be achieved. 25-30 If the highest
position cannot be reached, something less may still be honorable. 81. Closing words'
addressed to Marcellus Victor.
NOTES ON CHAPTER XI.
2. Ne se quaerat priorer.    Lest he should seek (in vain) his former
power; or more literally: his former self.
3. Quod videatur. A similar example of the subjunctive occurs in II,
16, 1: quidam-invehi solent, et, quod sit indignissimum-utuntur.
Oecasi fait. i. e. Afro.
4. Illa. Those things, namely, which he delivered at the advanced
period of his life.  Of whatever quality (qualiacutmque) these were, they
were not absolutely bad, but only inferior to his former efforts. This,
however, is not the interpretation of Buttmann, who refers illa to the above
mentioned ridicule of some, and shame of others.
In liris Ciceronis. De Orat. 1, 42, 190.
Os debit.  Will give utterance.
5. More veterum. See n. on X, 5, 19. Also Cic. de senect. 8, 9.
Ratio is the emendation proposed by Spalding for ratis.
6. Caelium. See Cic. pro Cael. 4.
Pansam, Hirtiim, Dolabellam. See Cic. ep. ad. Diversos 9, 16.
8. The peroration commences here.




NOTES.                           1 75
9. Perhorreseant, desperent. The construction of vereor ne is continued here.
10. Renuntient sibi. Let them call to mind.
12. Promuntur. This reading is substituted by Bonnell for premunt.
13. Cetera. The rest of the things to be acquired besides the institutio
vitae honestae beataeque just spoken of.
15. MlIagna pars aetatis. Contrasted with multis annis.
16. Cognoscere is used here absolutely: to get knowledge. i.e. to
become acquainted with life, as opposed to the training of the schools.
17. Sed breve etc. - The sentiment of this passage is fully presented in
Seneca de brevitate vitae.
18. Fabulis. Here not dramatic performances, but stories or plays as
matter for reading. Comp. Cic. de fin. 5, 19.
Adice and trabat (used as'an imperative) may be taken as the protasis
to ne ea quidem etc.
Ne ea quidem. Even the spaces of time remaining after these follies
and cares have been attended to, are unfitted for, intellectual culture,
because of the habits of mind engendered by such vain and hurtful
occupations.
19. Omnia (temporaa) includes all the times given to the above mentioned
employments, not ea quae supersunt.
21. Dllsisse-auditores. There is a wide difference in the manuscript
readings here.  I have adhered to Bonnell's, -hich rests on good
authority.
24. Celsus. See n. on X, 1, 124.
25. At supposes an objection. Ante omnia etc., is the reply.
Capere id rerum naturam. This reading has better authority than
cadere in r. n. given in some editions.  Capere id, etc. may be rendered
Nature is capable of this, nor does she understand, etc.
26. lit Cicero ait. Orat. 1, 4.
28. Alloqui-fuisset. The idea more fully expressed is this: Moreover
art in its highest advancement would have rendered very poor service to
humanity, if what was best had already been achieved, thus leaving no
hope or incentive to genius for the future. Many editions instead of
fuisset read defuisset.
29. Hane minorem   mercedem.    The personal influence, friendly
alliances, reputation, &c., gained by eloquence constitute a merely incidental reward, inferior to the intellectual culture and enjoyment derived
from the study of it.
More eorum. According to the practice of the Epicureans, who thought
that virtue should be cultivated because it ministered to pleasure. See
Cic. de off. 3, 3, 33.
31. Bonam voluntatem. A right intention, or a desire for what is
truly good in eloquence.
THE END.








D. APPLET6N & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
HARKNESS'S LATIN GRAMMAR.
12mo, 355 pages.
Although this work has been published only a few weeks, it is recommended by
and introduced into a large number of Colleges and Classical Schools, among which t
te fllowing:
BOWDOIN CCILLEGE, Brunswick, Me.
BATES' COLLEGE, Lewiston, Maine.
LE: iSTON FALLS ACADEMY, Auburn, Me.
DOVER HIGH SCHOOL, Dover, N. H.
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE.
NORWICH UNIVERSITY, Norwich, Vt.
GLENWOOD LADIES' SEMINARY, Brattleboro, Vt.
AMHERST COLLEGE, Amherst, Mass.
TUFT'S COLLEGE, Medford, Mass.
PHILLIPS' ACADEMY, Andover, Mass.
STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, Framingham, Mass.
HIGHLAND SCHOOL, Worcester, Mass.
NEWTON HIGH SCHOOL, Newton, Mass.
PUBLIC HIGH ICHOOL, Springfield, Mass.
ROXBURY LATIN SCHOOL, Roxbury, Mass.
LAWRENCE ACADEMY, Groton, Mass.
AUBURNDALE FEMALE SEMINARY, Auburndale, Mas.
SPENCER ACADEMY, Spencer, Mass.
JAMAICA PLAIN HIGH SCHOOL, Jamaica Plain, Mass.
BROWN UNIVERSITY, Providence, R. I
UNIVERSITY GRAMMAR SCHOOL, Providence, E. L
PUBLIC HIGH SCHOOL, Providence, R. I.
FRIENDS' BOARDING SCHOOL, Providence, R. I.
WARREN HIGH SCHOOL, Warren, R. I.
PROVIDENCE CONFERENCE SEMINARY, East Greenwich, L L
WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY, Middletown, Ct
FREE ACADEMY, Norwich, Ct.
NEW LONDON ACADEMY, New London, Ct.
YALE COLLEGE, New Haven, Ct.
ROCHESTER UNIVERSITY, Rochester, N. Y
MADISON UNIVERSITY, Hamilton, N. Y.
NEW YORK FREE ACADEMY, New York.
CORTLAND ACADEMY, Homer, N. Y.
OSWEGO HIGH SCHOOL, Oswego, N. Y.
HAMILTON COLLEGE, Clinton, N. Y.
HOBERT'S FREE COLLEGE, Geneva, N. Y.
CANANDAIGUA ACADEMY, Canandaigua, N. Y.
NEWTON HIGH SCHOOL, Newton, N.J.
HAVERFORD COLLEGE, West Haverford, Pa
CLASSICAL AND MILITARY SCHOOL, Columbia, Pa
bHURTLEFF COLLEGE, Upper Alton, I11l
IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY, Iowa City, Iowa.
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, Ann Arbor, Michigam




D. APPLETON & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
Germania and Agricola of Caius Cornelius
Tacitus:
With Notes for Colleges.    By W. S. TYLER, Professor of the Gree
and Latin Languages in Amherst College. 12mo, 193 pages.
Tacitus's account of Germany and life of Agricola are among the most fascinatia,d instructive Latin classics. The present edition has been prepared expressly fot
Allege classes, by one who knows what they need. In it will be found: 1. A Lathi
t*t, approved by all the more recent editors. 2. A copious illustration of the grammatical constructions, as well as of the rhetorical and poetical usages peculiar to
Tacitus. In a writer so concise it has been deemed necessary to pay particular regard
to the connection of thought, and to the particles as the hinges of that connection.
8. Constant comparisons of the writer with the authors of the Augustan age, for the
purpose of indicating the changes which had already been wrought in the language of
the Eoman people. 4. An embodiment in small compass of the most valuable labors
ef such recent German critics as Grimm, Gunther,. Gruber, Kiessting, Dronkc, Roth,
Ruperti, and Walther.
From PEOF. LrNcoaL, of Browns   niversity.
"I1 have found the book in daily use with my class of very great service, very
practical, and well suited to the wants of students. I am very much pleased with the
Life of Tacitus and the Introduction, and indeed with the literary character of the book
throughout. We shall make the book a part of our Latin course."
The History of Tacitus
By W. S. TYLER.      With Notes for Colleges.   12mo, 453 pages.
The text of Tacitus is here presented in a form as coract as a comparison of tha
oest editions can make it. Notes are appended for the student's use, which contain
not only the grammatical, but likewise all the geographical, archaeological, and historical illustrations that are necessary to render the author intelligible. It has been
the constant aim of the editor to carry students beyond the dry details of grammar
and lexicography, and introduce them to a familiar acquaintance and lively sympathy
with the author and his times. Indexes to the notes, and to the names of persons and
~licea, render reference easy.
FIorn PROF. IIAOCKE', of Newton Theological Seminaaly.
"The notes appear to me to be even more neat and elegant than those on the
TGermanta and Agricola.' They come as near to such notes as I would be glad to writs
aavself ( a classic, as almost any thing that I have yet seen."




D. APPLETON & CO.' PUBLICATIONS.
The Works of Horace.
With English Notes, for the use of Schools and Colleges. By J. L
LINCOLN, Professor of the Latin Language and Literature ix
Brown University. 12mo, 575 pages.
The text of this edition is mainly that of Orelli, the most important' readings o
other critics being given in foot-notes. The volume is introduced with a biographica
Aotch of Horace and a critique on his writings, which enable the student to enter inelilgently on his work. Peculiar grammatical constructions, as well as geographical
and historical allusions, are explained in notes, which are just full enough to aid the
pupil, to excite him to gam a thorough understanding of the author, and awaken in him
a taste for philological studies, without taking all labor off his hands. While the chief
aim has been to impart a clear idea of Latin Syntax as exhibited in the text, it has also
been a cherished object to take advantage of the means so variously and richly furnished
by Horace for promoting the poetical taste and literary culture of the student.
From an article by PRor. BAmR of the Uneersity of Heidelberg, in the Heidelberg
Atmal8 of Literature.
"uThere are already several American editions of Horace, intended for the use of
schools; of one of these, which has passed through many editions, and has also been
widely circulated in England, mention has been formerly made in this journal; but
that one we may not put upon an equality with the one now before us, inasmuch as
this has taken a different stand-point, which may servo as a sign of progress in this
department of study. The editor has, it is true, also intended his work for the use of
schools, and has sought to adapt it, in all its parts, to such a use; but still, without.osing sight of this purpose, he has proceeded throughout with more independence. ID
the preparation of the Notes, the editor has faithfully observed the principles (laid
down in his preface); the explanaions of the poet's words commend themselves by a,ompressed brevity which limits itself to what is most essential, and by a sharp precision of expression; and references to other passages of the poet, and also to grammars,
dictionaries, &c., ar3 not wanting."
Sallust's Jugurtha and Catiline.
With Notes and a Vocabulary.    By NOBLE BUTLER and MINARD
STURGUS. 12mo, 397 pages.
The editors have spent a vast amount of time and labor in correcting the text, by
a comparison of the most improved German and English editions. It is believed that
this will be found superior to any edition hitherto published in this country. In ao.
osance with their chronological order, the "Jugurtha" precedes the "Catiline"
ohe Notes are copious and tersely expressed; they display not only fine scholarship,
but (what is quite as necessary in such a book) a practical knowledge of the difficulties
which the student encounters in reading this author, and the aids that he required
Teo Vocabulary was prepared by tfe late WILIAMn HI. D BTLaR. It will be found a
able nd faithful performance.
A 




D. APPLETON & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
Virgil's ZEneid.
With Explanatory Notes. By HENRY S. FRIEZE, Professor of Latin
in the State University of Michigan. /Illustrated.  21no, 598
pages,
The appearance of this edition of Virgil's 2Eneid will, it is be.
leved, be hailed with delight by all classical teachers.    Neither
expense nor pains have been spared to clothe the great Latin epic
in a fitting dress. The type is unusually large and distinct, and
errors in the text, so annoying to the learner, have been carefully
avoided.   The work contains eighty-five engravings, which delineate the usages, costumes, weapons, arts, and mythology of the
ancients with a vividnesss that can be attained only by pictorial
Illustrations.  The great feature of this edition is the scholarly and
judicious commentary furnished in the appended Notes.       The author has here endeavored not to show his learning, but to supply
such practical aid as will enable the pupil to understand and appreciate what he reads. The notes are just full enough, thoroughly
explaining the most difficult passages, while they are not so extended as to take all labor off the pupil's hands. Properly used,
they cannot fail to impart an intelligent acquaintance with the
syntax of the language.    In a word, this work is commended to
teachers as the most elegant, accurate, interesting, and practically
useful edition of the.Eneid that has yet been published..From JOHN H. BRUTNNER, President of Hiwasse College.
~ The typography, paper, and binding of Virgil's 2Eneid, by Prof. Freize, &re all that
need be desired; while the learned and judicious notes appended, are very valuatle
Indeed."
From Principal of Pzedmont (Ta.) Academy.
"I have t- thank you for a copy of Prof. Frieze's edition of the BEneid. I have beea
exceedingly pleased in my examination of it. The size of the type from which the
text is printed, and the faultless execution, leave nothing to be desired in these respecta
The adherence to a standard text throughout, increases the value of this edition."
Fromt D. G. MOORE, Principal U. High School, Rutland.
"The copy of Frieze's'Virgil' forwarded to me was duly received. It it so evi
dently superior to any of the other editions that I shall unhesitatingly adopt *t in mi
slates "




D0. APPLETON & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
Select Orations of M. Tullius Cicero:
With Notes, for the use of Schools and C(lleges.  By E. A. JOHNSON,
Professor of Latin in the Univeisity of New York.       12mo. 459
pages.
This edition of Cicero's Select Orations possesses some special advantages for the
student which are both new and important. It is the only edition which contains the
Improved text that has been prepared by a recent careful collation and correct deciphering of the best manuscripts of Cicero's writings. It is the work of the celebrated
Orelli, Madvig, and Klotz, and has been done since the appearance of Orelli's complete
edition. The Notes, by Professor Johnson, of the New York University, have been
mostly selected, with great care, from the best German authors, as well as the English
edition of Arnold.
From THOMAs CHASE, Tutor in Latin in Harvard University.
"Ah edition of Cicero like Johnson's has long been wanted; and the excellence of
the text, the illustrations of words, particles, and pronouns, and the explanation of
various points of-construction and interpretation, bear witness to the Editor's famili
arity with some of the most important results of modern scholarship, and entitle his
work to a large share of public favor."
"It seems to us an improvement upon any edition of these Orations that has been
published in this country, and will be found a valuable aid in their studies to the lovers
af classical literature." —Troy Daily Whig.
Cicero's de Officiis:
With English Notes, mostly translated from   ZurrPT and BONNELL.    By
THOMAS A. THACHER, of Yale College.         12mo, 194 pages.
In this edition, a few historical notes have been introduced in cases where the
Dictionary in common use has not been found to contain the desired information; the
design of which is to aid the learner in understanding the contents of the treatises, the
thoughts and reasoning of the author, to explain grammatical difficulties, and inculcats
a knowledge of grammatical principles. The Editor has aimed throughout to guide
rat. than carry the learner through difficulties; requirinh of him more study, in
consequence of his help, than he would have devoted to the book without it
From M. L. STOEVEB, Professor of the Latin Language and Literature in
Pennsylvania College.
"I have examined with much pleasure Prof Thacher's edition of Cicero de Offlcia,
and am convinced of its excellence. The Notes have been prepared with great car
ond good judgment. Practical knowledge of the wants of the student has enabled the
Editor to furnish just the kind of assistance required; grammatical difficulties are
removed, and the obscurities of the treatise are explained, the interest of the learner
is elicited, and his industry directed rather than superseded. There can be but oni
opinion with regard to the merits of the work, and I trust that Professor Thacher will
be disposed to continue his labors so carefully commenced, in this department of olass1
sal learning."




D. APPLETON & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
Lincoln's Livy.
Selections from  the first Five Books, together with the TwentyFirms
and Twenty-Second Books entire; with a Plan of Rome, a Map of
the passage of Hannibal, and English Notes for the use of Schools
By J. L. LINCOLN, Professor of the Latin Language and Liters
ture in Brown University. 12mo, 329 pages.
The publishers believe that in this edition of Livy a want is supplied which ha
Oen universally felt; there being previous to this no American edition furnished
with the requisite aids for the successful study of this Latin author. The text is
enlefy that of Alschefski, which is now generally received by the best critics. The
notes have been prepared with special reference to the grammatical study of the
language, and the illustration of its forms, constructions, and idioms, as used by Livy.
They will not be found to foster habits of dependence in the student, by supplying
indiscriminate translation or unnecessary assistance; but come to his help only in
such parts as it is fair to suppose he cannot master by his own exertions. They also
embrace all necessary information relating to history, geography, and antiquities.
Lincoln's Livy has been highly commended by critics, and is used in nearly all the
colleges in the country.
Friom PROF. ANDERSON, of WaterTille College.
"A careful examination of several portions of your work has convinced me that,
for the use of students, it is altogether superior to any edition of Livy with which I
am acquainted. Among its excellencies you will permit me to name the close attention given to particles, to the subjunctive mood, the constant reference to the grammars, the discrimination of words nearly synonymous, and the care in giving the localities mentioned in the text. The book will be hereafter used in our college."
Beza's Latin Version of the New                                  Testament.
12mo, 291 pages.
The now acknowledged propriety of giving students of languages familiar works itr
translation-thus adopting in the schools the mode by which the child first learns to
talk-has induced the publication of this new American edition of Beza's Latin Versind
of the New Testament. Ever since its first appearance, this work has kept its place
in the general esteem; while more recent versions have been so strongly tinged with
the peculiar views of the translators as to make them acceptable to particular classes
only. The editor has exerted himself to render the present edition worthy of patronage by its superior accuracy and neatness; and the publishers flatter themselves tI J
the pains bestowed will insure for it a preference over other editions




D. APPLETON & CO.'S PUBLICA TIONS.
C7aesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War.
With English Notes, Critical and Explanatory; a Lexicon, Geograplii
cal and Historical Indexes, a Map of Gaul, &c. By Rev. J. A.
SPENCER, D.D. 12mo, 408 pages.
in th preparation of this volume, great care has been taken to adapt it in every
respct to the wants of the young student, to make it a means at the same time of
advancing him in a thorough knowledge of Latin, and inspiring him with a desire for
further acquaintance with the classics of the language. Dr. Spencer has not, like
some commentators, given an abundance of help on the easy passages, and allowed the
difficult ones to speak for themselves. His Notes are on those parts on which the
pupil wants them, and explain, not only grammatical difficulties, but allusions of every
kind in the text. A well-drawn sketch of Ciesar's life, a Map of the region in whecl
his campaigns were carried on, and a Vocabulary, which removes the necessity of using
a large dictionary and the waste of time consequent thereon, enhance the value of tre
volumo in no small degree.
Quintus Curtius:
Life and Exploits of Alexander the Great. Edited and illustrated with
English. Notes.  By WM. HENRY CROSBY.         12mo, 385 pages.
Curtiua' History of Alexander the Great, though little used in the schools of thia
Bountry, in England and on the Continent holds a high place in the estimation of
fl]assical instructors. The interesting character of its subject, the elegance of its style
and the purity of its moral sentiments, ought to place it at least on a par with Csesar's
Commentaries or Sallust's Histories. The present edition, by the late Professor of
Latin in Rutgers College, is unexceptionable in typography, convenient in form.
scholarly and practical in its notes, and altogether an admirable text-book for classes
preparing for college.
FrWom PROF. OWEN, of the New York Free Academy.
"It gives me great pleasure to add my testimonial to the many you are receiving
na favor of the beautiful and well-edited edition of Quintus Curtius, by Professor Wm.
Henry Crosby. It is seldom that a classical book is submitted to me for examination,
to which I can give so hearty a recommendation as to this. The external appearance is
ttractive; the paper, type, and bindmg being just what a text-book should be, neat
lean, and durable. The notes aro brief, pertinent, scholar-like, neither too exuberan
or too meagre, but happily exemplifying the golden mean so desirable and yet I
ery difficult of attainment."




). APPLE''ON & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
Plato's Apology and Crito;
With Notes. By W. S. TYLER, Graves Professor of Greek in Amherst
College. 12mo, 180 pages.
This edition of the Apology and Crito has been prepared to meet the
laigely felt want among students of the Dialogues of Plato, now mostly
superseded in Academic Courses. It is in the main an exact reprint of
Stallbaum's Third Edition-though the author has had before him, and
used, whenever it seemed best, the editions of Bekker, Forster, Ast, Schleiermacher, and others. The Notes are particularly full and clear; and errors
in the text have been guarded against with the very greatest care.
From J. B. GAERTrT, Professor of Greek, Hanover (Ind.) College.
"I can most heartily say that I am much pleased with the book. Prof. Tyler seems
to have hit the happy medium between too profuse and too scanty notes; and also
to have known the kind of notes needed in our American institutions, better than the
great majority of those who have given us editions of the ancient classics. I have
adopted the work this year, in place of the Georgias, and anticipate much pleasure in
reading it in connection with the class."
From JAcoB COOPER, PH.D., Professor of the GreeJ Latnguage aand Literature in
Centre College, Danville, Ky.
"I have examined Prof. Tyler's edition of the'Apology and Crito,' and am highly
pleased with its execution. It bears the marks of the editor's well-known scholarship,
and is an acceptable addition to our college text-books. The typography is also accurate and very beautiful. I purpose to introduce it into Centre College."
From ALPHEUs S. PACKAED, Professor of the Greek Language, Bowdoin College.
"I received, a short time since, Plato's Apology and Crito, edited by Prof. Tyler.
I am much pleased with the edition, and shall introduce it into my classes as soon as 1
have opportunity. I have no doubt it will prove a most acceptable addition to thclassics read in our colleges."
Fe.om W. H. YOUNG, Dept. Anct. Languages, Ohio lniversity, Athes.
"It will meet a pressing want with us, and shall be introduced at once. The type
Id beautiful indeed, and the earnest teacher of the classics needs no better recommendstion of a text-book than the name of Prof. Tyler."
From the Neaw York Observer.
"A valuable service to classical learning and letters in general has been rendered
by Prof. Tyler, in giving to the American student this edition of Plato's Apology and
rIto. Hitherto, the scholars of our country have had no access to this work of Plato,
except in foreign editions, or as in fragmentary form they found it in the old. and now
obsolete Grseca Majora. It is now placed within their reach, in a form both convenient
and beautiful, and accompanied by such notes and illustrations as to remove all serious
difficulties in ascertaining the meaning of the text. One of the most valuable features
of this edition is the introduction, which occupies some forty pages, and contains a
dlear and scholarly analysis of. the Defence of the great philosopher befcre his judgea
who had already determined on his death"




D. APPLETON & CO. S PUBLICA TIONS.
Arnold's Greek Course.
Revised, Corrected, and Improved, by the Rev. J. A. SPENCER, D.D,
late Professor of Latin and Oriental Languages in Burlington Col
lege, N. J.
FIPRrT GREEK BOOK, on the Plan of the First Latin Book. 12mo, 254 page.
[RACTICAL INTRODUCTION         TO GREEK      PROSE COMPOSITION.        l.aan
237 pages.
BECOND PART TO THE ABOVE. 12mo, 248 pages.
GREEK READING BOOK. Containing the substance of the Practical Introduction
to Greek Construing, and a Treatise on the Greek Particles; also, copious selections from Greek Authors, with Critical and Explanatory English Notes, and a
Lexicon. 12mo, 618 pages.
A complete, thorough, practical and easy Greek course is here presented. The
Deginner commences with the "First Book," in which the elementary principles of
the language are unfolded, not in abstract language, difficult both to comprehend and
to remember, but as practically applied in sentences. Throughout the whole, the
pupil sees just where he stands, and is taught to use and apply what he learns. His
progress is, therefore, as rapid as it is intelligent and pleasant. There is no unnecessary verbiage, nor is the pupil's attention diverted from what is really important by
a mass of minor details. It is the experience of teachers who use this book, that with
it a given amount of Greek Grammar can be imparted to a pupil in a shorter time and
with far less trouble than with any other text-book.
The "First Book" may with advantage be followed by the "Introduction to
Greek Prose Composition." The object of this work is to enable the student, as soon
as he can decline and conjugate with tolerable facility, to translate simple sentences
after given examples and with given words; the principles employed being those of
imitation and very frequent repetition. It is at once a Syntax, a Vocabulary, and an
Exercise book. The "Second Part" carries the subject further, unfolding the most
complicated constructions, and the nicest points of Latin Syntax. A Key is provided
for the teacher's use.
The "Reader," besides extracts judiciously selected from the Greek classics, contains
valuable instructions to guide the learner in translating and construing, and a complete
exposition of the particles, their signification and government. It is a fitting sequel to
the earlier parts of the course, everywhere showing the hand of an acute critic, an
aecomplishad scholar, and an experienced teacher.
Flrom the REV. DR. CoLEMN, Professor of Greek andc Latin, P.inceton, JV. J.
" I can, from the most satisfactory experience, bear testimony to the excellence of
ynr eries of Text-Books for Schools. I am in the daily use of Arnold's Latin ana
Greek Exercises, and consider them decidedly superior to any other Elementary Worki
In those Lalnuaes."




i, APPLETOV -& CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
Short and Comprehensive Greek Grammar
By J. T. CHAMPLIN, Professor of Greek. and Latin in Waterville
College.  12mo, 208 pages.
In compiling this Grammar, Professor Champlin has drawn upon the best critics ad
snammari.ns, and with the results of his research has interwoven much original mat-r suggested during several years' experience in teaching, and editing Greek authors
iie design is to exhibit the essential facts and principles of the language in the clearest, briefest, and most practicable form possible.'With this view, all theories and
complications belonging to general grammar have been avoided, and only their results
used. The amplification and illustration of principles have been carried only so faS
as is necessary to their comprehension. In this way all the real wants of the Greek
student are met, while his attention is not distracted by unnecessary and embarrassing
details. Materials for oral exercises are supplied, and a sketch of Greek versificatioD
Is given in an appendix.
From the REV. Ma. ANDERSON, Ne/ Orleans.
I believe the author has fully accomplished what he proposes in his preface. To
those wishing to study Greek, I am satisfied he has presented a book which will mace
tend to simplify the study to beginners; and at the same time, without being to*
rolumineus, presents as lucid and full an exposition of the principles of the languag
s can be contained within so small a compass."
Kfuhner's Greek Grammar:
Translated by Professors EDWARDS and TAYLOR.              Large 12mo,
620 pages.
Kihner's is universally acknowledged to be the most accurate, comprehensive,
clear, and practical grammar of the Greek language now extant. It is the work of one
who devoted his life to Greek philology, and spent years of patient labor in perfecting
this work. Too full and learned for the beginner, it is just what is needed for the
college curriculum, containing all that a book of reference should contain. The student
will never appeal to its pages in vain. In fulness of illustration, copiousness of
reference, and philosophical analysis of the various forms of language, it is unsurpsed
we might say unequalled.
The present translation is made by two distinguished American schclarE, wne
save revised the whole, verified th, references, and appended an original treatise ot
their own on Greek versification. As now presented to the public, it is believed to
be as perfect a grammar of the Greek language as enlightened research and profound
scholarhbip can produce




D APPLETON & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
Greek Ollendorff;
Being a Progressive Exhibition of the Principles of the Greek Grammar.
By ASAHEL C. KENDRICK, Professor of the Greek Language aid
Literature in the University of Rochester.  12mo, 871 pages.
The present work is what its title indicates, strictly an Olle/dorff, and aims to
Aply the methods which have proved so successful in the acquisition of the modern
sanages to the study of Ancient Greek, with such differences as the different genius
da the Greek, and the different purposes for which it is studied, suggest. It differP
from the modern Ollendorffs in containing Exercises for reciprocal translation, in
confining them within a smaller compass, and in a more methodical exposition of the
principles of language.
The leading object of the autlor was to furnish a book which should serve as an
introduction to the study of Greek, and precede the use of any grammar. It will
therefore be found, although not claiming to embrace all the principles of the Grammar, yet complete in itself. and will lead the pupil, by insensible gradations, from the
simpler constructions to those which are more complicated and difficult. The exceptions, and the more idiomatic forms, it studiously avoids, aiming only to exhibit the
regular and ordinary usages of the language as the proper starting-point for the student's
further researches.
In presenting these, the author has aimed to combine the strictest accuracy with
the utmost simplicity of statement. His work is therefore adapted to a younger class
of pupils than have usually engaged in the study of Greek, and will, it is hoped, win
to the acquisition of that noble tongue many in our academies and primary schools who
have been repelled by the less simple character of our ordinary text-books.
Exercises in Greek Composition.
Adapted to the First Book of Xenophon's Anabasis.      By JAMES R,
BOISE, Professor of Greek in the University of Michigan.  12mo,
185 pages.
These Exercises consist of easy sentences, similar to those in the Anabasis, having
the same words and constructions, and are designed by frequent repitition to make the
learner familiar with the language of Xenophon. Accordingly, the chapters and sece
ions In both are made to correspond. No exercises can be more improving than those
X this volume; obliging the student as they do, by analysis and synthesis, to mastel
be constructions employed by one of the purest of Greek writers, and imbuing him
with the spirit of one of the greatest historians of all antiquity




1. APPLETON & 00.'8 PUBLICATIONS.
XSelophon's Anabasis:
With EpIl.anta)ry Notes for the use of Schools and Colleges in tha
United States. Bv JAMES R. BOISE. Professor of Greek in the
University of Michigan. 12mo, 393 pages.
A handsome and convenient edition of this great classic, really adapted to the wan;t
of schools, has long been needed; the want is here met by Professor Boise in a manner
that leaves nothing to be desired. Decidedly the best German editions, whether text
or commentary be consaiered, have appeared within the last few years; and of these
Mr. Boise has made free use; while, at the same time, he has not lost sight of the fact
that the classical schools ol this country are behind those of Germany, and that simpler
and more elementary explanations are therefore often necessary in a work prepared for
American schools. Nothing has been put in the notes for the sake of a mere display
of learning-pedantry is out of place in a school-book; and nothing has been introduced
by way of comment except what can be turned to practical use by the reader.
An historical Introduction, which will enable the pupil to enter on his task intelligently, is prefixed. An abundance of geographical information, embodying the latest
discoveries of travellers, is supplied; and the whole is Illustrated with Kiepert's excellent map, showing the entire route of the ten thousand on their retreat.
The First Three Books of Anabasis:
With Explanatory Notes and References to Hadley and Kiihner's Greek
Grammars, and to Goodwin's Greek Moods and Tenses. A copious
Greek-English Vocabulary, and Kiepert's Map of the Route of the
Ten Thousand. 12mo, 268 pages.
Xenophon's Memorabilia of Socrates:
With Notes and an Introduction.     By R. D. C. ROBBINS, Professor
of Languages in Middlesex College, Vermont.    12mo, 421 pages.
Thia will be found an exceedingly useful book for College classes. The text Is large
sad distinct, the typography accurate, ani the notes judicious and scholarly. Instea
fo referring the student to a variety of books, few of which are within his reach, the
editor has wisely supplied whatever is necessary. An admirably treatise on the LTf.
ofSocrates introduces the work, and English and Greek Indexes render it easy to refi
to the text and notes.




1). APPLETON & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
Selections from Herodotus;
Comprising mainly such portions as give a Connected History of the
East to the Fall of Babylon and the Death of Cyrus the Great.
By HERMAN M. JOHNSON, D.D., Professor of Philosophy an:3
English Literature in Dickinson College.   12mno, 185 pages.
The present selection embraces such parts of Herodotus as give a connected his
tory of Asiatic nations. These portions are not only particularly interesting in them
selves, but open to the student a new field, inasmuch as the other Greek and Roman
authors commonly put into his hands leave this period of history untouched.
Herodotus is peculiarly adapted to academical reading. It has charms for the
student which no other text-book possesses, on account of the simple elegance of the
style and the liveliness of the narrative. In preparing his notes, the editor has borne
in mind that they are intended for learners in the earlier part of their classical course;
he has therefore made the explanations in the former part of the work quite full, with
frequent references to such grammars as are in the hands of most students.
The notes proper are purely explanatory and grammatical. Other remarks, in the
way of criticism or investigation, are appended to the several chapters, for the sake of
awakening reflection and inciting to further inquiry.
A condensed treatise on the Ionic Dialect, and the peculiar forms of declension and
conjugation used by Herodotus, removes one of the most serious difficulties that has
heretofore embarrassed the student in reading this author. If this chapter is learned
in advance, the dialectic forms, otherwise so troublesome, will be recognized without
the slightest difficulty.
The text is printed in large, bold type, and accompanied with a Map of the regions
described.
Sophocles' CEdipus Tyrannus.
With English Notes, for the use of Students in Schools and Colleges
By HOWARD CROSBY, A.M., Professor of the Greek Language
and Literature in the New York University. 12mo, 138 pagci.
The object had in view in this publication is to furnish to college-students tna
masterpiece of the greatest of Greek tragic poets in a convenient form. No lesared
criticism on text was needed or has been attempted. The Tauchnitz edition has been
chiefly followed, and such aid is- rendered, in the way of notes, as may alisibt, Wa
reeLder needless, the efforts of the student. Too much help begets indolence; too.ittla
Jaspaii, the author has striven to present the happy mean.
The inviting appearance of the text and the merit of the commentary have mroad
Uila volume a favorite wherever it has been used.




D. APPLE'TON & CO.'S PUBLIC'ATIONrS
French Reading Books.
Elementary French Reader:
With an Analytical study of the French Language, Treatise on Freneb
Poetry, and a Dictionary of Idioms, Proverbs, Peculiar Expres
sions, &c. By J. ROEMER, LL.D., Professor of the French Lan.
guage and Literature in the New York Free Academy. 12mo,
297 pages.'We invite attention to this new French Reader, which seems admirably adapted
to the use of the student, and especially to the code of instruction and explanation
with which it is introduced; the whole forming, as we conceive, a book of exceeding
value to both learners and teachers, and capable of greatly facilitating the labors of
both."-N. Y. Commercial Advertiser.
Roemer's Second French Reader:
Illustrated  with  Historical, Geographical, and  Philological Noted.
12mo, 478 pages.
This volume, like the preceding one, presents a series of lively and entertaining
extracts, calculated to stimulate the curiosity and enlist the feelings of the scholar in
fhvor of the language. The selections are made from modern authors exclusively,
and bear witness to the nice literary discrimination of the compiler. As a collection
of elegant extracts, this volume is second to none; it has become a general favorit
both with teachers and students.
Roemer's Polyglot French Reader.
Modern French Reader:
With a Vocabulary of the New and Difficult Words and Idiomatw
Phrases adopted in Modern French Literature.     By F. ROWAN.
Edited by J. L. JEWETT, Editor of Ollendorff's French Method.
12mo, 341 pages.
One object of this volume is to offer specimens of the French language as it la
poeken at the present day, and presented in the works of the modern authors of
France, without the risk of sullying the mind of the young reader by indelicate expressions or allusions; another is to facilitate the task of the teacher by rendering the
work attractive to the pupil; such selections have therefore been made as will, it Is
hoped, be interesting and entertaining to the young reader, while at the same time they
ill provs worthy specimens of the peculiar style of their respective authors



D APPLE'ON & C'O.'S PUBLICATIONLS.
Ollendorff's French Grammars.
FIRST LESSONS IN THE FRENCH LANGUAGE: being an Intro
duction to Ollendorff's larger Grammar. By G. W. GREEN. 16mo, 138 pages.
OLLENDORFF'S NEW          METHOD of Learning tc Read, Write, and SpeaS
the French Language. With full Paradigms of the Regular and Irregular, Aux
iliary, Reflective, and Impersonal Verbs. By J. L. JEWETT. 12mo, 498 pages
-)LLENDORFF'S NEW         METHOD of Learning to Read, Write, and Speak
the French Language. With numerous Corrections, Additions, and Improvements,
s;itable for this Country. To which are added, Value's System of French Prcnunciation, his Grammatical Synopsis, a New Index, and short Models of Commercial Correspondence. By V. VALUE. 12mo, 588 pages.
Ollendorff's French Grammars have been before the public so long, and
cave had their merits so generally acknowledged, that it is unnecessary to
enter into any detailed description of their peculiarities or lengthy argument
in their favor. Suffice it to say, that they are founded in nature, and follow
the same course that a child pursues in first acquiring his native tongue.
They teach inductively, understandingly, interestingly. They do not repel
tle student in the outset by obliging him to memorize dry abstract language
which conveys little or no idea to his mind, but impart their lessons agree
ably as well as efficiently by exercises, which teach the principles success
ively involved more clearly than any abstract language can. They give a
conversational, and therefore a practically useful, knowledge of the language;
the student is made constantly to apply what he learns. To these peculi
aities is due the wide-spread and lasting popularity of the Ollendorff series.
Prof. Greene's Introduction, the first of the works named above, will be
found useful for young beginners. In it are presented the fundamental
principles of the language, carefully culled out, and illustrated with easy
exercises. It paves the way for the larger works, preparing the pupil's
mind for their more comprehensive course and awakening in it a desire for
farther knowledge.
Value's and Jewett's works are essentially the same, though differing
somewhat in their arrangement and the additions that have been made to
the original. Some institutions prefer one, and others the other; either, it
l3 believed, will impart a thorough acquaintance with French, both gram
matical and conversational, by an interesting process, and with but little
mct13 of time and'i'13r




D. APPLETON & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
SILBER'S
PROGRESSIVE LESSONS IN GREEK,
TOGETHER WITH
NOTES AND FREQUENT REFERENCES TO THE GRAMMARS OF
SOPHOCLES, HADLEY, AND CROSBY;
ALSO,
A Vocabulary and Epitome of Greek Grammar for the use of Beginners.
12mo. 79 pages.
From Dr. OWEN, New York Free Academy.
Its arrangement is natural and logical; its tables and rules sufficiently full for all
the general purposes of construction and translation; and its examples admirably
adapted to illustrate the forms of speech and rules of syntax. It has been adopted as
a Text-Book in this Institution.
From Prof. HOWARD CROSBY, D. D.
It is a judicious little volume, and will prove an easy and attractive introduction to
the language. The author has known what to leave out.
From Prof. COLLORD, Polytechnic Institute.
You have done well in referring to the established Grammars of Sophocles, Crosby,
and Hadley; thus making an easy and pleasant transition to those more comprehensive
works.
Fron Rev. Dr. MCCLINTOCK.
Prof. Silber's "Progressive Lessons in Greek" is a carefully prepared little manual.
In the hands of a good teacher, the work cannot fail to be useful to beginners.
From the "American Presbyterian and Theological Review."
To beginners, and especially to such as seek to acquire a rudimental knowledge of
the language without a teacher, it will be a valuable aid.
From the "M Methodist Quarterly Review."
Prof. Silber's little manual is an admirable and easy opening of the mysteries of the
Greek language. We commend it to pupil and teacher.
From the " New York Observer."
The study of the Greek language is rendered attractive and comparatively easy by
the gradual lessons and exercises here presented. The best Grammars are referred to,
and the early difficulties of learners happily abbreviated.
From Prof. SCHEM, of the " Mfethodist."
A brief, clear, and well-arranged epitome of all that is necessary for a beginner in
his earlier endeavors in the acquisition of the Greek language.
From DR. PORTER, of the " Christian Intelligencer."
By simplifying the Greek Grammar, and supplying at the same time appropriate
exercises for the illustration of the force of words and the relation of the parts of speech
to one another, Prof. Silber has made a book for beginners of rare value. We know of
no other of similar design whose merits will compare with this.